On the Soul and the Resurrection

The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.

Show

Chapter 11

11PG 46:12a

Ἐπειδὴ τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου βίου πρὸς Θεὸν μετέστη ὀ πολὺς ὲν ἁγίοις Βασίλειος, καὶ κοινὴ πένθους ἀφορμὴ ταῖς Ἑκκλησίαις ἐγένετο, περιῆν δὲ ἔτι τῷ βίῳ ἡ ἀδελφὴ καὶ διδάσκαλος, ἐγὼ μὲν ᾔειν κατὰ σπουο δὴν κοινωνήσων ἐκείνῃ τῆς ἐπὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ συμφορᾶς. Καί μοι περιώδυνος ἦν ὴ ψυχὴ, πρὸς τοιαύτην ζημίαν ὑπεραλγοῖηα, καί τινα τῶν δακρύων κοινωνδν ἐπεζήτουν τὸν ἴσον ἔχοντά μοι τῆς λύπης ἄχθος. Ὠς δὲ ὲν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἦμεν ἀλλήλων, ἐμοὶ μὲν ἀνεκίνει τὸ πάθος προφανεῖσα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ή διδάσκαλος · καὶ γὰρ ἢδη καὶ αὑτὴ τῇ πρὸς θάνατον ἀρρωστίᾳ συνείχετο. Ἡ δὲ … τοὺς τῆς ἱππικῆς ἐπιστήμονας ἔνδοῠσά μοι πρὸς ὀλίγον παρενεχθῆναι τῇ ῥύμῃ τοῦ πάθους, ἁναστομοῦν ἐπεχείρει μετὰ ταῦτα τῷ λόγῳ, καθάπερ χαλινῷ τινιτῷ ίδίῳ λογισμῷ τὸ ἀτακτοῦν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπευθύνουσα, καὶ ἦν

Epeidē tou anthrōpinou biou pros Theon metestē o polys en hagiois Basileios, kai koinē penthous aphormē tais Hekklēsiais egeneto, periēn de eti tǭ biǭ hē adelphē kai didaskalos, egō men ę̄ein kata spouo dēn koinōnēsōn ekeinę̄ tēs epi tǭ adelphǭ symphoras. Kai moi periōdynos ēn ē psychē, pros toiautēn zēmian hyperalgoiēa, kai tina tōn dakryōn koinōndn epezētoun ton ison echonta moi tēs lypēs achthos. Ōs de en ophthalmois ēmen allēlōn, emoi men anekinei to pathos prophaneisa tois ophthalmois ē didaskalos ; kai gar ēdē kai hautē tę̄ pros thanaton arrōstią syneicheto. Hē de … tous tēs hippikēs epistēmonas endousa moi pros oligon parenechthēnai tę̄ rhymę̄ tou pathous, hanastomoun epecheirei meta tauta tǭ logǭ, kathaper chalinǭ tinitǭ idiǭ logismǭ to ataktoun tēs psychēs apeuthynousa, kai ēn

When Basil, great among the saints, had departed from human life to God, and a common cause of mourning had come upon the churches, while his sister and my teacher was still living, I went in haste to share with her the misfortune of our brother. My soul was in deep pain, grieving excessively at such a loss, and I sought someone to share my tears who bore a burden of grief equal to mine. When we were in each other’s sight, the appearance of my teacher before my eyes stirred my grief again; for she too was already in the grip of the illness that led to her death. But she, like those skilled in horsemanship, gave way to me for a little while, letting me be carried along by the rush of my grief, and afterward tried to curb me with reason, guiding the disorder of my soul by her own reasoning as with a bridle; and she was …

Chapter 13

13PG 46:13a–13d

ειναι. A. Κάγὼ περιζεούσης ἔτι μοι τῆς καρδίας τῇ λύπῃ Ulli); ἐστιν, εἷποννὲν ἀνθρώποις τοῦτο κατορθωθῆναι, οὕτως ὲν ἑκάστῳ φυσικοῦ τινος πρὸς τὸν θάνατον τῆς διαβολῆς ὑπαρχούσης. καὶ οὔτε τῶν ὁρώντων τοὺς ἀποθνήσκοντας εὺκὸλως καταδεχομένων τὴν θέαν, οἷς τε ἂν προσίῃ ὁ θάνατος ἀποφευγόντων ἐφʼ ὅσον οἷόν τε ; Ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐπικρατούντων νόμον ἔςχατον ἐν ἀδικίαις καὶ ἔσχατον ὲν τιμωρίαις τοῦτο κρινόντων,τίς μηχανὴ τὸ μηδὲν ἡγεῖσθαι τὴν τοῦ ζῇν ἀναχώρησιν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἔξω τινὸς μὴ δτιγετῶν ἐπιτηδείων, ὅταν τοῦ βίου λήγωσιν; Ὀρῶμεν δὲ, εἷπον, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην σπουδὴν πρὸς τοῦτο βλέπουσαν, ὅπως ἂν ὲν τῷ ζῇν διαμένοιμεν. Διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ οἶκοι πρὸς διαγωγὴν 7)ή μίν ἑπινενὸηνται, ὡς ἂν μὴ τῷ περιέχοντι διὰ ψύξεως ἢ Α θερμότητος καταπονοῖτο τὰ σώματα. Γ εωπονία δὲ τί ἄλλο καὶ οὐχὶ τοῦ ζῇν ἐστιπαρασκευής 'll δὲ τῆς ζωῆς φροντὶς πάντως διὰ τὸν τοῦ θανάτου φόβον γίνεται. Ἡ δὲ ἰατρικὴ πόθεν τιμία τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐστίν ; Οὐκ ἐπειδὴ μάχεσθαί πως διὰ τῆς τέχνης δοκεῖ πρὸς τὸν θάνατον; Θώρακες δὲ, καὶ θυρεοὶ, καὶ κνημῖδες, καὶ κράνη, καὶ τὰ ἁμυντήρια τῶν ὅπλων, καὶ αἱ τῶν τειχῶν περιβολαὶ, καὶ σιδηρόδετοι πύλαι, καὶ ὴ τῶν τάφρων aerariis“ καὶ τὰ seuit-ra, τί ἄλλο πλὴν διὰ τον τοῦ θανάτου γίνεται φόὃον; Οὕτως οὖν ὗντος φοβεροῦ φυσικῶς τοῦ θανάτου, πῶς ἔστι ῥᾳδίως πεισθῆναι τῷ κελεύοντι ἄλυπον διαμέ-

einai. A. Kagō perizeousēs eti moi tēs kardias tę̄ lypę̄ Ulli)? estin, heiponnen anthrōpois touto katorthōthēnai, houtōs en hekastǭ physikou tinos pros ton thanaton tēs diabolēs hyparchousēs. kai oute tōn horōntōn tous apothnēskontas eukolōs katadechomenōn tēn thean, hois te an prosię̄ ho thanatos apopheugontōn ephʼ hoson hoion te ? Alla kai tōn epikratountōn nomon eschaton en adikiais kai eschaton en timōriais touto krinontōn,tis mēchanē to mēden hēgeisthai tēn tou zę̄n anachōrēsin, kai epi tōn exō tinos mē dtigetōn epitēdeiōn, hotan tou biou lēgōsin? Orōmen de, heipon, kai pasan tēn anthrōpinēn spoudēn pros touto blepousan, hopōs an en tǭ zę̄n diamenoimen. Dia touto gar kai oikoi pros diagōgēn 7)ē min hepinenoēntai, hōs an mē tǭ periechonti dia psyxeōs ē A thermotētos kataponoito ta sōmata. G eōponia de ti allo kai ouchi tou zę̄n estiparaskeuēs 'll de tēs zōēs phrontis pantōs dia ton tou thanatou phobon ginetai. Hē de iatrikē pothen timia tois anthrōpois estin ? Ouk epeidē machesthai pōs dia tēs technēs dokei pros ton thanaton? Thōrakes de, kai thyreoi, kai knēmides, kai kranē, kai ta hamyntēria tōn hoplōn, kai hai tōn teichōn peribolai, kai sidērodetoi pylai, kai ē tōn taphrōn aerariis“ kai ta seuit-ra, ti allo plēn dia ton tou thanatou ginetai phooon? Houtōs oun hyntos phoberou physikōs tou thanatou, pōs esti rhądiōs peisthēnai tǭ keleuonti alypon diame-

… to be. Gregory: And I, my heart still boiling with grief, said: “How is it possible for this to be achieved among human beings, when there is in each a natural aversion to death, and those who see the dying do not easily bear the sight, while those whom death approaches flee it as far as they can? Even the rulers judge it the extreme law in crimes and the extreme penalty in punishments. What means is there to think the departure from life as nothing, even in the case of strangers, not to speak of friends, when their life ends? We see,” I said, “that all human effort looks to this, that we may remain alive. For this reason houses have been devised for us to live in, so that our bodies may not be distressed by the surrounding air through cold or heat. And what else is farming but a provision for living? And care for life arises entirely from the fear of death. Why is medicine honoured among men? Is it not because by its art it seems in some way to fight against death? Breastplates and shields, greaves and helmets, and the defensive weapons, the encircling walls, iron-bound gates, the safety of trenches and the like, what else are they made for but the fear of death? Since death is thus naturally fearful, how can one easily be persuaded by one who bids us remain without grief …

Chapter 15

15PG 46:16a–16d

IEW ἐπὶ τοῦ κατοιχομένου τὸν περιόντας -ΜΧΠ δὲ, φησὶν ἡ διδάςκαλος, τί σοι μαλιστα λυπηρὸν αὐτὸ ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ, τὸ τοῦ Θανάτου δοκεῖ; οὐ γάρ ικανδν εἰς διαβολὴν ἡτῶν ἀλογωτέρων συνήθεια.-Γ. Τι μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἔστι λύπης ἄξιον, πρὸς αὐτὴν εἷπον ἐγὼ, ὅταν βλέπωμεν τὸν τέως ζῶντά τε καὶ φθεγγόμενον, ἄπνουν κα). ἄναυδον καὶ ἀκίνητον ἀθρόως γενόμενον, καὶ πάντα αὐτῶν σὸεσβἑντα τὰ φυσικὰ αἰσθητήρια, οὐκ adeo); οὐκ ἀκοῆς ἐνεργούσης, οὐκ ἄλλου τινος ὧν ἡ αἴσθησις τὴν ἀντΰιηψιν ἔχει; ᾯ κᾶν πῦρ προσενέγκῃς, κᾶν σίδηρον, κᾶν ἁνατέμῃς διὰ ξίφους τδ σῶμα, κᾶν τοῖς σαρκοβὁροις προῦῇς, κᾶν ἐγκρύψῃς χώματι, πρὸς ἅπαντα. ὁμοίως ὁ κείμενος ἔχει. Ὅταν οὖν ὲν τούτοις βλέπηται (ΜΗ) μεταβολὴ, τὸ δὲ Βν ζωτικὸν ἐκεῖνο αἴτιον, ὃ τῑ ποτε ἦν, ἀφανές τε κα). ἄδολον ἀορίίως γένηται, καθάπερ ἐπὶ λύχνου σεεςῧζντος τῆς τέως ἐξαπτομένης ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ φλογὸς οὒτε ἐπὶετῆς Θρυαλλίδος μενούσης, οὔτε ἑτέρωΟί που μεθισταμένης. ἀλλʼ εἰς ἀφανισμὸν παντελῆ μεταχωρούσης, πῶς ἂν γένοιτο τὴν τοσαύτην μετα.βολὴν ἐνεγκεῖν ἀλύπως μηδενὶ, προδήλως ἐπερειδόμενον; "Ege/30v γὰρ ψυχῆς ἀκούσαντες, τὸ μὲν ὑπολειφθὲν ὁρῶμεν, τὺ δὲ χωρισΊὲν ἀγνοοῦμεν, αὑτὸ τε ὃ τε ποτε κατά τὴν φύσιν ἐστὶ, καὶ εἰς ὃ τι μετακεχὼρηκεν, οὗ γῆς, οὐκ ἀέρος, οὐχ ὓδατος, οὐκ ἄλλου τινὸς τῶν στοιχείων ὲν ἑαυτῷ δεικνύντος ἐκείνην τὴν (Η) δύναμιν τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἐκχωρήτασαν · ἧς ὑπεξελοούσης νεκρόν ἐστι τὸ ὑπολειφθὲν κα). πρὸς διαφθορὰν ἤδη ἐκκείμενον (Η).

IEW epi tou katoichomenou ton periontas -MChP de, phēsin hē didaskalos, ti soi malista lypēron auto ephʼ heautou, to tou Thanatou dokei? ou gar ikandn eis diabolēn hētōn alogōterōn synētheia.-G. Ti men oun ouk esti lypēs axion, pros autēn heipon egō, hotan blepōmen ton teōs zōnta te kai phthengomenon, apnoun ka). anaudon kai akinēton athroōs genomenon, kai panta autōn soesbenta ta physika aisthētēria, ouk adeo)? ouk akoēs energousēs, ouk allou tinos hōn hē aisthēsis tēn antÿiēpsin echei? Hǭ kan pyr prosenenkę̄s, kan sidēron, kan hanatemę̄s dia xiphous td sōma, kan tois sarkoborois prouę̄s, kan enkrypsę̄s chōmati, pros hapanta. homoiōs ho keimenos echei. Hotan oun en toutois blepētai (MĒ) metabolē, to de Bn zōtikon ekeino aition, ho ti pote ēn, aphanes te ka). adolon aoriiōs genētai, kathaper epi lychnou seesÿzntos tēs teōs exaptomenēs ephʼ heautou phlogos oute epietēs Thryallidos menousēs, oute heterōOi pou methistamenēs. allʼ eis aphanismon pantelē metachōrousēs, pōs an genoito tēn tosautēn meta.bolēn enenkein alypōs mēdeni, prodēlōs epereidomenon? "Ege/30v gar psychēs akousantes, to men hypoleiphthen horōmen, ty de chōrisIen agnooumen, hauto te ho te pote kata tēn physin esti, kai eis ho ti metakechōrēken, hou gēs, ouk aeros, ouch hydatos, ouk allou tinos tōn stoicheiōn en heautǭ deiknyntos ekeinēn tēn (Ē) dynamin tēn tou sōmatos ekchōrētasan ; hēs hypexeloousēs nekron esti to hypoleiphthen ka). pros diaphthoran ēdē ekkeimenon (Ē).

… over the departed, the survivors? Macrina: “What,” said my teacher, “seems to you most painful about death in itself? For the habit of the more irrational is not sufficient ground to condemn it.” Gregory: “What is there, then, not worthy of grief,” I said to her, “when we see one who until now was living and speaking suddenly become breathless, voiceless, and motionless, and all his natural senses quenched, no sight, no hearing working, nor any other of the things perceived by sense? Bring fire to him, or iron, cut his body with a sword, throw him to carnivorous beasts, hide him in earth: the one lying there is alike toward everything. When, then, such a change is seen in these things, and that life-giving cause, whatever it was, has suddenly become invisible and unknown, as when a lamp is put out and the flame that until then was burning by itself neither remains on the wick nor moves somewhere else but passes into complete disappearance, how could anyone bear such a change without grief, having nothing plain to lean on? For when we hear of the departure of the soul, we see what is left, but we do not know what has been separated, either what it is by nature or where it has gone, since neither earth nor air nor water nor any other of the elements shows in itself that power which has departed from the body, at whose withdrawal what is left is a corpse and already exposed to corruption.”

Chapter 17

17PG 46:17a–17d

Γ. Ταῦταδέ μου διεξιόντος μεταξὺ κατασείσῖτα τῇ χειρὶὴδιδάσκαλος--ΜΛῙή τίς σε τοιοῦτος. φησὶ, φόβος ὑποταράπσει καὶ συνέχει τὴν διάνοιαν, ὡς οὐ διαμενού ι-ης εἰς ἀεὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀλλὰ συγκαταληγούσης τῇ διαλύσει τοῦ σώματο;; -Γ. Ἐγὼ δὲ (καὶ γὰρ οὔπω τοῦ πάθους τὸν λογιcui» ἀνεδεξάμην) θρασύτερον πως ἀπεκρινάμην, οὔ πάνυ περισκεψάμενος τὸ λεγόμενον. Εἶπον γὰρ ἐπιτάγμασιν ἐοικέναι τὰς θείας φωνὰς, διʼ ὧν τὸ μὲν δεῖν πεπεῖσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν εἰσαεὶ διαμένειν ἀναγκαζόμεθα, οὐ μὴν λόγῳ τινὶ τῷ τοιούτῳ προσήχθημεν ξκιγματι. ἐυ-λʼ ἔοικεν ἡμῖν δουλικῶς ἔνδοθεν ὁ νοῦς φόβῳ τὸ κελευόμενον δέχεσθαι, οὐχ ἑκουσίᾳ τινὶ ὁρμῇ τοῖς λεγομένοις συντίθεσθαι. Ὅθεν καὶ fligi-rapat ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τῶν κατοικουμένων αἱ λύπαι γίνονται [οὐκ] ἀκριβῶς ἐπισταμένων ἡ μῶν, εἴτʼ ἔτι éstl. καθʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ ζωοποιὺν αἴτιον, καὶ ὅπη, καὶ ὅπως, εἴτε οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδαμῆ οὐδαμῶς. Ἴσας γὰρ ποιεῖ τοῦ ἀληθῶς ὄντος ἀδηλία τὰς ἐφʼ ἑκάτερον ὑπολείψεις. Καὶ πολλοῖς μὲν τοῦτο, πολλοῖς δὲ τὸ ἐναντίον δοκεῖ. Καὶ εἰσί γέ τινες παρὰ τοῖς ’Ἓλλησιν οὺ μικρὰν ἔχοντες ἐπὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ τὴν δόξαν, οἳ ταῦτα ᾠήθησαν τε καὶ ἀπεοήναντο. -Μ. Ἔα, (meiut-oi); ἔξωθεν λήρους, ἐν οἷς ὁ τοῦ ψεύδους εὑρέτης ἐπὶ βλάβῃ τῆς ἀληθείας πιθανῶς τὰς ἡπατημένοις ὑπολήψεις συντίθησιν· σὺ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο βλέπε, ὅτι τὸ οὕτως περ). ψυχῆς ἔχειν, οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ ἀλλότριον πρὸς τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔχειν. καὶ πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ἡδὺ μόνον βλέπειν τὴν δὲ τοῖς αἰῶσιν ἐνοεωρουμένην ζωὴν ἀπʼ ἐλπίδος ποιεῖσθαι, καθʼ ἣν μόνη ἡ ἀρετὴ τὺ πλεῖον ἔχει. -Γ. Καὶ πῶς, ἔφην, γένοιτʼ ἂν ἡμῖν παγὶα (οι) τις καὶ ἁμετὰθετος ἡ περ). τοῦ διαμένειν τὴν ψυχὴν δόξας

G. Tautade mou diexiontos metaxy kataseisita tę̄ cheiriēdidaskalos--MLIē tis se toioutos. phēsi, phobos hypotarapsei kai synechei tēn dianoian, hōs ou diamenou i-ēs eis aei tēs psychēs, alla synkatalēgousēs tę̄ dialysei tou sōmato?? -G. Egō de (kai gar oupō tou pathous ton logicui» anedexamēn) thrasyteron pōs apekrinamēn, ou pany periskepsamenos to legomenon. Eipon gar epitagmasin eoikenai tas theias phōnas, diʼ hōn to men dein pepeisthai tēn psychēn eisaei diamenein anankazometha, ou mēn logǭ tini tǭ toioutǭ prosēchthēmen xkigmati. eu-lʼ eoiken hēmin doulikōs endothen ho nous phobǭ to keleuomenon dechesthai, ouch hekousią tini hormę̄ tois legomenois syntithesthai. Hothen kai fligi-rapat hēmin epi tōn katoikoumenōn hai lypai ginontai [ouk] akribōs epistamenōn hē mōn, eitʼ eti estl. kathʼ auto touto to zōopoiyn aition, kai hopē, kai hopōs, eite ouk estin oudamē oudamōs. Isas gar poiei tou alēthōs ontos adēlia tas ephʼ hekateron hypoleipseis. Kai pollois men touto, pollois de to enantion dokei. Kai eisi ge tines para tois ’Hellēsin ou mikran echontes epi philosophią tēn doxan, hoi tauta ǭēthēsan te kai apeoēnanto. -M. Ea, (meiut-oi)? exōthen lērous, en hois ho tou pseudous heuretēs epi blabę̄ tēs alētheias pithanōs tas hēpatēmenois hypolēpseis syntithēsin; sy de pros touto blepe, hoti to houtōs per). psychēs echein, ouden allo estin ē allotrion pros tēn aretēn echein. kai pros to paron hēdy monon blepein tēn de tois aiōsin enoeōroumenēn zōēn apʼ elpidos poieisthai, kathʼ hēn monē hē aretē ty pleion echei. -G. Kai pōs, ephēn, genoitʼ an hēmin pagia (oi) tis kai hametathetos hē per). tou diamenein tēn psychēn doxas

Gregory: While I was going through this, my teacher, motioning with her hand, said: Macrina: “Is it such a fear that disturbs and grips your mind, that the soul does not remain forever but ends together with the dissolution of the body?” Gregory: And I, for I had not yet recovered my reasoning from my grief, answered rather rashly, without considering what was said very carefully. I said that the divine words seem like commands, by which we are compelled to believe that the soul remains forever, but we have not been brought to such a belief by any reasoning; rather, it seems that our mind within slavishly accepts by fear what is commanded, not agreeing with what is said by any willing impulse. “That is why,” I said, “our griefs over the departed become sharper, since we do not know exactly whether this life-giving cause still exists by itself, and where and how, or whether it does not exist anywhere in any way. For uncertainty about what truly is makes the suppositions on either side equal. Many hold this, and many the opposite. And there are some among the Greeks of no small reputation in philosophy who have thought and declared these things.” Macrina: “Away,” she said, “with that outside nonsense, in which the inventor of falsehood, to the harm of the truth, plausibly constructs suppositions for those he has deceived. But look at this: to hold such a view of the soul is nothing else than to be estranged from virtue, to look only to present pleasure, and to despair of the life seen in the ages, in which virtue alone has the advantage.” Gregory: “And how,” I said, “could we come to have a firm and unchangeable belief in the soul’s remaining …?”

Chapter 19

19PG 46:20a–20d

Λίσθάνομαι γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς, δτι τοῦ καλλίστω τῶν κατὰ τὴν ζωὴν (τῆς ἀρετῆς λέγω) ὁ τῶν ἀνθρώπων χηρεύσει βίος, ει μή τις ὰναμφίΰολος ἡ περὶ τούτου πίστις ὲν ἡμῖν κρατυνθείη. Πῶς γὰρ ἐστι τὴν ἀρετὴν χώραν ἔχειν ἐφʼ ὧν ἡ παροῦσα ζωὴ περιγράφειν τὸ εἶναι ὑπείληπται, καὶ πλέον ἐλπίζεται μετὰ ταύτηνοπένς-Μ, οὐκοῦν ζητῆσαι χρὴ, φησὶν ὴδιδάσκαλος, ὅθεν ἂν ἡμῖν τὴν δέουσαν περ) τούτων ἀρχὴν ό λόγος λάβῃ. Καὶ εί δοκεῖ, παρὰ σοῦ γενέσθω τῶν ἐναντίων δογμάτων ἡ συμμαχίαο όρῶ γὰρ ὅτι σοι καὶ ὐποκεκίνηται πρὸς τοιαύτην καταφορὰν ὴ διάνοια. Εἴθʼ οὕτως ὁ τῆς ἀληθείας μετὰ τὴν ἀντίθεσιν ἀναζητηθήσεταιλῆγος.- Γ. Ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο ἐκέλευσε, παραιτησάμενος αὐτὴν μὴ ιατὰ ἀλήθειαν οἰηθῆναι τὰ παρʼ ἡμῶν ἀντιλέεσθαι. ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ βεβαίως κατασκευασθῆναι τὸ περὶ ψυχῆς δόγμα, τῶν ἀντιπιπτόντων πρὸς τὸν »:on τοῦτον ὑπεκλνθέντων· Ἦ που. ἔφην, ταῦτα ἂν εἴποιεν οἱ τῷ ἐναντίῳ παριστάμενοιλόγῳ, ὅτιτὸ σῶμα σύνθετον ὃν, πάντως εἰς τὰ, ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκε, διαλύεται; Λυοείσης δὲ τῶν στοιχείων τῆς ὲν τῷ σώματι συμφυῖας, ἐπὶ τὸ οἰκεῖον ὲν ἑκάστῳ γίνεται κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἡ ῥοπὴ αὐτῆς φύσεως τῶν στοιχείων, διʼ ὁλκῆς τινος ἀναγκαίας τῇ ὁμογενεῑ τὸ οἰκεῖον ἀποδιδούσης. Τῷ τε γὰρ θερμῷ πάλιν τδ ὲν ἡμῖν ἑνωοήσεται, καὶ τῷ στεῤῥῷ τὸ γεῶδες, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἑκάστῳ πρὸς τὺ συγγενὲς ἡ μεταχώρησις γίνεται. Ἡ οὖν ψυχὴ μετὰ τοῦτο ποῦ lerat; El μὲν γὰρ ὲν τοῖς στοιχείοις εῐναί τις λέγοι, τὴν αὐτὴν εἶναι τούτοις κατʼ ἀνάγκην συνθήσεται. Οὐ γὰρ ἂν γένοιτό τις τοῦ ἑτεροφυοῦς πρὸς τὸ ἀλλότριον μίξις, καὶ, εί ταῦτα εἴη, ποικίλη τις πάντως ἀναφανήσεται ἡ πρὸς τὰς ἐναντίας μεμιγμένη ποιότητας, τὸ δὲ ποικίλον ἁπλοῦν οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλʼ ὲν συνθέσει θεωρεῖται πάντως. Πᾶν δὲ τὸ σύνθετον καὶ διαλυτὸν ἐξ ἀνάγκης · ἡ δὲ διάλυσις φθορὰ τοῦ συνεστῶτός ἐστι. Τὸ δὲ φθειρόμενον

Listhanomai gar kai autos, dti tou kallistō tōn kata tēn zōēn (tēs aretēs legō) ho tōn anthrōpōn chēreusei bios, ei mē tis anamphiÿolos hē peri toutou pistis en hēmin kratyntheiē. Pōs gar esti tēn aretēn chōran echein ephʼ hōn hē parousa zōē perigraphein to einai hypeilēptai, kai pleon elpizetai meta tautēnopens-M, oukoun zētēsai chrē, phēsin ēdidaskalos, hothen an hēmin tēn deousan per) toutōn archēn o logos labę̄. Kai ei dokei, para sou genesthō tōn enantiōn dogmatōn hē symmachiao orō gar hoti soi kai ypokekinētai pros toiautēn kataphoran ē dianoia. Eithʼ houtōs ho tēs alētheias meta tēn antithesin anazētēthēsetailēgos.- G. Epeidē touto ekeleuse, paraitēsamenos autēn mē iata alētheian oiēthēnai ta parʼ hēmōn antileesthai. allʼ hyper tou bebaiōs kataskeuasthēnai to peri psychēs dogma, tōn antipiptontōn pros ton »:on touton hypeklnthentōn; Ē pou. ephēn, tauta an eipoien hoi tǭ enantiǭ paristamenoilogǭ, hotito sōma syntheton hon, pantōs eis ta, ex hōn synestēke, dialyetai? Lyoeisēs de tōn stoicheiōn tēs en tǭ sōmati symphuias, epi to oikeion en hekastǭ ginetai kata to eikos hē rhopē autēs physeōs tōn stoicheiōn, diʼ holkēs tinos anankaias tę̄ homogenei to oikeion apodidousēs. Tǭ te gar thermǭ palin td en hēmin henōoēsetai, kai tǭ sterrhǭ to geōdes, kai tōn loipōn hekastǭ pros ty syngenes hē metachōrēsis ginetai. Hē oun psychē meta touto pou lerat? El men gar en tois stoicheiois einai tis legoi, tēn autēn einai toutois katʼ anankēn synthēsetai. Ou gar an genoito tis tou heterophyous pros to allotrion mixis, kai, ei tauta eiē, poikilē tis pantōs anaphanēsetai hē pros tas enantias memigmenē poiotētas, to de poikilon haploun ouk estin, allʼ en synthesei theōreitai pantōs. Pan de to syntheton kai dialyton ex anankēs ; hē de dialysis phthora tou synestōtos esti. To de phtheiromenon

For I myself perceive that human life will be bereft of the finest thing in life, I mean virtue, unless an undoubting faith about this is established in us. For how can virtue have any place in those who suppose that the present life is the limit of their existence and hope for nothing more after it?” Macrina: “We must seek, then,” said my teacher, “where our discussion should properly begin on these things. And if you like, let the alliance of the opposing doctrines come from you; for I see that your mind is somewhat moved toward such a conclusion. Then the account of the truth will be sought after the objection.” Gregory: Since she commanded this, I begged her not to think that I was objecting in earnest, but that the objections to the doctrine might be raised so that the teaching about the soul might be firmly established. “Would not those,” I said, “who stand by the opposite account say this: that the body, being composite, is certainly dissolved into the things of which it is composed; and when the natural union of the elements in the body is dissolved, the inclination of the nature of the elements, as is likely, goes to what is proper to each, a necessary attraction giving back what is its own to what is of its own kind? For the heat in us will be united again with heat, and the earthy with the solid, and each of the rest passes to its kin. Where, then, is the soul after this? If one says that it is in the elements, he will necessarily agree that it is the same as they; for there could be no mixture of something of a different nature with what is foreign to it; and if this were so, it would certainly appear as something varied, mixed with opposite qualities; but what is varied is not simple, but is certainly seen in composition; and everything composite is necessarily dissoluble; and dissolution is the destruction of what was constituted; and what is destroyed …”

Chapter 21

21PG 46:21a–21d

οὐκ ἀθάνατονο ἢ οὕτως γε ἂν καὶ ἡ σὰρξ ἀθάνατος λέγοιτο, είς τὰ, ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκε, λυομένη. El δὲ ἄλλο τί που παρὰ ταῦτά ἔστι, ποῦ λόγος αὐτὴν εἶναι ὑποτίθεται, ὲν μὲν τοῖς στοιχείοις διὰ τοῦ ἑτεροφυῶς αὐτὴν ἔχειν οὐχ εὐρισκομένην, ἄλλου δὲ οὐδενὸς ὲν τῷ κόσμῳ ὄντος, ὲν ᾧ γένοιτʼ ἂν ἡψυχὴ καταλλήλως τῇ ἰδίᾳ φύσει ὲμβιοτεύουσα ; '0 δὲ μηδαμῆ ἐστιν, οὐδέ ἐστι πάντως. Μ. Καὶήδιδάσκαλος ἡρέμα τοῖς ῥηθεῖσιν ἐπιστενάξασα, Τάχα που ταῦτα καὶτὰ τοιαῦτα, φησι, πρὸς τὸν Ἀπόστολαν ὲν Ἀθήναις ποτὲ συστάντες προέφεροί Στωϊκοί τε καὶ Ἑπικού ρειοι. Καὶ γὰρ ἀκούω πρὸς ταῦτα μάλιστα τὸν Ἐπίκουρον ταῖς ὑπολήψεσι φέρεσθαι, ὡς τυχαία τις καὶ αὐτόματος ἡ τῶν ὄντων ὑπενοήθη φύσις, ὼς οὐδεμιᾶς προνοίας διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων διηκούcn;. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον καὶ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ζωὴν πομφᾶλυγος δίκην ᾤετο πνεύ ματί τινιτοῦ σώματος ὴ μῶν περι-ταθέντος, ἕως ἂν περικωτῆται τὺ πνεῦμα τῷ περιέχοντι, τῇ δὲ διαπτώσει τοῦ ὄγκου καὶ τὸ ὲναπειλημμένον συγκατασβέννυσθαι. Ὅρος γὰρ τούτῳ τῆς τῶν ὄντων φύσεως τὸ φαινόμενον ἦν, καὶ μέτρον τῆς τοῦ παντὸς καταλήψεως ἐποιεῖτο τὴν αἴσθησιν, μεμυκὼς παντάπασι τὰ τὴς ψυχῆς αἰσθητήρια, καὶ πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν νοητῶν τε καὶ ἀσωμάτων βλέπειν οἷός (Ῑ τε ῶν. ὥσπερ ὁ οἰκίσκῳ τινὶ καθειργμένος τῶν οὐρανίων θαυμάτων ἀθέατος μένει, τοῖς τοίχοις καὶ τῷ ὀρόφῳ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἔξω θέαν ἐμποδιζόμενος. Ἀτεχνῶς γὰρ γήϊνοί τινές είσι τοῖχοι τὰ at!σθητά πάντα, ὅσα ὲν τῷ παντὶ καθορᾶται, πρὸς τὴν τῶν νοητῶν θεωρίαν διʼ ἑαυτῶν τοὺς μικραψυχοτέnou;

ouk athanatono ē houtōs ge an kai hē sarx athanatos legoito, eis ta, ex hōn synestēke, lyomenē. El de allo ti pou para tauta esti, pou logos autēn einai hypotithetai, en men tois stoicheiois dia tou heterophyōs autēn echein ouch euriskomenēn, allou de oudenos en tǭ kosmǭ ontos, en hǭ genoitʼ an hēpsychē katallēlōs tę̄ idią physei embioteuousa ? '0 de mēdamē estin, oude esti pantōs. M. Kaiēdidaskalos hērema tois rhētheisin epistenaxasa, Tacha pou tauta kaita toiauta, phēsi, pros ton Apostolan en Athēnais pote systantes proepheroi Stōïkoi te kai Hepikou reioi. Kai gar akouō pros tauta malista ton Epikouron tais hypolēpsesi pheresthai, hōs tychaia tis kai automatos hē tōn ontōn hypenoēthē physis, ōs oudemias pronoias dia tōn pragmatōn diēkoucn?. Kai dia touto kata to akolouthon kai tēn anthrōpinēn zōēn pomphalygos dikēn ǭeto pneu mati tinitou sōmatos ē mōn peri-tathentos, heōs an perikōtētai ty pneuma tǭ periechonti, tę̄ de diaptōsei tou onkou kai to enapeilēmmenon synkatasbennysthai. Horos gar toutǭ tēs tōn ontōn physeōs to phainomenon ēn, kai metron tēs tou pantos katalēpseōs epoieito tēn aisthēsin, memykōs pantapasi ta tēs psychēs aisthētēria, kai pros ouden tōn noētōn te kai asōmatōn blepein hoios (I te ōn. hōsper ho oikiskǭ tini katheirgmenos tōn ouraniōn thaumatōn atheatos menei, tois toichois kai tǭ orophǭ pros tēn tōn exō thean empodizomenos. Atechnōs gar gēïnoi tines eisi toichoi ta at!sthēta panta, hosa en tǭ panti kathoratai, pros tēn tōn noētōn theōrian diʼ heautōn tous mikrapsychotenou?

“… is not immortal; otherwise the flesh too would be called immortal, since it is dissolved into the things of which it is composed. But if the soul is something else besides these, where does reason suppose it to be, since it is not found in the elements, being of a different nature from them, and there is nothing else in the world in which the soul could live in a way suited to its own nature? But what is nowhere does not exist at all.” Macrina: And my teacher, sighing gently at what had been said, said: “Perhaps such things as these the Stoics and Epicureans brought forward when they gathered against the Apostle at Athens. For I hear that Epicurus was carried away chiefly to such suppositions, that the nature of things was thought to be accidental and spontaneous, with no providence passing through events. And for this reason, consistently, he thought human life too was like a bubble, our body being blown up by some breath, as long as the breath is held in by what encloses it, and that when the bulk collapses what was enclosed is quenched with it. For to him what appears was the limit of the nature of things, and he made sense the measure of his grasp of the universe, having wholly shut the senses of the soul and being unable to look at anything intelligible and incorporeal; like a man shut up in a little hut who remains without sight of the wonders of heaven, hindered by the walls and roof from seeing what is outside. For all the sensible things seen in the universe are simply earthen walls, which by themselves block the more small-minded from the contemplation of intelligible things …”

Chapter 23

23PG 46:24a–24b

διατειχίζοντες. Γῆν ό τοιοῦτος βλέπει μόνην. καὶ ὕδωρ, καὶ ἀέρα, καὶ πῦρ· ὅθεν δὲ τούτων ἒκαστον, ἢ ἐν τίνι ἐστὶν, ἢ ὐπδ τίνος περικρατεῖται, διιδεῖν ὑπὸ μικροψυχίας οὐ δύναται. Καὶ ἱμάτιον μέν τις ίδὼν τδν ὑφάντην ἀνελογίσατο, ’ καὶ διὰ τῆς νηὸς τδν ναυπηγὸν ἐνενόησεν, ἥ τε αὐτοῦ οἰκοδόμου χεὶρ ὁμοῦ τῇ τοῦ οίκοδομήματος ὄψει τῇ διανοίᾳ τῶν θεωμένων ἐγγίνεται. Oi δὲ πρὸς τὸν κόσμον ὁρῶντες πρὸς τὸν διὰ τούτων δηλούμενον ἀμὸλυωποῦσιν, ὅθεν τὰ σοφὰ ταῦτα καῖ δριμέα παρὰ τῶν τὸν ἀφανισμὸν ψυχῆς δογματιξόντων προφέρεταιο σῶμα ἐκ στοιχείων, καὶ στοιχεῖα ὲκ σώματος, καὶ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τὴν ψυχὴν καθʼ ἑαυτὴν εἶναι, εί μήτε τούτων τι εῐη, μήτε ὲν τούτοις. Εἰ γὰρ ὅτι μὴ ὁμοφυὴς τοῖς στοιχείοις ἐστὶν ἠ ψυχὴ, διὰ τοῦτο οὐδαμοῦ εἶναι αὐτὴν oi. ἀντιλέγοντες οἴονται· οὗτοι πρῶτον μὲν καὶ τὴν ἐν σαρκὶ ζωὴν ἄψυχον εῖναι δογματιζέτωσαν. υύ γὰρ ἄλλο τι τὸ σῶμα ἔστιν, εί μὴ συνδρομὴ τῶν στοιχείων · μὴ τοίνυν μηδʼ ὲν τούτοις τὴν ψυχὴν εἶναι λεγέτωσαν διʼ ἑαυτῆς ζωοποιοῦσαν τὸ σύγκριμα· ειπερ οὐκ ἔστι μετὰ ταῦτα δυνατὸν, καθὼς οἴονται, τῶν στοιξχεξων ὄντων καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν εἶναι, ὡς μηδὲν ἄλλο ἢ νεκρὰν τὴν ζωὴν ήμῶν παρʼ αὐτῶν ἀποδείκνυσθαι. Et δὲ νῦν ὲν τῷ σώματι τὴν ψυχὴν εἶναι οὐκ ἀμφιβάλλουσι, πῶς τοῦ σώματος εἰς τὰ στοιχεῖα τὸν ἀφανισμὸν αὐτῆς δογματίζουσι, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ κατὰ ταύτης τῆς θείας φύσεως τὰ ἶσα τολμάτωσαν. Πῶς γὰρ ἐροῦσι τὴν νοεράν τε καὶ ἄῦλον καὶ ἀειδῆ φύσιν είς τὰ ὑγρά τε καὶ μαλακὰ καὶ στερέμνια ’διαδυομένην ὲν τῷ εἶναι συνέχειν τὰ ὄντα, οὔτε συγγενῶς ἔχουσαν πρὸς τὰ ὲν οἷς γίνεται, οὔτε διὰ τὸ ὲτερογενὲς ὲν αὐτοῖς εἶναι ἀδυνατοῦσαν ; Οὐκοῦν ἐξῃρήσθω καθόλου τοῦ δόγματος αύτῶν καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ Θεῖον, ᾦδιακρατείταιτὰδνταυ-Γ. Αὐτὸ δὲ τοῦτο, εἷπον ἐγὼ, πῶς ἂν τοῖς ἀντιλέγουσιν ἀναμφίόολον γένοιτο, τὸ ὲκ Θεοῦ εἶναι τὰ πάντα, καὶ ὲν αὐτῷ περικρατεῖσθαι τὰ ὄντα, ἢ καὶ ὅλως τὸ εἷναί τι θεῖον τῆς τῶν ὅντων ὑπερκείμενον φύσεωςς

diateichizontes. Gēn o toioutos blepei monēn. kai hydōr, kai aera, kai pyr; hothen de toutōn ekaston, ē en tini estin, ē ypd tinos perikrateitai, diidein hypo mikropsychias ou dynatai. Kai himation men tis idōn tdn hyphantēn anelogisato, ’ kai dia tēs nēos tdn naupēgon enenoēsen, hē te autou oikodomou cheir homou tę̄ tou oikodomēmatos opsei tę̄ dianoią tōn theōmenōn enginetai. Oi de pros ton kosmon horōntes pros ton dia toutōn dēloumenon amolyōpousin, hothen ta sopha tauta kai drimea para tōn ton aphanismon psychēs dogmatixontōn propheretaio sōma ek stoicheiōn, kai stoicheia ek sōmatos, kai to mē dynasthai tēn psychēn kathʼ heautēn einai, ei mēte toutōn ti eiē, mēte en toutois. Ei gar hoti mē homophyēs tois stoicheiois estin ē psychē, dia touto oudamou einai autēn oi. antilegontes oiontai; houtoi prōton men kai tēn en sarki zōēn apsychon einai dogmatizetōsan. yy gar allo ti to sōma estin, ei mē syndromē tōn stoicheiōn ; mē toinyn mēdʼ en toutois tēn psychēn einai legetōsan diʼ heautēs zōopoiousan to synkrima; eiper ouk esti meta tauta dynaton, kathōs oiontai, tōn stoixchexōn ontōn kai tēn psychēn einai, hōs mēden allo ē nekran tēn zōēn ēmōn parʼ autōn apodeiknysthai. Et de nyn en tǭ sōmati tēn psychēn einai ouk amphiballousi, pōs tou sōmatos eis ta stoicheia ton aphanismon autēs dogmatizousi, epeita de kai kata tautēs tēs theias physeōs ta isa tolmatōsan. Pōs gar erousi tēn noeran te kai aulon kai aeidē physin eis ta hygra te kai malaka kai steremnia ’diadyomenēn en tǭ einai synechein ta onta, oute syngenōs echousan pros ta en hois ginetai, oute dia to eterogenes en autois einai adynatousan ? Oukoun exę̄rēsthō katholou tou dogmatos autōn kai auto to Theion, ǭdiakrateitaitadntau-G. Auto de touto, heipon egō, pōs an tois antilegousin anamphioolon genoito, to ek Theou einai ta panta, kai en autǭ perikrateisthai ta onta, ē kai holōs to heinai ti theion tēs tōn hontōn hyperkeimenon physeōss

Such a man sees only earth and water and air and fire; but where each of these comes from, or in what it is, or by what it is held together, he cannot see through because of his narrowness of soul. Yet one who sees a garment reasons to the weaver, and through the ship thinks of the shipwright, and the hand of the builder comes into the mind of those who see the building together with the sight of the building. But those who look at the world are dim-sighted toward the one shown through it. Hence these clever and sharp arguments are put forward by those who teach the annihilation of the soul: body from elements, and elements from body, and that the soul cannot exist by itself if it is neither one of these nor in these. For if the objectors think that the soul is nowhere because it is not of the same nature as the elements, let them first teach that life in the flesh too is without soul; for the body is nothing else than a concurrence of the elements; let them not say, then, that the soul is in these either, giving life to the compound by itself, if, as they think, it is not possible for the soul to exist after these things while the elements exist; so that they show our life to be nothing else than dead. But if they do not doubt that the soul is now in the body, how do they teach its annihilation when the body is dissolved into the elements? Then let them dare the same against the divine nature itself. For how will they say that the intelligent, immaterial, and formless nature, penetrating into moist and soft and solid things, holds existing things together in being, neither being akin to the things in which it comes to be nor unable to be in them because it is of a different kind? Let the divine itself, then, by which existing things are held together, be removed altogether from their doctrine.” Gregory: “But this very thing,” I said, “how could it become undoubted for the objectors, that all things are from God and that existing things are held together in him, or even at all that there is something divine above the nature of existing things?”

Chapter 25

25PG 46:25a

Μ. Ἦδὲσιωπᾷν μὲν ἦν, φησὶν, ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις ἁρμοδιώτερον, μηδὲ ἀξιοῦν ἀποκρίσεως τὰς τε καὶ ἀσεβεῖς τῶν προτάσεων, ἐπ;ὶ καί τις τῶν θείων ἀπαγορεύει λόγος μὴ ἀποκρίνεσθαι ippon ἑν τῇ ἀφροσύνῃ αὐτοῦ· ἄφρων δὲ πάντως ἐστὶ, κατὰ τὸν Προφήτην, ὁ μὴ εἶναι λέγων Θεόν. Ἐπεὶ δὲ χρὴ καὶ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ἐρῶ σοι, φησί, λόγον, ἐμὸν οὐχὶ, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἄλλου τινος ἀνθρώπου · μικρὸς γὰρ οὒτος,ὂστις δʼ ἂνῇ· ἀλλʼ αὑτὸν ὃν ἡ κτίσις τῶν ὄντων διὰ τῶν ὲν αὐτῇ θαυμάτων διέξεισιν, ἀκροατὴς ὀφθαλμὸς γίνεται, διὰ τῶν φαινομένων, ὲνηχοῦντος τῇ καρδίᾳ τοῦ σοφοῦ τε καὶ τε· χνικοῦ λόγου. Βοᾷ γὰρ ἄντικρυ τὸν ποιητὴν ἡ κτίσις, αὐτῶν τῶν οὐρανῶν, καθώς φησιν ὁ Προφήτης, ταῖς ἀλαλήτοις φωναῖς τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ διηγουμένων. Τίς γὰρ βλέπων τὴν τοῦ παντὸς ἁρμονίαν, τῶν τε οὐρανίων καὶ τῶν κατὰ γῆν θαυμάτων, καὶ ὡς ἐναντίως ἔχοντα πρὸς ἄλληλα τὰ στοιχεῖα κατὰ τὴν φύσιν, πρὸς τὸν αὑτὸν τὰ πάντα σκοπὸν διά τινος ἀρρήτου κοινωνίας συμπλέκεται, τὴν παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν ἕκαστον πρὸς τὴν τοῦ παντὸς διαμονὴν συνεισφέροντα, καὶ οὔτε τὰ ἄμικτά τε καὶ ἀκοινώνητα κατὰ τὴν ἰδιότητα τῶν ποιοτήτων διαχωρεῖ ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων, οὔτε ὲν ἀλλήλοις φθείρεται κατακιρνὰμενα πρὸς ἄλληλα ταῖς ἐναντίαις ποιότησιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἷς ἀνωφερὴς ἐστιν ἡ φύσις, ἐπὶ τὰ κάτω φέρεται, τῆς ἡλιακῆς θερμότητος διὰ τῶν ἀκτίνων καταρρεούσης ' τά τε ἐμβριθῆ τῶν σωμάτων ἀνακουφῐξεται διὰ τῶν du: μῶν λεπτυνόμενα, ὼς καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ παρὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν ἀνωφερὲς γενεσθαι, διʼ ἀέρος ἐπὶ πνευμάτων ὀχούμενον, καὶ τὺ αἰθέριον πῦρ πρόσγειον γίνεσθαι, ὠς καὶ τὸ βάθος μὴ ἀμοιρεῖν τῆς Οερμότητος, ἐπιχεομένην δὲ τῇ γῇ τὴν ὲκ τῶν ὄμβρων ἰκμάδα μίαν οὖσαν τῇ φύσει, μυρίας γεννᾷν βλαστημάτων διαφορὰς πᾶσι κατάλληλον τοῖς ὑποκειμένοις ἐμφυομένην τήν τε ὀξυτάτην τοῦ πόλου περιφορὰν χαὶ τῶν

M. Ēdesiōpąn men ēn, phēsin, epi tois toioutois harmodiōteron, mēde axioun apokriseōs tas te kai asebeis tōn protaseōn, ep?i kai tis tōn theiōn apagoreuei logos mē apokrinesthai ippon hen tę̄ aphrosynę̄ autou; aphrōn de pantōs esti, kata ton Prophētēn, ho mē einai legōn Theon. Epei de chrē kai touto eipein, erō soi, phēsi, logon, emon ouchi, allʼ oude allou tinos anthrōpou ; mikros gar outos,ostis dʼ anę̄; allʼ hauton hon hē ktisis tōn ontōn dia tōn en autę̄ thaumatōn diexeisin, akroatēs ophthalmos ginetai, dia tōn phainomenōn, enēchountos tę̄ kardią tou sophou te kai te; chnikou logou. Boą gar antikry ton poiētēn hē ktisis, autōn tōn ouranōn, kathōs phēsin ho Prophētēs, tais alalētois phōnais tēn doxan tou Theou diēgoumenōn. Tis gar blepōn tēn tou pantos harmonian, tōn te ouraniōn kai tōn kata gēn thaumatōn, kai hōs enantiōs echonta pros allēla ta stoicheia kata tēn physin, pros ton hauton ta panta skopon dia tinos arrētou koinōnias sympleketai, tēn parʼ heautou dynamin hekaston pros tēn tou pantos diamonēn syneispheronta, kai oute ta amikta te kai akoinōnēta kata tēn idiotēta tōn poiotētōn diachōrei apʼ allēlōn, oute en allēlois phtheiretai katakirnamena pros allēla tais enantiais poiotēsin, alla kai hois anōpherēs estin hē physis, epi ta katō pheretai, tēs hēliakēs thermotētos dia tōn aktinōn katarreousēs ' ta te embrithē tōn sōmatōn anakouphixetai dia tōn du: mōn leptynomena, ōs kai to hydōr para tēn heautou physin anōpheres genesthai, diʼ aeros epi pneumatōn ochoumenon, kai ty aitherion pyr prosgeion ginesthai, ōs kai to bathos mē amoirein tēs Oermotētos, epicheomenēn de tę̄ gę̄ tēn ek tōn ombrōn ikmada mian ousan tę̄ physei, myrias gennąn blastēmatōn diaphoras pasi katallēlon tois hypokeimenois emphyomenēn tēn te oxytatēn tou polou periphoran chai tōn

Macrina: “It would be more fitting,” she said, “to keep silence on such matters and not to think foolish and impious propositions worthy of an answer, since one of the divine sayings forbids answering a fool according to his folly; and certainly, according to the Prophet, he is a fool who says there is no God. But since this too must be said, I will tell you,” she said, “an argument that is not mine, nor any other human being’s (for that would be small, whoever he was), but one which the creation of existing things itself goes through by the wonders in it, the eye becoming a hearer, as the wise and skilful word resounds in the heart through the things that appear. For creation openly cries out its Maker, the heavens themselves, as the Prophet says, declaring the glory of God with unspoken voices. For who, seeing the harmony of the universe, of the wonders in heaven and on earth, and how the elements, opposite to one another in nature, are all woven together to the same aim by some ineffable communion, each contributing its own power to the preservation of the whole; how things unmixable and incompatible in the property of their qualities are neither separated from one another nor destroyed when blended with one another by their opposite qualities; but even things whose nature is upward-tending are carried downward, as the sun’s heat flows down in its rays, while heavy bodies are lifted up, thinned out into vapours, so that water too becomes upward-tending against its nature, carried through the air on the winds, and the fire of the ether comes down to earth, so that even the depth has its share of heat; and the moisture from the rains poured on the earth, though one in nature, produces countless varieties of plants, growing in a manner suited to each subject; and the swiftest revolution of the pole and the contrary motion of the circles within …

Chapter 27

27PG 46:28a–28d

δντὸς κύκλων τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ ἔμπαλιν κίνησιν, τὰς τε ὑποδρομὰς καὶ τὰς συνόδους, καὶ τὰς ἐναρμονίους ἀποστάσεις τῶν ἄστρων· ό ταῦτα βλέπων τῷ διας· von-:er τῆς ψυχῆς ὀφθαλμῷ, ἆρα οὐχὶ φανερῶς ὲκ τῶν φαινομένων διδάσκεται, ὅτι θεία δύναμις ἐντεχνός τε καὶ σοφὴ τοῖς οὖσιν ἐμφαινομένη, καὶ διὰ πάντων ἥκουσα τὰ μέρη συναρμόζει τῷ ὅλῳ, καὶ τὸ ὅλον συμπληροῖ ὲν τοῖς μέρεσι, καὶ μιᾷ τινι περικρατείται δυνάμει τὸ πᾶν, αὐτὸ εν ἑαυτῷ μένον [καὶ περὶ ἑαυτὸ κινούμενον], καὶ οὔτε λῆγόν ποτετῆς κινήσεως, οὔτε είς ἄλλον τινὰ τόπον παρὰ τὸν, ὲν ᾧ ἐστι, μεθιστάμενον;-Γ.Καὶ πῶς, εἷπον, ή περὶ τὸ εἶναι τδν Θεὺν πίστις, καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν εἶναι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην συναποδείκνυσινς Οὐ γὰρ δὴ ταύτόν ἐστι τῷ Θεῷ ἡ ψυχὴ, ὥστε εί τὸ ἓν όμολογοῖτο εἶναι συνομολογείσθαι πάντως καὶ τὺ λειπόμενον. Μ. Ἡδὲ, Λέγεται (Η), φησὶ, παρὰ τῶν σοφῶν μικρός τις εἶναι κόσμος ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ταῦτα περιἔχων έν ἑαυτῷ τὰ στοιχεῖα, οἷς τὸ πᾶν συμπεπλήρωται. Εἰ δὲ ἀληθὴς οὗτος ό λόγος (ἔοικε δὲ), τάχα st’ix ἂν ἑτέρας ἐδεήθημεν συμμαχίας εἰς τὸ βε- Βαιωθῆναι ἡμῖν ὃ πε pl ψυχῆς ὑπειλήφαμεν. ’Υτε ιλήφαμεν δὲ εἶναι αὐτὴν* καθʼ ἑαυτήν έν ἐξηλλαγμένῃ τε καὶ ίδιαζούσῃ φύσει, παρὰ τὴν σωματικὴν παχυμέρειαν. Ὦς γὰρ πάντα τὸν κόσμον διὰ τῆς αἰσθητικῆς ἀντιλήψεως ἐπιγινώσκοντες, διʼ αὐτῆς τῆς κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν ἡμῶν ἐνεργείας εἰς τὴν τοῦ ὑπὲρ ατο σθησιν πράγματος καὶ νοήματος ἔννοιαν ὁδηγούμεθα, καὶ γίνεται ἡμῖν ό ὀφθαλμὸς ἑρμηνεὺς τῆς παντοδυνάμου σοφίας, τῆς τῷ παντὶ μὲν ὲνθεωρουμένης, τὸν δὲ κατʼ αὐτὴν τοῦ παντὸς περιδεδραγμένον διʼ ἑαυτῆς μηνυούσης,· οὕτω καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἐν ἡμῖν βλέποντες κόσμον, οὐ μικρὰς ἔχομεν ἀφορμὰς πρὸς τὸ διὰ τῶν φαινομένων κα) τοῦ κεκρυμμένου καταστοχὰσασθαι. Κέκρυπται δὲ ἐκεῖνο, ὃ ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ δν νοητόν τε καὶ ἀειδὲς διαφεύγει τὴν αἰσθητικὴ. κατανόησιν. Γ. Κάγὼ εἷπον· Ἀλλὰ τὴν τοῦ παντὸς ὑπερκειμένην σοφίαν διὰ τῶν ὲνθεωρουμένων τῇ φύσει τῶν

dntos kyklōn tēn epi to empalin kinēsin, tas te hypodromas kai tas synodous, kai tas enarmonious apostaseis tōn astrōn; o tauta blepōn tǭ dias; von-:er tēs psychēs ophthalmǭ, ara ouchi phanerōs ek tōn phainomenōn didasketai, hoti theia dynamis entechnos te kai sophē tois ousin emphainomenē, kai dia pantōn hēkousa ta merē synarmozei tǭ holǭ, kai to holon symplēroi en tois meresi, kai mią tini perikrateitai dynamei to pan, auto en heautǭ menon [kai peri heauto kinoumenon], kai oute lēgon potetēs kinēseōs, oute eis allon tina topon para ton, en hǭ esti, methistamenon?-G.Kai pōs, heipon, ē peri to einai tdn Theun pistis, kai tēn psychēn einai tēn anthrōpinēn synapodeiknysins Ou gar dē tauton esti tǭ Theǭ hē psychē, hōste ei to hen omologoito einai synomologeisthai pantōs kai ty leipomenon. M. Hēde, Legetai (Ē), phēsi, para tōn sophōn mikros tis einai kosmos ho anthrōpos, tauta periechōn en heautǭ ta stoicheia, hois to pan sympeplērōtai. Ei de alēthēs houtos o logos (eoike de), tacha st’ix an heteras edeēthēmen symmachias eis to be- Baiōthēnai hēmin ho pe pl psychēs hypeilēphamen. ’Yte ilēphamen de einai autēn* kathʼ heautēn en exēllagmenę̄ te kai idiazousę̄ physei, para tēn sōmatikēn pachymereian. Ōs gar panta ton kosmon dia tēs aisthētikēs antilēpseōs epiginōskontes, diʼ autēs tēs kata tēn aisthēsin hēmōn energeias eis tēn tou hyper ato sthēsin pragmatos kai noēmatos ennoian hodēgoumetha, kai ginetai hēmin o ophthalmos hermēneus tēs pantodynamou sophias, tēs tǭ panti men entheōroumenēs, ton de katʼ autēn tou pantos peridedragmenon diʼ heautēs mēnyousēs,; houtō kai pros ton en hēmin blepontes kosmon, ou mikras echomen aphormas pros to dia tōn phainomenōn ka) tou kekrymmenou katastochasasthai. Kekryptai de ekeino, ho ephʼ heautou dn noēton te kai aeides diapheugei tēn aisthētikē. katanoēsin. G. Kagō heipon; Alla tēn tou pantos hyperkeimenēn sophian dia tōn entheōroumenōn tę̄ physei tōn

… the motion in the opposite direction, the retrogradations and conjunctions and harmonious distances of the stars: one who sees these with the discerning eye of the soul, is he not clearly taught by what appears that a divine power, skilful and wise, appearing in existing things and pervading all, fits the parts to the whole and fills up the whole in the parts, and that the universe is held together by one power, abiding in itself, never ceasing from motion, nor passing to any other place than that in which it is?” Gregory: “And how,” I said, “does faith in the existence of God also prove the existence of the human soul? For the soul is not the same as God, so that if the one is admitted to exist the other must certainly be admitted too.” Macrina: “It is said by the wise,” she said, “that man is a kind of little world, containing in himself the elements of which the universe is made up. If this account is true (and it seems to be), perhaps we shall need no other ally to confirm what we have supposed about the soul. And we have supposed that it exists by itself in a distinct and peculiar nature, apart from bodily coarseness. For as, recognizing the whole world through sense perception, we are led by the very activity of our senses to the thought of the reality and idea beyond sense, and the eye becomes for us an interpreter of the all-powerful wisdom which is seen in the universe and through itself reveals the one who holds the universe in his grasp, so too, looking at the world within us, we have no small grounds for guessing the hidden through what appears. And that is hidden which, being intelligible and formless in itself, escapes the perception of sense.” Gregory: And I said: “But it is possible to infer the wisdom that is above the universe from the wise and skilful principles seen in the nature of …”

Chapter 29

29PG 46:29a–29d

ὄντων σοφῶν τε καὶ τεχνικῶν λόγων, ὲν τῇ ἁρμονίᾳ ταύτῃ καὶ διακοσμήσει δυνατόν ἐστιν ἀναλογίσασθαι ψυχῆς δὲ γνῶσις διὰ τῶν κατά τὸ σῶμα δεικνυμένων τίς ἂν γένοιτο τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν φαινομένων τὸ κρυπτὸν ἀνιχνεύουσινς -Μ.Καὶ μάλιστα μέν τοι, φησὶν ὴ παρθένος, τοῖς κατά τὸ σοφὸν έκεῖνο παράγγελμα γινώσκειν ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιθυμοῦσιν· εί κᾶν ή διδάσκαλος τῶν περὶ ψυχῆς ύπολήψεων αὐτὴ ἡ ψυχὴ, ὅτι deus; τις καὶ ἀσώματος, καταλλήλως τῇ ἰδίᾳ φύσει ένεργοῦσά τε καὶ κινουμένη, καὶ διά τῶν σωματικῶν ὀργάνων τὰς ἰδίας κινήσεις ὲνδεικνυμένη. Ἦ γὰρ ὀργανική τοῦ σώματος αῦτη διασκευὴ, ἔστι μὲν οὐδὲν ἦττον καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀπονεκρωθέντων διὰ θανάτου, ἀλλʼ ἀκίνητος μένει καὶ ἀνενὲργητος, τῆς ψυχικῆς δυνάμεως ὲν αὐτῇ μὴ οὔσης. Κινεῖται δὲ τότε ὅταν ἥ τε αἴσθησις ὲν τοῖς ὀργάνοις ᾖ, καὶ διὰ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ή νοητὴ δύναμις διήκῃ ταῖς ίδίαις ὁρμαῖς συγκινοῦσα πρὸς τὸ δοκοῦν τὰ. ὀργανικά αἰσθητήρια, -Γ. Τ ίοῦν,εῖπον,ὲστὶν ἡ ψυχής εί δυνατὸν λόγῳ τινὶ τὴν φύσιν ὑπογραφῆναι, ὡς ἄν τις γένοιτο ήμῖν τοῦ ὑποκειμένου διὰ τῆς ὑπογραφῆς κατανόησις. Kell] ὀιδάσκαλος,-Μ.Ἀλλοι μὲν ἄλλως, φησὶ, τὸν περὶ αὐτῆς ἀπεφήναντο λόγον, κατὰ τὸ δοκοῦν ἕκαστος ὁριζόμενοι, ή δὲ ἡμετέρα περὶ αὐτῆς δόξα οὕτως ἔχει· Ψυχή ἐστιν ούσία γεννητὴ, οὐσία ζῶσα, νοερὰ, σώματι ὀργανικῷ καὶ αἰσθητικῷ, δύναμιν ζωτικὴν καὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀντιληπτικὴν διʼ ἑαυτῆς ένιοῦσα, ἕως ἂν ἡ δεκτικὴ τούτων συνέστηκε φύσιςΛίαὶ ἅμα ταῦτα λέγουσα δείκνυσι τῇ χειρὶ τὸν ἰατρὸν τὸν ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ τοῦ σώματος αὐτῇἰτροσκαθὴμενον, καί φησιν· Ἐγγὺς ἡμῖν τῶν εἰρημένων ἡ μαρτυρία. Πῶς γὰρ, εἶπεν, οῦτος ἐπιβαλὼν τῇ ἀρτηρίᾳ τὴν τῶν δακτύλων ἁφὴν, ἀκούει τρόπον τινὰ διὰ τῆς ἀπτικῆς αἰσθήσεως τῆς φύσεως πρὸς αὐτὸν βοώσης, καὶ τά ἴδια πάθη διηγουμένης, δτι ἐν ἐπιτάσει ἐστὶ τῷ σώματι τὸ ἀρρώστημα, καὶ ἀπὺ τῶνδε τῶν σπλάγχνων ἡ νόσος ὥρμηται, καὶ ἐπὶ τοσόνδε παρατείνει τοῦ ’φλογμοῦ ἡ ὲπίτασις; Διδάσκεται δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, πρός τε τὸ σχῆμα τῆς κατακλίσεως βλέπων, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν σαρκῶν τηκεδόνα. Καὶ ὡς ἐπισημαίνει τὴν ἔνδον διάθεσιν, τό τε εἶδος τοῦ χρώματος, ὕπωχρόν τε ὃν καὶ χολῶδες, καὶ ἠ τῶν ὀμμάτων βολὴ περὶ τῶν λυπούντων καὶ ἀλγύνον αὐτομάτως ὲγκλι νομένη. Ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἡ ἀκοὴ τῶν ὁμοίων διδάσκαλος γίνεται, τῷ δὲ πυκνῷ τοῦ άσθ ματος, καὶ τῷ συνεκδιδομένῳ μετά τῆς ἀναπνοῆς στεναγμῷ τὸ πάθος ὲπιγινώσκουσα. Εἴποι δʼ ἄν τις μηδὲ τὴν ὄσφρησιν τοῦ ἐπιστήμονος ἀνεπίσκεπτον εἶναι τοῦ πάθους, ἀλλά διά τῆς ποιᾶς τοῦ ἄσθματος ἰδιότητος ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ἐγκεκρυμμένον τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ἀῤὒὲιίρέἑὲεξμὲέρςρμονίῳ ταύτῃ διακοσμήσει.

ontōn sophōn te kai technikōn logōn, en tę̄ harmonią tautę̄ kai diakosmēsei dynaton estin analogisasthai psychēs de gnōsis dia tōn kata to sōma deiknymenōn tis an genoito tois apo tōn phainomenōn to krypton anichneuousins -M.Kai malista men toi, phēsin ē parthenos, tois kata to sophon ekeino parangelma ginōskein heautous epithymousin; ei kan ē didaskalos tōn peri psychēs ypolēpseōn autē hē psychē, hoti deus? tis kai asōmatos, katallēlōs tę̄ idią physei energousa te kai kinoumenē, kai dia tōn sōmatikōn organōn tas idias kinēseis endeiknymenē. Ē gar organikē tou sōmatos autē diaskeuē, esti men ouden ētton kai epi tōn aponekrōthentōn dia thanatou, allʼ akinētos menei kai anenergētos, tēs psychikēs dynameōs en autę̄ mē ousēs. Kineitai de tote hotan hē te aisthēsis en tois organois ę̄, kai dia tēs aisthēseōs ē noētē dynamis diēkę̄ tais idiais hormais synkinousa pros to dokoun ta. organika aisthētēria, -G. T ioun,eipon,estin hē psychēs ei dynaton logǭ tini tēn physin hypographēnai, hōs an tis genoito ēmin tou hypokeimenou dia tēs hypographēs katanoēsis. Kell] oidaskalos,-M.Alloi men allōs, phēsi, ton peri autēs apephēnanto logon, kata to dokoun hekastos horizomenoi, ē de hēmetera peri autēs doxa houtōs echei; Psychē estin ousia gennētē, ousia zōsa, noera, sōmati organikǭ kai aisthētikǭ, dynamin zōtikēn kai tōn aisthētōn antilēptikēn diʼ heautēs eniousa, heōs an hē dektikē toutōn synestēke physisLiai hama tauta legousa deiknysi tę̄ cheiri ton iatron ton epi therapeią tou sōmatos autę̄itroskathēmenon, kai phēsin; Engys hēmin tōn eirēmenōn hē martyria. Pōs gar, eipen, outos epibalōn tę̄ artērią tēn tōn daktylōn haphēn, akouei tropon tina dia tēs aptikēs aisthēseōs tēs physeōs pros auton boōsēs, kai ta idia pathē diēgoumenēs, dti en epitasei esti tǭ sōmati to arrōstēma, kai apy tōnde tōn splanchnōn hē nosos hōrmētai, kai epi tosonde parateinei tou ’phlogmou hē epitasis? Didasketai de kai hypo tou ophthalmou alla toiauta, pros te to schēma tēs katakliseōs blepōn, kai pros tēn tōn sarkōn tēkedona. Kai hōs episēmainei tēn endon diathesin, to te eidos tou chrōmatos, hypōchron te hon kai cholōdes, kai ē tōn ommatōn bolē peri tōn lypountōn kai algynon automatōs enkli nomenē. Hōsautōs de kai hē akoē tōn homoiōn didaskalos ginetai, tǭ de pyknǭ tou asth matos, kai tǭ synekdidomenǭ meta tēs anapnoēs stenagmǭ to pathos epiginōskousa. Eipoi dʼ an tis mēde tēn osphrēsin tou epistēmonos anepiskepton einai tou pathous, alla dia tēs poias tou asthmatos idiotētos epiginōskein to enkekrymmenon tois splanchnois aryeiireeeexmeersrmoniǭ tautę̄ diakosmēsei.

“… existing things, in this harmony and order; but what knowledge of the soul could come, through what is shown in the body, to those who track the hidden from what appears?” Macrina: “Most of all,” said the virgin, “to those who desire to know themselves according to that wise precept; for the soul itself would be the teacher of what is to be supposed about the soul: that it is something immaterial and incorporeal, acting and moving in a way suited to its own nature, and showing its own movements through the bodily organs. For this instrumental construction of the body exists no less in those deadened by death, but it remains motionless and inactive, since the power of soul is not in it. It moves when sense is in the organs and the intelligible power passes through sense, moving the sense organs with its own impulses as it pleases.” Gregory: “What, then,” I said, “is the soul, if its nature can be sketched by some definition, so that through the sketch we may gain some understanding of the subject?” Macrina: My teacher said: “Different people have given different accounts of it, each defining it as seemed good to him; but our opinion of it is this. The soul is a created substance, a living substance, intellectual, which by itself gives to an organic and sentient body a power of life and of perceiving sensible things, as long as the nature capable of receiving these holds together.” And as she said this she pointed with her hand to the physician who was sitting by her to care for her body, and said: “The evidence for what has been said is near us. For how,” she said, “does this man, laying the touch of his fingers on the artery, in a way hear through the sense of touch nature crying out to him and telling its own sufferings: that the disease is intense in the body, that the illness started from these inward parts, and that the intensity of the fever extends so far? He is taught other such things by the eye too, looking at the posture in which the patient lies and at the wasting of the flesh; and the colour of the complexion, sallow and bilious, and the glance of the eyes turning of themselves toward what pains and hurts, show the inward state. Likewise hearing becomes a teacher of similar things, recognizing the suffering by the shortness of breath and the groan that comes out with the breathing. And one might say that not even the expert’s sense of smell is without insight into the suffering, but recognizes by the particular quality of the breath the illness hidden in the inward parts …”

Chapter 31

31PG 46:32a–32d

Βὼστημα. Ἀρ οὖν εί μή τις δύναμις ἦν νοητὴ ἡ ἑκάστῳ τῶν αἰσθητηρίων παροῦσα ; Τί ἂν ἡμᾶς ἡ χεὶρ ἀφʼ ἑαυτῆς ἐδιδάξατο, μὴ τῆς ἐννοίας πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὑποκειμένου γνῶσιν τὴν ἁφὴν samem; Ti δʼ ἂν ἡ ἀκοὴ διανοίας διεζευγμὲνη, ἢ ὀφθαλμὸς, ἢ μυκτὴρ, ἦ ἄλλο τι αἰσθητήριον πρὸς τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ ζητουμένου συνήργησεν, εἰ ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ μόνου τούτων ἕκαστον ἦν ; ’ᾼλϊ ὃ πάντων ἐστὶν ἁληθέστατον, ὃ καλῶς τις τῶν ἔξω πεπαιδευμένων εἰπὼν μνημονεύεται, τὸν νοῦν εἶναι τὸν ὁρῶντα, κα). νοῦν τὸν ἀκούοντα. Εἰ γάρ μὴ τοῦτο δοίη τις ἀληθὲς εἶναι, πῶς, είπὲ σὺ, πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον βλέπων, καθὼς ἐδιδάχθης παρά τοῦ διδασκάλου βλέπειν, οὐχ ὅσος φαίνεται τοῖς πολλοῖς, τοσοῦτον αὐτὸν φῂς εἶναι τῷ μεγέθει τοῦ κύκλου, ἀλλʼ ὑπερβαλεῖν πολλαπλάxta- τῷ μέτρῳ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν; Οὐκ ἐπειδὴ τῇ ποίᾳ. κινήσει, καὶ τοῖς χρονικοῖς τε καὶ τοπικοῖς δια· στήμασι, καὶ ταῖς ὲκλειπτικαῖς αἰτίαις τῇ διανοίᾳ. διὰ τῶν φαινομένων ἀκολουθήσας, 0αρρὦ ἀποφαίέ νων τὸ οὕτως Ξχτινς Kal. τῆς σελήνης μείωσίν τε καὶ αὔξησιν βλέπων, ᾶλλα διδάσκει διά τοῦ φαινομένου περὶ τὸ στοιχεῖον σχημάτων, τὸ, ἀφεγγῆ τε εἶναι αὐτὴν κατά τὴν ίδίαν φύσιν, καὶτὸν πρόσγειον κύκλον περιπολεῖνο λάμπει δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἡλιακῶν ἀκτίνων, ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν κατόπτρων γίνεσθαι πεφυκέναι τὸν ἥλιον, ἐφʼ ἑαυτῶν δεχόμενα ούκ ἰδίας αὐγὰς ἀντιδίδωσιν, ἀλλά τοῦ ἡλιακοῦ φωτὸςκὲκ τοῦ λείου καὶ στίλβοντοςσώματος εῑς τὸ ἔμπαλιν ἀνακλωμένου. Ὥσπερ τοῖς ἀνεξετάστως βλέπουσιν ἐξ αὐτῆς δοκεῖ τῆς σελήνης εἶναι τὸ φέγγος. Δείκνυται δὲ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν, ὅτι γινομένη μὲν ἀντιπρόσωπος τῷ ἡλίῳ κατὰ διάμετρον ὅλῳ τῷ πρὸς ἡμᾶς βλέποντι κύκλῳ καταφωτίζεται · ἐν ἐλάττονι δὲ τῷ κατʼ αύτὴν τόπῳ θᾶττον περιοῦσα τὸν ὲν ᾧ ἐστι κύκλον, πρὶν ἅπαξ τὸν ἥλιον περιοδεῦσαι τὸν ἴδιον δρόμον, πλέον ἢ δωδεκάκις αὑτὴ τὸν κατʼ αύτὴν περιέρχεται. Διὸ συμβαίνει μὴ ἀεὶ πεπλη

Bōstēma. Ar oun ei mē tis dynamis ēn noētē hē hekastǭ tōn aisthētēriōn parousa ? Ti an hēmas hē cheir aphʼ heautēs edidaxato, mē tēs ennoias pros tēn tou hypokeimenou gnōsin tēn haphēn samem? Ti dʼ an hē akoē dianoias diezeugmenē, ē ophthalmos, ē myktēr, ē allo ti aisthētērion pros tēn epignōsin tou zētoumenou synērgēsen, ei ephʼ heautou monou toutōn hekaston ēn ? ’Ąlï ho pantōn estin halēthestaton, ho kalōs tis tōn exō pepaideumenōn eipōn mnēmoneuetai, ton noun einai ton horōnta, ka). noun ton akouonta. Ei gar mē touto doiē tis alēthes einai, pōs, eipe sy, pros ton hēlion blepōn, kathōs edidachthēs para tou didaskalou blepein, ouch hosos phainetai tois pollois, tosouton auton phę̄s einai tǭ megethei tou kyklou, allʼ hyperbalein pollaplaxta- tǭ metrǭ pasan tēn gēn? Ouk epeidē tę̄ poią. kinēsei, kai tois chronikois te kai topikois dia; stēmasi, kai tais ekleiptikais aitiais tę̄ dianoią. dia tōn phainomenōn akolouthēsas, 0arrō apophaie nōn to houtōs Xchtins Kal. tēs selēnēs meiōsin te kai auxēsin blepōn, alla didaskei dia tou phainomenou peri to stoicheion schēmatōn, to, aphengē te einai autēn kata tēn idian physin, kaiton prosgeion kyklon peripoleino lampei de apo tōn hēliakōn aktinōn, hōs epi tōn katoptrōn ginesthai pephykenai ton hēlion, ephʼ heautōn dechomena ouk idias augas antididōsin, alla tou hēliakou phōtoskek tou leiou kai stilbontossōmatos eis to empalin anaklōmenou. Hōsper tois anexetastōs blepousin ex autēs dokei tēs selēnēs einai to phengos. Deiknytai de to mē echein, hoti ginomenē men antiprosōpos tǭ hēliǭ kata diametron holǭ tǭ pros hēmas bleponti kyklǭ kataphōtizetai ; en elattoni de tǭ katʼ autēn topǭ thatton periousa ton en hǭ esti kyklon, prin hapax ton hēlion periodeusai ton idion dromon, pleon ē dōdekakis hautē ton katʼ autēn perierchetai. Dio symbainei mē aei peplē

Would this be so if there were not some intelligible power present to each of the senses? What would the hand have taught us by itself, if thought did not lead its touch to the knowledge of the subject? What would hearing, separated from understanding, or the eye, or the nostril, or any other sense organ have contributed to the recognition of what is sought, if each of them were by itself alone? But what is truest of all is what one of those educated outside the faith is remembered to have said well: that it is mind that sees and mind that hears. For if one did not grant this to be true, how is it, tell me, that when you look at the sun, as you were taught by your teacher to look, you say that it is not as large as it appears to most people in the size of its disc, but exceeds the whole earth many times in measure? Is it not because, having followed with your understanding, through what appears, its particular motion, the intervals of time and place, and the causes of eclipses, you confidently declare that it is so? And seeing the waning and waxing of the moon, you are taught other things through the appearance of the shapes of that luminary: that it is without light in its own nature and revolves in the circle near the earth, and shines from the sun’s rays, as happens naturally with mirrors, which, receiving the sun on themselves, give back not rays of their own but those of the sun’s light reflected back from the smooth and shining body. To those who look without examination the light seems to come from the moon itself. But it is shown not to have it because, when it stands diametrically opposite the sun, it is lit over the whole disc turned toward us; but going round more quickly in the smaller circle proper to it, it goes round its own circle more than twelve times before the sun has once completed its own course. So it happens that it is not always full …

Chapter 33

33PG 46:33a–33d

53 DE ΑΝΙΜᾹ ΕΤ ρῶσοαι φωτὸς τὸ στοιχεῖον ' οὐ γὰρ μένει ἐν τῷ πυκνῴ τῆς περιόδου διηνεκῶς ἀντιπρόσωπος Θέσις, ἅπαν τὸ πρὸς ἡμᾶς τῆς σελήνης μέρος διὰ τῶν ἡλιακῶν ἀκτίνων πεφωτισμένον ἐποίησεν, οὓτως ὅταν ἐπὶ τὰ πλάγια γίνεται τοῦ ἡλίου τοῦ ἀεὶ κατʼ αὐτὸν γινομένου τῆς σελήνης ἡμισφαιρίου διελαμόανομένου τῇ τοῦ ἀκτίνων περιβολῇ, τὸ πρὸς ἡμᾶς κατʼ ἀνάγκην ἁποσκιάζεται, ἁντιμεῦισταμένης τῆς λαμπηδόνος ἀπὸ τοῦ μὴ δυναμένου πρὸς τὸν ἥλιον βλέπειν μέρους ἐπὶ τὸν ἀεὶ κατʼ ἐκεῖ· νον γινόμενον, ἓως ἂν ὑποβἄσα κατʼ εὐθεῖαν τὸν ἡλιακὸν κύκλον κατὰ νώτου τὴν ἀκτῖνα δέξηται, καὶ οὕτω τοῦ ἄνωθεν ἡμισφαιρίου περιλαμφθέντος ἀόρατον ποιεῖ τὸ πρὸς ἡμᾶς μέρος, τὸ εἶναι καθόλου τῇ [δίᾳ φύσει ἀφεγγὲς καὶ ἀχεώτιστον ὅπερ δὴ παντελὴς τοῦ στοιχείου μείωσις λέγεται. Εἰ δὲ παρέλθῃ πάλιν τὸν ἥλιον κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν τοῦ δρόμου κίνησιν, καὶ ἐκ πλαγίου γένοιτο τῇ ἀκτῖνι, τὸ πρὸ ὀλίγου ἀλαμπὲς ὑπολάμπειν ἄρχεται, τῆς ἀκτῖνος ἀπὸ τοῦπεφωτιςμένου πρὸς τὸ τέως ἀφανὲς ( l) μετιούςης, Ὁρᾷς οἷόν (Ξ) σοι γίνεται ἡ ὄψις διδάσκαλος, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρασχομένη διʼ ἑαυτῆς τῶν τοιούτων τὴν θεωρίαν, εἰ μή τι οὖν (lt) τὸ διὰ τῶν ὄψεων βλέπων, ὃ τοῖς κατʼ αἴσθησιν γινωσκομένοις οἷόν τισιν ὁδηγοῖς κεχρημένον διὰ τῶν φαινομένων, ἐπὶ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα (β) dictatis-.415; Τί δεῖ προστιῡὲνττι τὰς γεωμετρικὰς ἐφόδους διὰ τῶν αἰσθητῶν χαρα‹ γμάτων, πρὸς τὰ ὑπὲρ αϊσῦησιν ἡμᾶς χειραγωγούauc, καὶ μυρία ἐπὶ τούτοις ἄλλα, διʼ ὧν συνίσταται διὰ τῶν ὲν ἡμῖν σωματικῶς ἐνεργουμένων τῆς ἰγκεκρυμμένης τῇ φύσει ἡμῶν νοερᾶς οὐσίας τὴν κατάληψιν γίνεσθαι ; ——1". Τίδὲ, εἷπον, εί ὥσπερ κοινὸν μέν ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῆς αίσοητῆς τῶν στοιχείων φύσεως τὸ ὑλῶδες, διαφορὰ δὲ κατὰ τὸ ίδίοιζον ἐν ἑκάστῳ εῖδει τῆς ὕλης πολλὴ (ἥ τε γὰρ κίνησις αὑτοῖς ὲκ τοῦ ἐναντίου ἐστὶν, τοῦ μὲν ἀνωφεροῦς ὄντος, τοῦ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ κάτω βρίθοντος, τὸ δὲ εἶδος οὐ τὸ αὐτὸ, καὶὴ ποιότης διάφορος ἕν τινι), τούτων (Η) κατὰ τὸν λόγον συνουσιωμὲνην τἰς εἶναι λέγοι δύναμιν, τὴν τὰς νοητικὲις ταύτας φαντασίας τε καὶ κινήσεις. ὲκ φυσικῆς ἰδιότητάς τε καὶ δυνάμεως δνεργᾶῶσαη Οἷα δὴ πολλὰ βλέπομεν ὑπὸ τῶν (μηχανοποιῶν ἐνεργούμενα, ἐφʼ ὧν ἡ ὕλη τεχνικῶς

53 DE ANIMA ET rōsoai phōtos to stoicheion ' ou gar menei en tǭ pyknǭ tēs periodou diēnekōs antiprosōpos Thesis, hapan to pros hēmas tēs selēnēs meros dia tōn hēliakōn aktinōn pephōtismenon epoiēsen, houtōs hotan epi ta plagia ginetai tou hēliou tou aei katʼ auton ginomenou tēs selēnēs hēmisphairiou dielamoanomenou tę̄ tou aktinōn peribolę̄, to pros hēmas katʼ anankēn haposkiazetai, hantimeuistamenēs tēs lampēdonos apo tou mē dynamenou pros ton hēlion blepein merous epi ton aei katʼ ekei; non ginomenon, heōs an hypobasa katʼ eutheian ton hēliakon kyklon kata nōtou tēn aktina dexētai, kai houtō tou anōthen hēmisphairiou perilamphthentos aoraton poiei to pros hēmas meros, to einai katholou tę̄ [dią physei aphenges kai acheōtiston hoper dē pantelēs tou stoicheiou meiōsis legetai. Ei de parelthę̄ palin ton hēlion kata tēn idian tou dromou kinēsin, kai ek plagiou genoito tę̄ aktini, to pro oligou alampes hypolampein archetai, tēs aktinos apo toupephōtismenou pros to teōs aphanes ( l) metiousēs, Horąs hoion (X) soi ginetai hē opsis didaskalos, ouk an soi paraschomenē diʼ heautēs tōn toioutōn tēn theōrian, ei mē ti oun (lt) to dia tōn opseōn blepōn, ho tois katʼ aisthēsin ginōskomenois hoion tisin hodēgois kechrēmenon dia tōn phainomenōn, epi ta mē blepomena (b) dictatis-.415? Ti dei prostiyentti tas geōmetrikas ephodous dia tōn aisthētōn chara‹ gmatōn, pros ta hyper aïsyēsin hēmas cheiragōgouauc, kai myria epi toutois alla, diʼ hōn synistatai dia tōn en hēmin sōmatikōs energoumenōn tēs inkekrymmenēs tę̄ physei hēmōn noeras ousias tēn katalēpsin ginesthai ? ——1". Tide, heipon, ei hōsper koinon men estin epi tēs aisoētēs tōn stoicheiōn physeōs to hylōdes, diaphora de kata to idioizon en hekastǭ eidei tēs hylēs pollē (hē te gar kinēsis hautois ek tou enantiou estin, tou men anōpherous ontos, tou de epi tou katō brithontos, to de eidos ou to auto, kaiē poiotēs diaphoros hen tini), toutōn (Ē) kata ton logon synousiōmenēn tis einai legoi dynamin, tēn tas noētikeis tautas phantasias te kai kinēseis. ek physikēs idiotētas te kai dynameōs dnergaōsaē Hoia dē polla blepomen hypo tōn (mēchanopoiōn energoumena, ephʼ hōn hē hylē technikōs

… of light; for its position opposite does not remain continually in the quickness of its revolution … made the whole part of the moon toward us lit by the sun’s rays; so when it comes to the side of the sun, the hemisphere of the moon always facing the sun being taken up by the embrace of the rays, the side toward us is necessarily shadowed, the brightness moving from the part unable to look at the sun to the part always facing it; until, passing directly beneath the sun’s circle, it receives the ray on its back, and so, the upper hemisphere being lit all round, it makes the part toward us invisible, since by its own nature it is wholly without light and dark; and this is called the complete waning of the luminary. But if it passes the sun again by the motion of its own course and comes to the side of the ray, what was just now without light begins to shine faintly, the ray passing from the lit part to what was until then invisible. Do you see how sight becomes your teacher? It would not give you such knowledge by itself, unless there were something looking through the eyes, which uses the things known by sense as guides and through what appears looks into what is not seen. What need is there to add the methods of geometry, which lead us by the hand through sensible figures to things beyond sense, and countless other things besides, by which it is established that the perception of the intellectual substance hidden in our nature comes about through what is bodily at work in us?” Gregory: “But what,” I said, “if, as the material is common in the sensible nature of the elements, while there is a great difference in what is peculiar to each form of matter (for their motion is opposite, one being upward-tending and the other weighing downward, and the form is not the same, and the quality differs in each), someone were to say that there is a power essentially bound up with these by their principle, which produces these intellectual images and movements from a natural property and power? As we see many things worked by mechanics, in which matter, skilfully …”

Chapter 35

35PG 46:36a–36d

διατεθεῖσα μιμεῖται τὴν φύσιν, οὐκ ἐν τῷ σχήματι μόνῳ δεικνῦσα τὸ ὅμοιον, ἀλλά καὶ ἐν κινήσει γίνεται, καὶ φθόγγον τινὰ ὑποκρίνεται,ιʼγχοῦντος ἐν τῷ φωνητικῷ μέρει τοῦ μηχανήματος, καὶ οὐδὲ που νοητήν τινα δύναμιν γινομένοις esset... ροῦμεν τὴν καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐργαζομένην τὸ σχῆμα, τὸ εἷδος, βξ), τὸν ἦχον, τὴν κίνησιν. Ei ταῦτα λέγομεν καὶ περὶ τδ μηχανικὸν τοῦτο τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν ὄργανον, μηδεμιᾶς κατὰ τὸ ξδιάζον νοητῆς οὐσίας ἐγκεκραμένης γίνεσθαι, ἀλλά τινος τῇ φύσει τῶν ἐν ἡμῖν στοιχείων κινητικῆς δυνάμεως ἐγκειμένης, καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ἐνέργειαν ἀποτέλεσμα εῖναι ἐφʼ,ἑαυτῆς τὴν νοητὴν ἐκείνην καὶ ἀσώματον τῆς ψυχῆς οὐσίαν ἀποδεικνύοιτο,ἢ τὸ μηδὸλως εἶναι ;. M. Ἡδὲ, Συμμαχεῖ, φησὶ, τῷλόγῳ καὶ τὸ ὑπόδειγμα, καὶ ἡ κατασκευὴ πᾶσα τῆς ἀνθυπενεχοείσης ἡμῖν ἀντιρρήσεως οὐ μικρὰ συντελέσει πρὸς τὴν τῶν νοηθέντων ἡμῖν βεβαιότητα.-Γ. ιξῶςοοῦν τοῦτο λέγειςς -Μ.Ὄτιτοι, φησι, τὸ οῦτωςείδέναι μεταχειρίζεσθαι τι κα) διατιθέναι τὴν ἄψυχον ῦλην, ὡς τὴν ἐναποτιθεῖσαν τοῖς μηχανήμασι τέχνην μικροῦ δεῖν ἀντί τῆς ψυχῆς τῇ ῦλῃ γίνεσθαι, διʼ ὧν κίνησίν τε καὶ ἦχον, καὶ σχήματα, καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα καθυποκρίνεται, ἀπόδειξις ἂν εἴη τοῦ εἷναί τι τοιοῦτον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ᾧ ταῦτα πέφυκε διὰ ο τῆς Θεωρητικῆς καὶ ἐφευρετικῆς δυνάμεως κατανοεῖν τε ἐν ἐαυτῷ κοιλ προκατασκευάζειν τῇ διανοίᾳ τὰ μηχανήματα, εἷθʼ οὕτως εἰς ἐνέργειαν διὰ τῆς τέχνης ἄγειν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ὕλης δεικνύειν τὸ νόημα. Προὲάν γὰρ ὅτι πνεύματῦς ἐστι χρεία πρὸς τὴν-ἐκφώνησιν, κατενόησεν · εἷθʼ ὅπως ἂν ἐπινοηθείη πνεῦμα τῷ μηχανήματι τῷ λογισμῷ προεξήτασε, τὴν τῶν στοιχείων φύσιν ἐπισκεψάμενος, ὃτι οὐδὲν κενὸν ἐν τοῖς οὗσίν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ βαρύτερον παραθέσει κενὸν τὸ κοῦφον νομίζεται, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ κατʼ ίδίαν ὑπόστασιν μεστός τε ὁ ἀὴρ καὶ πλήρης ἐστί. Διάκενον γὰρ τὸ ἀγγεῖον ἐκ καταχρήσεως λέγεται. Ὅταν γὰρ τοῦ ὑγροῦ κενὸν ᾖ, οὐδὲν ἦττον μεστὸν ἀέρος πεπαιδευμένος καὶ τοῦτο λέγει. Σημεῖον δέ τὸν ἐπαχθέντα τῇ λίμνῃ ἀμφορέα μὴ εὐθὺς πληροῦσθαι τοῦ ὕδατος, ἀλλʼ ἐπιπολάζειν τὰ πρῶτα, τοῦ ἐναπειλημμένου ἀέρος

diatetheisa mimeitai tēn physin, ouk en tǭ schēmati monǭ deiknysa to homoion, alla kai en kinēsei ginetai, kai phthongon tina hypokrinetai,iʼnchountos en tǭ phōnētikǭ merei tou mēchanēmatos, kai oude pou noētēn tina dynamin ginomenois esset... roumen tēn kathʼ hekaston ergazomenēn to schēma, to heidos, bx), ton ēchon, tēn kinēsin. Ei tauta legomen kai peri td mēchanikon touto tēs physeōs hēmōn organon, mēdemias kata to xdiazon noētēs ousias enkekramenēs ginesthai, alla tinos tę̄ physei tōn en hēmin stoicheiōn kinētikēs dynameōs enkeimenēs, kai tēn toiautēn energeian apotelesma einai ephʼ,heautēs tēn noētēn ekeinēn kai asōmaton tēs psychēs ousian apodeiknyoito,ē to mēdolōs einai ?. M. Hēde, Symmachei, phēsi, tǭlogǭ kai to hypodeigma, kai hē kataskeuē pasa tēs anthypenechoeisēs hēmin antirrēseōs ou mikra syntelesei pros tēn tōn noēthentōn hēmin bebaiotēta.-G. ixōsooun touto legeiss -M.Otitoi, phēsi, to outōseidenai metacheirizesthai ti ka) diatithenai tēn apsychon ylēn, hōs tēn enapotitheisan tois mēchanēmasi technēn mikrou dein anti tēs psychēs tę̄ ylę̄ ginesthai, diʼ hōn kinēsin te kai ēchon, kai schēmata, kai ta toiauta kathypokrinetai, apodeixis an eiē tou heinai ti toiouton en tǭ anthrōpǭ, hǭ tauta pephyke dia o tēs Theōrētikēs kai epheuretikēs dynameōs katanoein te en eautǭ koil prokataskeuazein tę̄ dianoią ta mēchanēmata, heithʼ houtōs eis energeian dia tēs technēs agein, kai dia tēs hylēs deiknyein to noēma. Proean gar hoti pneumatys esti chreia pros tēn-ekphōnēsin, katenoēsen ; heithʼ hopōs an epinoētheiē pneuma tǭ mēchanēmati tǭ logismǭ proexētase, tēn tōn stoicheiōn physin episkepsamenos, hoti ouden kenon en tois housin estin, alla pros to baryteron parathesei kenon to kouphon nomizetai, epei kai autos ephʼ heautou katʼ idian hypostasin mestos te ho aēr kai plērēs esti. Diakenon gar to angeion ek katachrēseōs legetai. Hotan gar tou hygrou kenon ę̄, ouden ētton meston aeros pepaideumenos kai touto legei. Sēmeion de ton epachthenta tę̄ limnę̄ amphorea mē euthys plērousthai tou hydatos, allʼ epipolazein ta prōta, tou enapeilēmmenou aeros

“… arranged, imitates nature, showing likeness not in shape only but also coming to be in motion, and it imitates a sound when the vocal part of the machine resounds; yet we see no intelligible power anywhere in what is happening that works the shape, the form, the sound, the motion in each case. If we say this also about this mechanical instrument of our nature, that it comes about with no particular intelligible substance mixed in, but by a moving power lying in the nature of the elements in us, and that such activity is the result of that power by itself, would that intelligible and incorporeal substance of the soul be shown to be anything at all, or not to exist at all?” Macrina: “The example,” she said, “is an ally of our argument too, and the whole construction of the objection you have put to us will contribute not a little to the confirmation of what we have thought.” Gregory: “How do you say that?” Macrina: “Because,” she said, “to know how to handle and arrange lifeless matter so that the art put into the machines almost takes the place of the soul in the matter, by which they imitate motion and sound and shapes and the like, would be a proof that there is something of this kind in man, by which he is naturally able, through his power of contemplation and invention, to conceive these things within himself and design the machines beforehand in his mind, and then bring them into operation by art and show his thought through matter. For first he understood that breath is needed for producing sound; then he examined beforehand by reasoning how breath might be contrived for the machine, considering the nature of the elements: that there is nothing empty in existing things, but what is light is thought empty by comparison with what is heavier, since air itself in its own existence is full and complete. A vessel is called empty by a misuse of the word; for when it is empty of liquid, one who has been taught says that it is no less full of air. A sign of this is that a jar brought down to a pool is not at once filled with water but floats at first, the air enclosed …

Chapter 37

37PG 46:37a–37d

ἐπὶ sb ἄνω τὸ κοῖλον ἀνέχοντος, ἕως ἂν πιεσθεὶς ὸ ἀμφορεὺς τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ ἀρυομενον ὲν τῷ βάθει γίνεται, καὶ τοῦτο δέξηται τῷ στόματι τὸ ὕδωρ· οὗ γινομένου δείκνυται τὸ μὴ κενδν αὑτὸν εἶναι καὶ πρὸ τοῦ ὕδατος. Μάχη γάρ τις περὶ. τῷ στόματι τῶν δύο στοιχείων ὁρᾶται, τοῦ μὲν ὕδατος ὑπὸ βάρους ἐπὶ τὸ κοῖλον βιαζομένου τε καὶ είσρέοντος, τοῦ δὲ ἀέρος τοῦ ἐναπειλημμένου τῷ κοίλῳ διὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στόματος ἐπὶ τὸ ἔμπαλιν συνθλιβομένου περὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ ἀναρρέοντος, ὡς καὶ ἀνακόπτεσθαι διὰ τούτου καὶ ἀνακοχλὰζειν τὸ ὕδωρ περιαφρίζον τῇ βίᾳ τοῦ πνεύματος. Ταῦτα οὖν κατενόησε, καὶ ὅπως ἂν ὲντεθείη πνεῦμα τῷ μηχανήματι διὰ τῆς τῶν στοιχείων φύσεως ἐπενόησε. Κοῖλον γάρ τι ὲκ στεγανῆς ὕλης καταᾱκευάσας, καὶ πανταχόθεν τὸν ἐν αὐτῷ ἀέρα περισχὼν ἀδιάπνευστον, ἐπάγει τὸ ὕδωρ διὰ στόματος (fl) τῷ κοίλῳ, κατὰ τὸ μέτρον τῆς χρείας τὺ ποσὸν συμμετρήσας τοῦ ὓδατος, εἷθʼ obtine ἐπὶ τὸν παρακείμενον αὺλὺν δίδωσι κατὰ τὸ ἀντικείμενον τῷ ἀέρι τὴν δίοδον, ἐκθλιβόμενος δὲτῷ ὕδατι βιαιὸτερον ὁ ἀὴρ πνεῦμα γίνεται· ὅπερ ἐκπίπτον τῇ κατασκευῇ τοῦ αὐλοῦ τὸν ἦχον ποιεῖ.

epi sb anō to koilon anechontos, heōs an piestheis o amphoreus tę̄ cheiri tou aryomenon en tǭ bathei ginetai, kai touto dexētai tǭ stomati to hydōr; hou ginomenou deiknytai to mē kendn hauton einai kai pro tou hydatos. Machē gar tis peri. tǭ stomati tōn dyo stoicheiōn horatai, tou men hydatos hypo barous epi to koilon biazomenou te kai eisreontos, tou de aeros tou enapeilēmmenou tǭ koilǭ dia tou autou stomatos epi to empalin synthlibomenou peri to hydōr, kai anarreontos, hōs kai anakoptesthai dia toutou kai anakochlazein to hydōr periaphrizon tę̄ bią tou pneumatos. Tauta oun katenoēse, kai hopōs an entetheiē pneuma tǭ mēchanēmati dia tēs tōn stoicheiōn physeōs epenoēse. Koilon gar ti ek steganēs hylēs kataakeuasas, kai pantachothen ton en autǭ aera perischōn adiapneuston, epagei to hydōr dia stomatos (fl) tǭ koilǭ, kata to metron tēs chreias ty poson symmetrēsas tou hydatos, heithʼ obtine epi ton parakeimenon aulyn didōsi kata to antikeimenon tǭ aeri tēn diodon, ekthlibomenos detǭ hydati biaioteron ho aēr pneuma ginetai; hoper ekpipton tę̄ kataskeuę̄ tou aulou ton ēchon poiei.

… holding the hollow up, until the jar, pressed down by the hand of the one drawing water, goes into the depth and takes in the water at its mouth. When this happens it is shown that it was not empty even before the water. For a kind of battle between the two elements is seen at the mouth: the water forced by its weight into the hollow and flowing in, the air enclosed in the hollow pressed out through the same mouth in the opposite direction against the water and flowing up, so that the water is checked by it and bubbles up, foaming around under the force of the air. He understood these things, then, and devised how breath might be put into the machine through the nature of the elements. Making a hollow of watertight material and enclosing the air in it on every side so that it could not escape, he brings water into the hollow through an opening, measuring the amount of water to the need; then he gives the air a passage into the pipe lying beside it, on the side opposite; and the air, forced out more violently by the water, becomes wind, which, rushing out through the construction of the pipe, makes the sound.

Chapter 39

39PG 46:40a–40d

τέχνη διάνοιά τίς ἐστι ποία κίνησίς τε καὶ ὲνέρ γεια, ἄρα κα). διὰ τῶν ἀντιθέτων ἡμῖν τὸ ἄλλο τ παρᾶ τὸ φαινόμενον εἶναι τὸν νοῦν ἠ ἀκολουθία τῶ εἰρημένων ἀπέδειξεν. Γ. Ἐγὼδέ,Τοῢτο μὲν οὕτως ἔχειν φημὶ καὶ αὐ τὸς, τὸ μὴ ταύτὸν εἶναι τῷ φαινομένῳ τὸ μὴ φαινόμε νον· οὐ μὴν τὸ ζητούμενον ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ βλέπω οὔπω γάρ μοι δῆλόν ἐστιν, ὅ τί ποτε χρὴ νομίζειν ἐκεῖνο εἶναι τὸ μὴ φαινόμενον, ἀλλʼ ὅτι μέν ὑλικόν τ οὐκ ἐστιν ἐδιδάχθην τῷ λόγῳ · οὐδέπω δὲ ἔγνων, ἰ τι περ). αὐτοῦ προσήκει λέγειν* ἐγὼ δέ τοῦτο μάλι· στα ἐδεόμην μαθεῖν, οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ ὅπερ ἐστίν. -—M. Ἦδέ,ῐῙολλά, (memmi. περ). πολλῶν οὖτα μανθάνομεν ὲν τῷ μὴ τόδε τι λέγειν εἷναι αὐτὸ τὲ εἶναι τοῦ ζητουμένου, δ τί ποτέ ἐστι διερμηνεύοντες. Ἀπόνηρον γὰρ εἰπόντες τὸν ἀγαθὸν παρεστήκαμεν, καὶ ἄνανδρον ὀνομάσαντες τὸν δειλὸν ἐγνωρίσαμεν, καὶ πολλά τούτοις ἔστιν εἰπεῖν ὁμοιότροπα. Διʼ ὧν ἢ τὸ χρηστότερον ἀναλαμβάνομεν νόημα διὰ τῆς τῶν πονηρῶν ἀποφάσεως, ἢ τὸ ἔμπαλιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ταῖς ὑπονοίαις τρεπόμεθα, τῇ τῶν καλῶν ἀφαιρέσει τὸ πονηρὸν ἐνδειξάμενοι. Οὕτω τοίνυν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος τις λόγου κατανοήσας, οὐκ ἂν τῆς δεούσης περὶ τὸ ζητούμενον ἐννοίας ἀποσφαλείη. Ζητεῖται δέ τί χρὴ τὸν νοῦν οἴεσθαι κατʼ αὐτὴν τὴν οὐσίαν. '0 τοίνυν τὸ μὲν εἶναι τοῦτο, περὶ οὗ ὁ λόγος ἐστὶ, διὰ τῆς παρʼ αὑτοῦ δεικνυμένης ἡμῖν ἐνεργείας μὴ ἀμφιδάλλων, τὸ δὲ ὅ τί ἐστι γνῶναι βουλόμενος, ἱκανῶς ἂν εὕροιτο, μὴ, τοῦτο μαθεῖν εἶναι αὐτὸ ὃ καταλαμσάνειή αἴσθησις, μὴ χρῶμα. μὴ σχῆμαν μὴ ἀντιτυπίαν. μὴ βάρος, μὴ πηλικότητα, μὴ τὴν είς τρία διάστασιν, μὴ τὴν ἐπὶ τόπου θέσιν, μηδέ τι τῶν περ). τὴν ὕλην καταλαμβανομένων ὅλως μηδὲν ίδη, τί ἄλλο ποιρά ταῦτά ἐστιν. Ἐγὼ δὲ μεταξὺ διεξιούσης,-Γ. Ούκ οἴδα, ἔφην, πῶς ἐστι, πάντων τούτων ἀφαιρουμένων τοῦ λόγου, μὴ συνεξαλειφθῆναι τούτοις καὶ τὸ ζητούμενον. Τίνι γὰρ προσφυῇ δίχα τούτων ή καταληπτικὴ περιεργία, κατά γε τὴν ἐμὴν ὑπόληψιν ὤπω ὁρᾶται. Πανταχῆ γάρ ἐν τῇ τῶν ὄντων ἀναζητήσει διὰ τῆς ἐξεταστικῆς διανοίας ὅσον τε τὸ ζητούμενον, ῶσπερ τινὲς τυφλοὶ διὰ τοίχων ἐπὶ

technē dianoia tis esti poia kinēsis te kai ener geia, ara ka). dia tōn antithetōn hēmin to allo t para to phainomenon einai ton noun ē akolouthia tō eirēmenōn apedeixen. G. Egōde,Toÿto men houtōs echein phēmi kai au tos, to mē tauton einai tǭ phainomenǭ to mē phainome non; ou mēn to zētoumenon en tǭ logǭ toutǭ blepō oupō gar moi dēlon estin, ho ti pote chrē nomizein ekeino einai to mē phainomenon, allʼ hoti men hylikon t ouk estin edidachthēn tǭ logǭ ; oudepō de egnōn, i ti per). autou prosēkei legein* egō de touto mali; sta edeomēn mathein, ouch hoti ouk estin, allʼ hoper estin. -—M. Ēde,iIolla, (memmi. per). pollōn outa manthanomen en tǭ mē tode ti legein heinai auto te einai tou zētoumenou, d ti pote esti diermēneuontes. Aponēron gar eipontes ton agathon parestēkamen, kai anandron onomasantes ton deilon egnōrisamen, kai polla toutois estin eipein homoiotropa. Diʼ hōn ē to chrēstoteron analambanomen noēma dia tēs tōn ponērōn apophaseōs, ē to empalin epi to cheiron tais hyponoiais trepometha, tę̄ tōn kalōn aphairesei to ponēron endeixamenoi. Houtō toinyn kai epi tou parontos tis logou katanoēsas, ouk an tēs deousēs peri to zētoumenon ennoias aposphaleiē. Zēteitai de ti chrē ton noun oiesthai katʼ autēn tēn ousian. '0 toinyn to men einai touto, peri hou ho logos esti, dia tēs parʼ hautou deiknymenēs hēmin energeias mē amphidallōn, to de ho ti esti gnōnai boulomenos, hikanōs an heuroito, mē, touto mathein einai auto ho katalamsaneiē aisthēsis, mē chrōma. mē schēman mē antitypian. mē baros, mē pēlikotēta, mē tēn eis tria diastasin, mē tēn epi topou thesin, mēde ti tōn per). tēn hylēn katalambanomenōn holōs mēden idē, ti allo poira tauta estin. Egō de metaxy diexiousēs,-G. Ouk oida, ephēn, pōs esti, pantōn toutōn aphairoumenōn tou logou, mē synexaleiphthēnai toutois kai to zētoumenon. Tini gar prosphyę̄ dicha toutōn ē katalēptikē periergia, kata ge tēn emēn hypolēpsin ōpō horatai. Pantachē gar en tę̄ tōn ontōn anazētēsei dia tēs exetastikēs dianoias hoson te to zētoumenon, ōsper tines typhloi dia toichōn epi

… art is a kind of understanding, a particular movement and activity, then the sequence of what has been said has shown us, even through the objections, that the mind is something other than what appears.” Gregory: And I said: “I too say this is so, that what does not appear is not the same as what appears; but I do not yet see in this argument what is sought. For it is not yet clear to me what we should think that invisible thing to be. I have been taught by the argument that it is not material; but I do not yet know what it is proper to say about it. And this is what I most wanted to learn: not what it is not, but what it is.” Macrina: “We learn many things about many matters,” she said, “by saying that the thing sought is not this or that, thereby explaining what it is. For by calling the good man ‘free from wickedness’ we have presented him, and by naming the coward ‘unmanly’ we have made him known; and one may say many similar things. Through these we either take up the better idea by denying the bad, or conversely turn our thoughts to the worse, showing the bad by the removal of the good. Whoever considers the present argument in this way, then, would not miss the proper understanding of what is sought. And what is sought is what we must think the mind to be in its very substance. One who does not doubt that the thing of which we speak exists, because of the activity it shows us, but wishes to know what it is, would find a sufficient answer by learning that it is not what sense perceives: not colour, not shape, not resistance, not weight, not magnitude, not extension in three dimensions, not position in place, nor anything at all of what is perceived about matter, if there is anything besides these.” Gregory: But while she was still going through this, I said: “I do not know how, when all these are taken away from the account, what is sought is not wiped out with them. For to what the curiosity of comprehension can attach itself apart from these I, at least, do not see. For everywhere in our search into existing things with the examining mind, like blind men led by the hand along walls to …”

Chapter 41

41PG 46:41a–41d

τὴν θύραν χειραγωγούμενοι, ἑνὸς τῶν εἰρημένω πάντως θιγγάνομεν, ἢ χρῶμα εὑρίσκοντες, ἢ σχῆμα, ἢ πηλικότητα, ἧ τι τῶν παρά σοῦ νῦν ἀπηριθμημένων ἕτερον ὅταν δὲ τούτων μηδὲν εἶναι λέγηται ἂν, εἰς τὸ μηδόλως τι εἶναι οἴεσθαι ὑπὸ μικροψυχίας περιαγόμεθα. Μ. Ἦ δὲ σχετλιάσασα μεταξὺ τοῦ λόγου, Φεῦ τῆς ἀτοπίας, φησὶν, εἰς οἷον καταστρέφει πέρας ἡ μικροφυὴς αὕτη καὶ χαμαίζηλος περί τῶν ὄντων κρίσιςῐ Εἰ γὰρ ἐξῄρηται τοῦ ὄντος ἅπαν ὃ μὴ τῇ αἰσθήσει γνωρίζεται, οὐδʼ ἂν αὐτὴν τὴν τοῦ παντὸς ἐπιστατοῦσαν καὶ περιδεδραγμὲνην τῶν ὄντων δῦναμιν ὁμολογοίη πάντως ὁ τοῦτο λέγων, ἀλλά τί ἀσώματόν τε καὶ ἀειδὲς περί τῆς θείας φύσεως διδαχθεὶς, τὸ μὴ εῖναι αὐτὴν ὅλως ὲκ τῆς τοιαύτης πάντως ἀκολουθίας λογίζεται. Εἰ δὲ ἐκεῖ τὸ ταῦτα μὴ εἶναι περιγραφὴ τοῦ εἶναι οὐ γίνεται, πῶς ό ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς τοῦ ὄντος ἐκθλίβεται τῇ ἀφαιρὲπιτῶν σωματικῶν ἰδιωμάτων συνδαπανὼμενος ; -Γ, Οὐκοῦν, εἷπον, ἐξ ἀτόπων μεταλαμβάνομεν ἕτερον ἄτοπον διὰ τῆς ἀκολουθίας ταύτης. Περίκειται γὰρ ό λόγος ἡμῖν εἰς τὸ ταύτὸν οἴεσθαι τῇ θείᾳ φύσει, καὶ τὸν νοῦν τὸν ἡμέτερον, εἴπερ τῇ ὀπεξαιρέσει τῶν κατʼ αἴσθησιν εὑρισκομένων νοεῖται ἑκάτερον,-Μ. Μὴ ταύτόνεῐπῃς, φησὶν ἠ διδάσκαλος (ἀσεβὴς γὰρ καὶ οὗτος ὁ λόγος), ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐδιδάχθης παρά τῆς θείας Γραφῆς, ὅμοιον εἰπὲ τοῦτο ἐκείνῳ. To γὰρ κατʼ εἰκόνα γενόμενον διά πάντων ἔχει πάντως τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἀρχέτυπον ὁμοιότητα, νοερὰν τοῦ νοεροῦ, καὶ τοῦ ἀσωμάτου ἀσώματον, ὄγκου τε παντὸς ἀπηλλαγμένον ὧσπερ ἐκεῖνο, καὶ πᾶσαν ὲκφεῦγον διὰ σημαντικὴν καταμέτρησιν ὁμοίως ἐκείνῳ ο ἄλλο δέ τι παρʼ ἐκεῖνο κατά τὴν τῆς φύσεως ἰδιότητα. Οὐκέτι γὰρ ἀν εἴη εἰκὼν, εἰ ἐκείνῳ διʼἁπάντων εἴη ταύτὸν, ἀλλʼ ἐν οἷς ἐν τῇ ἀκτίστῳ φύσει καθορᾶται ἐκεῖνο, ιν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἡ κτιστὴ φύσις δείκνυσι τοῦτοʼ κα) ὥσπερ πολλάκις ὲν μικρῷ ψήγματι ὑελίνῃ, ὅταν τύχῃ πρὸς ἀκτῖνα κείμενον, ὄλος ἐνορᾶται τοῦ ἡλίου ό κύκλος, οὐ κατά τὸ ἴδιον μέγεθος αὐτῷ ἐμφαινόμενος, ἀλλʼ ὡς χωρεῖ βραχύτης τοῦ ψήγματος τοῦ κύκλου τὴν ἔμφασιν · οὕτως ὲν τῇ βραχύτητι τῆς ἡμετέρας φύσεως τῶν άφράστων ἐκείνων τῆς θεότητος ἰδιωμάτων αἰ εἰκόνες ἐκλάμπουσιν, ὥστε διὰ τούτων τὸν λόγον χειραγωγοῦ μενον, μήτε ἀποπίπτειν

tēn thyran cheiragōgoumenoi, henos tōn eirēmenō pantōs thinganomen, ē chrōma heuriskontes, ē schēma, ē pēlikotēta, hē ti tōn para sou nyn apērithmēmenōn heteron hotan de toutōn mēden einai legētai an, eis to mēdolōs ti einai oiesthai hypo mikropsychias periagometha. M. Ē de schetliasasa metaxy tou logou, Pheu tēs atopias, phēsin, eis hoion katastrephei peras hē mikrophyēs hautē kai chamaizēlos peri tōn ontōn krisisi Ei gar exę̄rētai tou ontos hapan ho mē tę̄ aisthēsei gnōrizetai, oudʼ an autēn tēn tou pantos epistatousan kai peridedragmenēn tōn ontōn dynamin homologoiē pantōs ho touto legōn, alla ti asōmaton te kai aeides peri tēs theias physeōs didachtheis, to mē einai autēn holōs ek tēs toiautēs pantōs akolouthias logizetai. Ei de ekei to tauta mē einai perigraphē tou einai ou ginetai, pōs o anthrōpinos nous tou ontos ekthlibetai tę̄ aphairepitōn sōmatikōn idiōmatōn syndapanōmenos ? -G, Oukoun, heipon, ex atopōn metalambanomen heteron atopon dia tēs akolouthias tautēs. Perikeitai gar o logos hēmin eis to tauton oiesthai tę̄ theią physei, kai ton noun ton hēmeteron, eiper tę̄ opexairesei tōn katʼ aisthēsin heuriskomenōn noeitai hekateron,-M. Mē tautoneipę̄s, phēsin ē didaskalos (asebēs gar kai houtos ho logos), allʼ hōs edidachthēs para tēs theias Graphēs, homoion eipe touto ekeinǭ. To gar katʼ eikona genomenon dia pantōn echei pantōs tēn pros to archetypon homoiotēta, noeran tou noerou, kai tou asōmatou asōmaton, onkou te pantos apēllagmenon hōsper ekeino, kai pasan ekpheugon dia sēmantikēn katametrēsin homoiōs ekeinǭ o allo de ti parʼ ekeino kata tēn tēs physeōs idiotēta. Ouketi gar an eiē eikōn, ei ekeinǭ diʼhapantōn eiē tauton, allʼ en hois en tę̄ aktistǭ physei kathoratai ekeino, in tois autois hē ktistē physis deiknysi toutoʼ ka) hōsper pollakis en mikrǭ psēgmati hyelinę̄, hotan tychę̄ pros aktina keimenon, olos enoratai tou hēliou o kyklos, ou kata to idion megethos autǭ emphainomenos, allʼ hōs chōrei brachytēs tou psēgmatos tou kyklou tēn emphasin ; houtōs en tę̄ brachytēti tēs hēmeteras physeōs tōn aphrastōn ekeinōn tēs theotētos idiōmatōn ai eikones eklampousin, hōste dia toutōn ton logon cheiragōgou menon, mēte apopiptein

“… the door, we certainly touch one of the things mentioned, finding colour or shape or size or some other of the things you have just counted up; but when it is said to be none of these, we are led by narrowness of soul to think it is nothing at all.” Macrina: And she, protesting in the middle of the argument, said: “Alas for the absurdity! To what end this petty and earthbound judgment of existing things leads! For if everything not known by sense is removed from being, one who says this would certainly not admit even the power that presides over the universe and holds existing things in its grasp; but, taught that the divine nature is incorporeal and formless, he would by such a sequence certainly reckon that it does not exist at all. But if there the absence of these things is no limit of being, how is the human mind squeezed out of being, consumed along with the removal of bodily properties?” Gregory: “Then,” I said, “we take another absurdity from absurdities by this sequence. For our argument has come round to thinking that our mind is the same as the divine nature, if each is understood by the removal of what is found by sense.” Macrina: “Do not say ‘the same,’” said my teacher, “(for this account too is impious), but, as you were taught by divine Scripture, say that the one is like the other. For what has come to be according to the image certainly has likeness to the archetype in all things: intellectual like the intellectual, incorporeal like the incorporeal, free from all bulk like it, and escaping all measurement by dimension like it, yet something other than it in the property of its nature. For it would no longer be an image if it were in all things the same as that; but in the very things in which that is seen in the uncreated nature, this is shown by the created nature. And as often in a small fragment of glass, when it happens to lie toward a ray, the whole disc of the sun is seen, appearing in it not in its own size but as far as the smallness of the fragment can contain the reflection of the disc, so in the smallness of our nature the images of those ineffable properties of the Godhead shine out; so that the argument, led by these, neither falls away …”

Chapter 43

43PG 46:44a–44d

τῆς κατὰ τὴν ούσίαν τοῦ νοῦ καταλήψεως, ἀποκαθαιρομένης ἐν τῇ ἐξετάσει τοῦ σκέμματος τῆς σωματικῆς ίδιάτητος ο μηδʼ αὖ πάλιν εἰς ἴσον ἄγειν τῇ ἀορίστῳ τε καὶ ἀκηράτῳ φύσει, τὴν μικρὰν καὶ ἐπίκηρον · ἀλλά νοητὴν μὲν οἴεσθαι τὴν οὐσίαν · ἐπειδὴ καὶ νοητῆς οὐσίας ἐστὶν εἰκὼν, μὴ μέντοι τὴν αὐτὴν τῷ ἀρχετύπῳ τὴν εἰκόνα λέγειν. Ὥσπερ οὖν διά τῆς ἀπορρήτου σοφίας τοῦ Θεοῦ τῆς τῷ παντὶ ἐμφαινομένης τὴν Θείαν φύσιν τε καὶ δύναμιν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς οὖσιν εῖναι οὐκ ἀμφιβάλλομεν, ὡς ἂν ἐν τῷ εἶναι τά πάντα μένοι ο καί τοί γε εί τὸν τῆς φύσεως ἀπαιτοίης λόγον, παμπλήθως ἀπέχει οὐσία Θεοῦ πρὸς τά καθʼ ’ἑκαστον ἐν τῇ κτίσει δεικνύμενά τε καὶ νοούμενα ο ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἐν τούτοις εἶναι τὸ διεστὸς κατά τὴν φύσιν ὁμολογεῖται· οὖτως οὐδὲν ἄπιστον καὶ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς οὐσίαν, ἀλλο τι καθʼ ἐαυτὴν οὖσαν, ὃ τί ποτε καὶ εἶναι εἰκάζεται, μὴ ἐμποδίζεσθαι πρὸς τὸ εἶναι, τῶν στοιχειωδῶς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ θεωρουμένων οὐ συμδαινόντων αὐτῇ κατά τὸν λόγον τῆς φύσεως οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ζώντων σωμάτων, καθὼς ἤδη προείρηται, οἷς ἡ ὑπόστασις ἐκ τῆς τῶν στοιχείων ἐστὶ συγκράσεως. κοινωνία τις κατά τὸν τῆς οὐσίας λόγον ἐστὶ τῷ ἀπλῷ τε καὶ ἀειδεῖ τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὴν σωματικὴν παχυμερίαν ο ἀλλʼ ὅμως τὸ ἐν τούτοις εἶναι τὴν ζωτικὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐνέργειαν, οὐκ ἀμφιβάλλεται, λόγῳ τιν). κρείττονι τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης κατανοήσεως ἀνακραθείσαν. Οὐκοῦν ούδέ ἀναλυσάντων πρὸς ἐαυτά τῶν ἐν τοῖς σώμασι στοιχείων, τὸ συνδέον αύτά διὰ τῆς ζωτικῆς ἐνεργείας ἀπόλωλεν. Ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ συνεστῶτος ἐτι τοῦ τῶν στοιχείων συγκρίματος ψυχοῦο ται καὶ τά καθʼ ἕκαστον, ἴσως τε καὶ ὁμοίως πᾶσι τοῖς μέρεσι τοῖς συμπληροῦσι τὸ σῶμα τῆς ψυχῆς ἐνδυομένης, καὶ οὐκ ἄν τις εἴποι, οὔτε στερῤἀν αὐτὴν καὶ ἀντίτυπον εἷναι, τῷ γεώδει συγ· κεκραμένην, οὔτε ὑγρὰν, ἢ ψυχρὰν ἢ τὴν τῷ ψυχριῖι ἀντικειμένην ποιότητα, τὴν ἐν πᾶσιν οὖσαν τούς τοις, καὶ ἐκάστῳ τὴν ζωτικὴν δύναμιν ἐνιοῦσαν: οὓτω, κα) λυθέντος τοῦ συγκρίματος, καὶ είς τά οἰκεῖα πάλιν ἀναδραμόντος, τὴν ἁπλῆν ἐκείνην καὶ ἀσύνθετον φύσιν ἑκάστῳ παρεῖναι τῶν μερῶν, καὶ μετά τὴν διάλυσιν οἴεσθαι, οὐδὲν τοῦ εἰκότος ἐστίν ° ἀλλά τὴν ἅπαξ ἀρρήτῳ τινὶ συμφυεῖσαν λόγῳ τῷ τῶν στοιχείων (ιι) συγκρίματι, καὶ εἰσαεὶ παραμένειν, οἷς κατεμίχθη, μηδενὶ τρόπῳ τῆς γινομένης ἅπαξ αὐτῇ συμφυΐας άποσπωμένην. Οὐ γὰρ

tēs kata tēn ousian tou nou katalēpseōs, apokathairomenēs en tę̄ exetasei tou skemmatos tēs sōmatikēs idiatētos o mēdʼ au palin eis ison agein tę̄ aoristǭ te kai akēratǭ physei, tēn mikran kai epikēron ; alla noētēn men oiesthai tēn ousian ; epeidē kai noētēs ousias estin eikōn, mē mentoi tēn autēn tǭ archetypǭ tēn eikona legein. Hōsper oun dia tēs aporrētou sophias tou Theou tēs tǭ panti emphainomenēs tēn Theian physin te kai dynamin en pasi tois ousin einai ouk amphiballomen, hōs an en tǭ einai ta panta menoi o kai toi ge ei ton tēs physeōs apaitoiēs logon, pamplēthōs apechei ousia Theou pros ta kathʼ ’hekaston en tę̄ ktisei deiknymena te kai nooumena o allʼ homōs en toutois einai to diestos kata tēn physin homologeitai; outōs ouden apiston kai tēn tēs psychēs ousian, allo ti kathʼ eautēn ousan, ho ti pote kai einai eikazetai, mē empodizesthai pros to einai, tōn stoicheiōdōs en tǭ kosmǭ theōroumenōn ou symdainontōn autę̄ kata ton logon tēs physeōs oude epi tōn zōntōn sōmatōn, kathōs ēdē proeirētai, hois hē hypostasis ek tēs tōn stoicheiōn esti synkraseōs. koinōnia tis kata ton tēs ousias logon esti tǭ aplǭ te kai aeidei tēs psychēs pros tēn sōmatikēn pachymerian o allʼ homōs to en toutois einai tēn zōtikēn tēs psychēs energeian, ouk amphiballetai, logǭ tin). kreittoni tēs anthrōpinēs katanoēseōs anakratheisan. Oukoun oude analysantōn pros eauta tōn en tois sōmasi stoicheiōn, to syndeon auta dia tēs zōtikēs energeias apolōlen. Allʼ hōsper synestōtos eti tou tōn stoicheiōn synkrimatos psychouo tai kai ta kathʼ hekaston, isōs te kai homoiōs pasi tois meresi tois symplērousi to sōma tēs psychēs endyomenēs, kai ouk an tis eipoi, oute sterran autēn kai antitypon heinai, tǭ geōdei syg; kekramenēn, oute hygran, ē psychran ē tēn tǭ psychriii antikeimenēn poiotēta, tēn en pasin ousan tous tois, kai ekastǭ tēn zōtikēn dynamin eniousan: houtō, ka) lythentos tou synkrimatos, kai eis ta oikeia palin anadramontos, tēn haplēn ekeinēn kai asyntheton physin hekastǭ pareinai tōn merōn, kai meta tēn dialysin oiesthai, ouden tou eikotos estin ° alla tēn hapax arrētǭ tini symphyeisan logǭ tǭ tōn stoicheiōn (ii) synkrimati, kai eisaei paramenein, hois katemichthē, mēdeni tropǭ tēs ginomenēs hapax autę̄ symphyïas apospōmenēn. Ou gar

“… from the comprehension of the mind’s substance, when bodily properties are purged away in examining the question, nor again puts the small and perishable on a level with the boundless and undefiled nature; but thinks the substance intelligible, since it is the image of an intelligible substance, without saying that the image is the same as the archetype. As, then, through the ineffable wisdom of God which appears in the universe we do not doubt that the divine nature and power are in all existing things, so that all things remain in being, even though, if you ask for an account of its nature, the substance of God is vastly distant from each of the things shown and conceived in creation, yet it is admitted that what differs in nature is in them: so it is not incredible that the substance of the soul too, being something other in itself, whatever it is conjectured to be, is not hindered from existing, though the elements seen in the world do not agree with it in the principle of its nature. Even in living bodies, as was said before, whose existence is from the blending of the elements, … there is no communion in the principle of substance between the simple and formless nature of the soul and bodily coarseness; yet it is not doubted that the vital activity of the soul is in them, blended with them by a principle higher than human understanding. Neither, then, when the elements in bodies have been dissolved into themselves, has that which bound them together by its vital activity perished. But as, while the compound of the elements still holds together, each part is given soul, the soul entering all the parts that fill up the body equally and alike, and one would not say that it is either solid and resistant, being mixed with the earthy, or moist or cold or of the quality opposed to cold, though it is in all these and gives the vital power to each; so, when the compound has been dissolved and has run back to its own elements, it is nothing unlikely to think that that simple and uncompounded nature is present to each of the parts even after the dissolution; and that, having once grown together with the compound of the elements by some ineffable principle, it remains forever with those with which it was mixed, in no way torn from the union that once came about for it. For it is not …

Chapter 45

45PG 46:45a–45d

ἐπειδὴ λύεται τὸ συγκείμενον, κινδυνεύει συνδιαλυθῆναι τῷ συνβέτῳ τὸ μὴ συγκείμενον.. Γ. Κάγὼ εἶπον, Ἀλλὰ τά μὲν στοιχεῖα συμπίπτειν τε πρὸς ἄλληλα, καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλων διακρίνεσθαι, καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι τὴν τοῦ σώματος σύστασίν τε καὶ διάλυσιν, οὐδεὶς ἂν ἀντείποι. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ πολὺ τὸ μέσον ἑκάστῳ νοεῖται τοῦτο τῶν ὲτερογενῶς ἑχόντων πρὸς ἄλληλα, κατά τε τὴν τοπικὴν Θέσιν, καὶ τὴν τῶν ποιημάτων διαφοράν τε καὶ ἰδιότητα, συνδεδραμηκότων μὲν ἀλλήλοις περὶ τὸ ὑποκείο μενον τῶν στοιχείων, τὴν νοεράν ταύτην καὶ ἀδιάστατον φύσιν ἥν καλοῦμεν ψυχὴν, ἀκόλουθον συμφυῶς πρὸς τὸ ἡνωμένον ἔχειν · εί δὲ ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων διακριθείη ταῦτα, κάκεῖσε γένοιτο, ὅπηπερ ἂν ἕκαστον ἡ φύσις ἄγοι (id), τὶ πείσεται ἡ ψυχὴ πολλαχῆ τοῦ ὀχήματος αὐτῇ διασπαρέντος· ὥσπερ τις ναύτης τῆς ὁλκάδος ὲν ναυαγίῳ διαλυθείσης ἀδυνατῶν πᾶσι τοῖς τοῦ πλοίου μορίοις ἄλλοις ἀλλαχῆ τοῦ πελάγους ἐσκεδασμένοις κατʼ αὐτὸν ἐπινήξασθαι (παντὸς γάρ τοῦ ὲπιτυχοῦντος λαβόμενος τά λοιπά φέρειν καταλείψει τοῖς κύμασι), τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον ἡ ψυχὴ τῇ διακρίσει τῶν στοιχείων συνδιασχισθῆναι τὴν φύσιν οὐκ ἔχουσα, εἴπερ δυσαπαλλάκτως ἔχει τοῦ σώματος, ἐνί τινι πάντως προσο φυεῖσα στοιχείων, τῶν ἄλλων ἀποσχισθήσεται, καὶ οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἀθάνατον αὐτὴν διὰ τὸ ὲν ἑνὶ ζῇν, ἢ Θνητὴν, διὰ τὸ ὲν τοῖς πλείοσι μὴ εἶναι, ἡ ἀκολου- Θία τοῦ λόγου δίδωσιν οἴεσθαι.

epeidē lyetai to synkeimenon, kindyneuei syndialythēnai tǭ synbetǭ to mē synkeimenon.. G. Kagō eipon, Alla ta men stoicheia sympiptein te pros allēla, kai pros allēlōn diakrinesthai, kai touto einai tēn tou sōmatos systasin te kai dialysin, oudeis an anteipoi. Epeidē de poly to meson hekastǭ noeitai touto tōn eterogenōs hechontōn pros allēla, kata te tēn topikēn Thesin, kai tēn tōn poiēmatōn diaphoran te kai idiotēta, syndedramēkotōn men allēlois peri to hypokeio menon tōn stoicheiōn, tēn noeran tautēn kai adiastaton physin hēn kaloumen psychēn, akolouthon symphyōs pros to hēnōmenon echein ; ei de apʼ allēlōn diakritheiē tauta, kakeise genoito, hopēper an hekaston hē physis agoi (id), ti peisetai hē psychē pollachē tou ochēmatos autę̄ diasparentos; hōsper tis nautēs tēs holkados en nauagiǭ dialytheisēs adynatōn pasi tois tou ploiou moriois allois allachē tou pelagous eskedasmenois katʼ auton epinēxasthai (pantos gar tou epitychountos labomenos ta loipa pherein kataleipsei tois kymasi), ton auton tropon hē psychē tę̄ diakrisei tōn stoicheiōn syndiaschisthēnai tēn physin ouk echousa, eiper dysapallaktōs echei tou sōmatos, eni tini pantōs proso phyeisa stoicheiōn, tōn allōn aposchisthēsetai, kai ouden mallon athanaton autēn dia to en heni zę̄n, ē Thnētēn, dia to en tois pleiosi mē einai, hē akolou- Thia tou logou didōsin oiesthai.

“… because the compound is dissolved, that what is not compounded is in danger of being dissolved together with the composite.” Gregory: And I said: “No one would deny that the elements come together with one another and separate from one another, and that this is the constitution and dissolution of the body. But since a great distance is conceived between each of these things that are of different kinds from one another, both in their position in place and in the difference and property of their qualities, when the elements have come together with one another in the subject it follows that this intellectual and unextended nature which we call soul is naturally bound to the united whole; but if these are separated from one another and go wherever nature leads each, what will happen to the soul when its vehicle is scattered in many places? Like a sailor whose merchant ship has broken up in a shipwreck, unable to swim after all the parts of the ship scattered over the sea in different places (for, catching hold of whatever comes to hand, he will leave the rest to be carried by the waves), in the same way the soul, not having a nature that can be split with the separation of the elements, if it is inseparable from the body, will certainly grow fast to one of the elements and be cut off from the others; and the sequence of the argument gives no more reason to think it immortal because it lives in one than mortal because it is not in the many.”

Chapter 47

47PG 46:48a–48d

ἐκὰστῳ παρεῖναι, οἷς ama ἐνεφύη, διὰ κράσεως μὴ συνδιασχιζομένη τῇ τῶν στοιχείων ὲναντιότητι. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ κατὰ τὴν τοπικὴν διάστασιν, καὶ τὴν ποίαν ἰδιότητα, πόρρωθεν ἀλλήλων ταῦτα νομίζεται, διὰ τοῦτο κάμνει ἡ ἀδιάστατος φύσις τοῖς τοπικῶς διεστηκόσι συναπτομένη, ἐπεὶ κα) νῦν ἔξεστι τῇ διανοίᾳ ὁμοῦ τε τὸν οὐρανὸν θεωρεῖν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα τοῦ κόσμου ταῖς πολυπραγμοσύναις ἐκτείνεσθαι κα) οὐ διασπᾶται πρὸς τοσαῦτα μήκη τὺ θεωρητικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν διατεινόμενον. Οὐκοῦν οὑδὲν ἐμπόδιόν ἐστι τῇ ψυχῇ κατὰ τὸ ῐσον παρεῖναι τοῖς τοῦ σώματος στοιχείοις, καὶ συγκεκραμένοις διὰ τῆς συνδρομῆς, καὶ ἀπολυομένοις διὰ τῆς ἀνακράσεως. Καθάπερ γὰρ χρυσοῦ καὶ ἀργύρου συντετηκότων ὲνοεωρεῖταί τις τεχνικὴ δύναμις ἡ τὰς ὔλας συντήξασα· καὶ εἰ πάλιν ἀποτακείη τοῦ ἑτέρου τὸ ἕτερον, οὐδὲν ἔλαττον ό τῆς τέχνης λόγος ὲν ἑκατέρῳ μένει· καὶ ἠ μὲν ιλη διεμερίσθη, ἡ δὲ τέχνη οὐ awδιετμήθη τῇ ὕλῃ· πῶς γὰρ ἂν διαιρεθείη τὸ ἄτμητονς κατὰ τὸν αὑτὸν λόγον καὶ ἡ νοερὰ τῆς ψυχῆς φύσις, καὶ τῇ συνδρομῇ τῶν στοιχείων ὲνθεωρεῖται, ιιια) διαλυθέντων οὐκ ἀποκρίνεται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὲν αὑτοῖς μένει καὶ ὲν τῷ χωρισμῴ αὐτῶν συμπαρεκτεινομένη οὐ διακόπτεται, οὐδὲ πρὸς τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν στοιχείων είς μερικὰ τμήματα κατακερματίζεται. Τοῦτο γὰρ ἴδιον τῆς σωματικῆς καὶ διαστηματικῆς ἐστι φύσεως* ἠ δὲ νοερά τε καὶ ἁδιὰστατος φύσις τὰ ἐκ διαστάσεως οὐκ ἀναδέχεται πάθη. Οὐκοῦν ἐστιν ὲν αὐτοῖς ἠ ψυχὴ, ἑν οἷς ἅπαξ ἐγέ- ,νετο, οὐδεμιᾶς ἀνάγκης τῆς πρὸς ἐκεῖνα συμφυΐας αὐτὴν ἀποσπώσης. Τί οὖν τὸ σκυθρωπὸν ἐν τούτοις ἐστὶν. εί τοῦ ὁρωμένου τὸ ἀειδὲς ἀνταλλάσσεται; καὶ ὑπὲρ τίνος οὕτω διαβέβληταί σοι πρὸς τὸν θάνατον ἡ διάνοιας-Γ, Ἐγὼ δὲ, ἀναλαβὼν τῇ διανοίᾳ τὸν ὁρισμδν, ὃν ὲν τοῖς πρὸ τούτου λόγοις περὶ ψυχῆς ἑποιήσατο, οὐχ ἱκανῶς εἶπον ἐνδεδεῖχθαι μοι τὸν λόγον ἐκεῖνον τὰς ἐνοεωρουμένας τῇ ψυχῇ δυνάμεις · ὅς φησι νοερὰν αὐτὴν εῖναι οὐσίαν, καὶ τῷ ὀργανικῷ σώματι ζωτικὴν δύναμιν πρὸς τὴν τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἐνέργειαν ἐμποιεῖν · οὐ γὰρ μόνον περὶ τὴν ἐπιστημονικήν τε καὶ θεωρητικὴν διάνοιαν ἐνεργός ἐστιν ἡμῶν ἠ ψυχὴ, ὲν τῷ νοερῷ τῆς οὐσίας τὸ τοιοῦτον ἐργαζομένη, οὐδὲ τὰ αἰσθητήρια μόνα πρὸς τὴν κατὰ φύσιν ἐνέργειαν οἰκονομεῖ ἀλλὰ πολλὴ μὲν ἡ κατὰ ἐπιουμίαν, πολλὴ δὲ καὶ ἡ κατὰ θυμὸν κίνησις ἑνθεωρείται τῇ φύσει ’ ἑκατέρας δὲ τούτων γενικῶς

ekastǭ pareinai, hois ama enephyē, dia kraseōs mē syndiaschizomenē tę̄ tōn stoicheiōn enantiotēti. Ou gar epeidē kata tēn topikēn diastasin, kai tēn poian idiotēta, porrōthen allēlōn tauta nomizetai, dia touto kamnei hē adiastatos physis tois topikōs diestēkosi synaptomenē, epei ka) nyn exesti tę̄ dianoią homou te ton ouranon theōrein, kai epi ta perata tou kosmou tais polypragmosynais ekteinesthai ka) ou diaspatai pros tosauta mēkē ty theōrētikon tēs psychēs hēmōn diateinomenon. Oukoun houden empodion esti tę̄ psychę̄ kata to ison pareinai tois tou sōmatos stoicheiois, kai synkekramenois dia tēs syndromēs, kai apolyomenois dia tēs anakraseōs. Kathaper gar chrysou kai argyrou syntetēkotōn enoeōreitai tis technikē dynamis hē tas ylas syntēxasa; kai ei palin apotakeiē tou heterou to heteron, ouden elatton o tēs technēs logos en hekaterǭ menei; kai ē men ilē diemeristhē, hē de technē ou awdietmēthē tę̄ hylę̄; pōs gar an diairetheiē to atmētons kata ton hauton logon kai hē noera tēs psychēs physis, kai tę̄ syndromę̄ tōn stoicheiōn entheōreitai, iiia) dialythentōn ouk apokrinetai, alla kai en hautois menei kai en tǭ chōrismǭ autōn symparekteinomenē ou diakoptetai, oude pros ton arithmon tōn stoicheiōn eis merika tmēmata katakermatizetai. Touto gar idion tēs sōmatikēs kai diastēmatikēs esti physeōs* ē de noera te kai hadiastatos physis ta ek diastaseōs ouk anadechetai pathē. Oukoun estin en autois ē psychē, hen hois hapax ege- ,neto, oudemias anankēs tēs pros ekeina symphyïas autēn apospōsēs. Ti oun to skythrōpon en toutois estin. ei tou horōmenou to aeides antallassetai? kai hyper tinos houtō diabeblētai soi pros ton thanaton hē dianoias-G, Egō de, analabōn tę̄ dianoią ton horismdn, hon en tois pro toutou logois peri psychēs hepoiēsato, ouch hikanōs eipon endedeichthai moi ton logon ekeinon tas enoeōroumenas tę̄ psychę̄ dynameis ; hos phēsi noeran autēn einai ousian, kai tǭ organikǭ sōmati zōtikēn dynamin pros tēn tōn aisthēseōn energeian empoiein ; ou gar monon peri tēn epistēmonikēn te kai theōrētikēn dianoian energos estin hēmōn ē psychē, en tǭ noerǭ tēs ousias to toiouton ergazomenē, oude ta aisthētēria mona pros tēn kata physin energeian oikonomei alla pollē men hē kata epioumian, pollē de kai hē kata thymon kinēsis hentheōreitai tę̄ physei ’ hekateras de toutōn genikōs

Macrina: “… to be present to each of the things with which it once grew together through blending, not split along with the opposition of the elements. For it is not because these are thought to be far from one another in distance of place and particular property that the unextended nature labours when joined to things separated in place; for even now it is possible for the mind at once to contemplate heaven and to stretch out in its inquiries to the ends of the world, and the contemplative part of our soul is not torn apart when it is stretched to such lengths. Nothing, then, hinders the soul from being present equally to the elements of the body, both when they are blended through their concurrence and when they are released through their dissolution. For as, when gold and silver are fused together, an artistic power is seen which fused the materials, and if the one is melted away again from the other, the principle of the art remains no less in each, and the material has been divided but the art has not been cut along with the material (for how could the indivisible be divided?), by the same reasoning the intellectual nature of the soul too is seen in the concurrence of the elements and is not separated when they are dissolved; it remains in them, and, extending along with them in their separation, is not cut off nor broken into small pieces according to the number of the elements. For this is proper to bodily and extended nature; but the intellectual and unextended nature does not admit the effects of extension. The soul, then, is in those things in which it once came to be, no necessity tearing it away from its union with them. What, then, is gloomy in this, if the visible is exchanged for the invisible? And why is your mind so set against death?” Gregory: And I, recalling the definition she had given of the soul in the earlier discussion, said that that account did not sufficiently show me the powers seen in the soul. “For it says that it is an intellectual substance and produces in the organic body a vital power for the activity of the senses. But our soul is not active only in scientific and contemplative thought, working this in the intellectual part of its substance, nor does it govern only the sense organs for their natural activity; but much movement of desire and much of anger is seen in our nature; and since each of these exists in us in general …”

Chapter 49

49PG 46:49a–49d

ἡμῖν ἐνυπαρχούσης, εις πολλάς τε καὶ ποικίλας διαφορὰς ὁρῶμεν προϊοῦσαν ταῖς ἐνεργείαις ἀμφοτέρων τὴν κίνησιν. Πολλά μὲν γὰρ ἔστιν ἰδεῖν, ὧν si) ἐπιθυμητικὸν καθηγεῖται πολλά γε πάλιν.ἆ τῆς θυμοειδοῦς αἰτίας ὲκφύεται, καὶ οὐδὲν τοῦτο σῶμά ἐστι, τὸ δὲ ἀσώματον νοερὸν πάντως · νοερὸν δέ τι (Η) τὴν ψυχὴν ὁ ὁρισμὸς ἀπεφήνατο, ὥστε δυοῖν ἀτόποις τὸ ἕτερον ἐκ τῆς ἀκολουθίας ἀνακύπτειν τοῦ Myoqu καὶ τὸν θυμὸν καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἄλλας ὲν ἡμῖν εἶναι ψυχὰς, καὶ πλῆθος ψυχῶν ἀντὶ μιᾶς καθορᾶσθαι, ἢ μηδὲ τὸ διανοητικὺν τὸ ὲν ἡμῖν ψυχὴν οἴεσθαι. Τὸ γὰρ νοερὸν ἐπίσης πᾶσιν ὲφαρμοζόμενον,ἢ πάντας ψυχὰς ἀποδείξει ταῦτα, ἢ ’ἑκαστον τούτων ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου τοῦ ἰδιώματος τῆς ψυχῆς ἐξαιρήσει. ” Μ.ἮδὲΠολλοίς φησὶν,. ιἤδη καὲ ἀλλοις ἐζητημένον τὸν λόγον τοῦτον ἀκολούθως καί αὐτὸς ἐπιζητεῖς, 6, τι ποτὲ χρὴ ταῦτα νομίζειν εἶναι τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν καὶ τὸ θυμοειδὲς, εἴτε συνουσιωμένα τῇ ψυχῇ, καὶ παρά τὴν αὐτὴν εὐθὺς τῇ κατασκευῇ συνυπάρχοντα. εἴτε τι ἄλλο παρʼ αὐτὴν ὅντα καὶ ὕστερον ἡμῖν ἐπιγινόμενα. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐνορᾶσθαι τῇ ψυχῇ ταῦτα, παρὰ πάντων ἐπίσης ὀμολογεῑται· τὸ δὲ 6, τι χρὴ περὶ αὐτῶν οἴεσθαι, οῦπω διʼ ἀκριβείας εὗρεν δ λόγος. ὥστε βεβαίαν τὴν περὶ τού- ’των ὑπόληψιν ἔχε ιν, ἀλλʼ ἔτι πεπλανημένως οἰ πολλοὶ καὶ διαφόροις ταῖς περὶ τούτων δόξαις ἐπιδιστάζωσιν. Ἡμῖν δὲ εί μὲν ἱκανὴ πρὸς ἀπόδειξιν ἀληθῶς ἦν ἡ ἔξω φιλοσοφία, ἡ τεχνικῶς περὶ τούτων διαλαβοῦσα, περιττὸν ἂν ἧν ἴσως τὸν περὶ ψυχῆς λόγον προτιθέναι (Si) τῷ σκέμματι. Ἐπεὶ- τοῖς μὲν κατά τὸ φανὲν ἀκόλουθον κατʼ ἐξουσίαν προῆλθεν ή περὶ ψυχῆς θεωρία · ἡμεῖς δὲ τῆς ἐξουσίας ἄμοιροι ταύτης ἐσμὲν, τῆς λέγειν φημὶ ἀπερ βουλόμεθα, κανόνι παντὸς δόγματος καὶ νόμῳ κεχρημένοι τῇ ἁγίᾳ Γραφῇʼ ἀναγκαίως πρὸς ταύτην βλέποντες, τοῦτο δεχόμεθα μόνον, 6, τι περ ἂν ᾗ συμφωνοῦν τῷ τῶν γεγραμμένων σκοπῷ. Οὐκοῦν παρέντες τδ Πλατωνικὸν ἅρμα, καὶ τὴν ύπεζευγμένην αύτῷ ξυνωρίδα τῶν πώλων. οὐχ ὁμοίως ταῖς ὁρμαῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐχόντων, καὶ τὸν ὑπὲρ τούτων ἡνίοχον, διʼ ὦν ἁπάντων τὰ τοιαῦτα περὶ

hēmin enyparchousēs, eis pollas te kai poikilas diaphoras horōmen proïousan tais energeiais amphoterōn tēn kinēsin. Polla men gar estin idein, hōn si) epithymētikon kathēgeitai polla ge palin.a tēs thymoeidous aitias ekphyetai, kai ouden touto sōma esti, to de asōmaton noeron pantōs ; noeron de ti (Ē) tēn psychēn ho horismos apephēnato, hōste dyoin atopois to heteron ek tēs akolouthias anakyptein tou Myoqu kai ton thymon kai tēn epithymian allas en hēmin einai psychas, kai plēthos psychōn anti mias kathorasthai, ē mēde to dianoētikyn to en hēmin psychēn oiesthai. To gar noeron episēs pasin epharmozomenon,ē pantas psychas apodeixei tauta, ē ’hekaston toutōn ek tou isou tou idiōmatos tēs psychēs exairēsei. ” M.ĒdePollois phēsin,. iēdē kae allois ezētēmenon ton logon touton akolouthōs kai autos epizēteis, 6, ti pote chrē tauta nomizein einai to epithymētikon kai to thymoeides, eite synousiōmena tę̄ psychę̄, kai para tēn autēn euthys tę̄ kataskeuę̄ synyparchonta. eite ti allo parʼ autēn honta kai hysteron hēmin epiginomena. To men gar enorasthai tę̄ psychę̄ tauta, para pantōn episēs omologeitai; to de 6, ti chrē peri autōn oiesthai, oupō diʼ akribeias heuren d logos. hōste bebaian tēn peri tou- ’tōn hypolēpsin eche in, allʼ eti peplanēmenōs oi polloi kai diaphorois tais peri toutōn doxais epidistazōsin. Hēmin de ei men hikanē pros apodeixin alēthōs ēn hē exō philosophia, hē technikōs peri toutōn dialabousa, peritton an hēn isōs ton peri psychēs logon protithenai (Si) tǭ skemmati. Epei- tois men kata to phanen akolouthon katʼ exousian proēlthen ē peri psychēs theōria ; hēmeis de tēs exousias amoiroi tautēs esmen, tēs legein phēmi aper boulometha, kanoni pantos dogmatos kai nomǭ kechrēmenoi tę̄ hagią Graphę̄ʼ anankaiōs pros tautēn blepontes, touto dechometha monon, 6, ti per an hę̄ symphōnoun tǭ tōn gegrammenōn skopǭ. Oukoun parentes td Platōnikon harma, kai tēn ypezeugmenēn autǭ xynōrida tōn pōlōn. ouch homoiōs tais hormais pros allēlous echontōn, kai ton hyper toutōn hēniochon, diʼ ōn hapantōn ta toiauta peri

“… we see the movement of both advancing into many and varied differences in their activities. For one can see many things led by the desiring part, and many again that spring from the cause of anger; and none of this is body; and what is incorporeal is certainly intellectual; and the definition declared the soul to be something intellectual. So one of two absurdities emerges from the sequence of the argument: either anger and desire are other souls in us and a multitude of souls is seen instead of one, or not even the thinking part in us is to be thought a soul. For the intellectual, fitting all of them equally, will either prove them all souls or exclude each of them alike from the property of soul.” Macrina: “You too,” she said, “are asking, as is natural, a question already asked by many others: what we should think the desiring and the spirited parts to be, whether they are of one substance with the soul and coexist from the first with its constitution, or are something else besides it that comes upon us later. For that these are seen in the soul is agreed by all equally; but what we should think about them the argument has not yet found exactly, so as to have a firm belief about them; the many still waver uncertainly among different opinions about them. If the outside philosophy, which treated these things systematically, were truly sufficient for proof, it would perhaps be superfluous to set the discussion of the soul before our inquiry. But whereas they went forward with freedom in their contemplation of the soul according to what appeared to follow, we have no share in this freedom, I mean of saying what we please, since we use holy Scripture as the rule and law of every doctrine; necessarily looking to it, we accept only what agrees with the aim of what is written. Leaving aside, then, the Platonic chariot and the pair of horses yoked to it, which do not have the same impulses toward each other, and the charioteer over them, by all of which he philosophizes in a riddle about such things concerning …”

Chapter 51

51PG 46:52a–52d

ψυχῆς φιλοσοφεῖ διʼ αἰνίγματος · ὅσα θʼ 6 μετʼ ἐκεῖνον φιλόσοφος 6 τεχνικῶς τοῖς φαινομένοις ἀκολουθῶν, καὶ τά νῦν ἡμῖν προκείμενα διʼ ἐπιμε- ’ λείας κατεξετάζων, θνητὴν εἶναι διὰ τούτων τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπεφήνατο, καὶ πάντας τούς τε πρὸ τούτων, καὶ τοὺς ἑφεξῆς, τούς τε καταλογάδην καὶ τοὺς ὲν ῥυθμῷ τινι καὶ μέτρῳ φιλοσοφήσαντας καταλιπόντες, σκοπὸν τοῦ λόγου τὴν θεόπνευστον Γραφὴν ποιησώμεθα, η ψυχῆς ἐξαίρετον μηδὲν νομίζειν εἶναι νομοθετεῖ,δ μὴ κα) τῆς Θείας φύσεώς ἐστιν ῐδιον. '0 γὰρ ὁμοίωμα Θεοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν εἴναι φήσας, πᾶν 6 ἀλλότριόν ἐστι Θεοῦ, ἐκτὸς εἶναι τοῦ ὅρου τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπεφήνατο. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν ἐν τοῖς παρηλλαγμένοις διασωθείη τὸ ὅμοιον. Οὐκοῦν ἐπειδὴ τοιοῦτον οὐδὲ τῇ θείᾳ συνθεωρείται φύσει, οὐδὲ τῇ ψυχῇ συνουσιοῦσθαι ταῦτα κατὰ λόγον ἀν τις ύπονοή σειε. T6 μὲν οὖν κατά τὴν διαλεκτικὴν τέχνην διὰ συλο λογιστικῆς τε καὶ ἀναλυτικῆς ἐπιστήμης βεβαιοῦσθαι καὶ τὰ ἡμέτερα δόγματα, ὡς σαθρόν τε καὶ ὕποπτον είς ἀπόδειξιν ἀληθείας τὸ τοιοῦτον εἶδος τοῦ λόγου παραιτησόμεθα. Πᾶσι γάρ ἔστι πρόδηλον τὸ τὴν διαλεκτικὴν περιεργίαν ῐσην ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα τὴν ἰσχὺν ἔχειν, πρός τε τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀνατροπὴν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ψεύδους κατηγορίαν. ’Ὅθεν καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὅταν μετά τινος τοιαύτης τέχνης προάγηο ται, διʼ ὑποψίας πολλάκις ποιούμεθα, ὡς τῆς περὶ ταύτης δεινότητος παρακρουομένης ἡμῶν τὴν διάνοιαν, καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀποσφαλείσης. Εἰ δέ τις τὸν ἅκατάσκευόν τε καὶ γυμνὸν πάσης περιβολῆς προσίοιτο λόγον, ἐροῦμεν ὡς ἀν οἷόν τε κατά τὸν εἱρμὸν τῆς γραφικῆς ύφηγήσεως τὴν περ), τούτων θεωρίαν προσάγοντες. Τί οὖν ἐστιν 6 φαμεν; T6 λογικὸν τοῦτο ζῶον 6 ἄνθρωπος νοῦ τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης δεκτικόν εἶναι, ἢ παρά τῶν ἔξω τοῦ λόγου τοῦ καθʼ ἡμᾶς μεμαρτύρηται, οὐκ ἂν οὕτω τοῦ 69tσμοῦ τὴν φύσιν ἡμῶν ύπογράφοντος, είπερ ἐνεώρα θυμόν τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα πάντα συνουσιωμένα τῇ φύσει. Οὐδὲ γάρ ἐπʼ άλλου τινος ὅρον ἄν τις ἀποδοίη τοῦ ὑποκειμένου, τὸ κοινὸν ἀντὶ τοῦ ἰδίου λέγων.

psychēs philosophei diʼ ainigmatos ; hosa thʼ 6 metʼ ekeinon philosophos 6 technikōs tois phainomenois akolouthōn, kai ta nyn hēmin prokeimena diʼ epime- ’ leias katexetazōn, thnētēn einai dia toutōn tēn psychēn apephēnato, kai pantas tous te pro toutōn, kai tous hephexēs, tous te katalogadēn kai tous en rhythmǭ tini kai metrǭ philosophēsantas katalipontes, skopon tou logou tēn theopneuston Graphēn poiēsōmetha, ē psychēs exaireton mēden nomizein einai nomothetei,d mē ka) tēs Theias physeōs estin idion. '0 gar homoiōma Theou tēn psychēn einai phēsas, pan 6 allotrion esti Theou, ektos einai tou horou tēs psychēs apephēnato. Oude gar an en tois parēllagmenois diasōtheiē to homoion. Oukoun epeidē toiouton oude tę̄ theią syntheōreitai physei, oude tę̄ psychę̄ synousiousthai tauta kata logon an tis yponoē seie. T6 men oun kata tēn dialektikēn technēn dia sylo logistikēs te kai analytikēs epistēmēs bebaiousthai kai ta hēmetera dogmata, hōs sathron te kai hypopton eis apodeixin alētheias to toiouton eidos tou logou paraitēsometha. Pasi gar esti prodēlon to tēn dialektikēn periergian isēn ephʼ hekatera tēn ischyn echein, pros te tēn tēs alētheias anatropēn, kai pros tēn tou pseudous katēgorian. ’Hothen kai autēn tēn alētheian, hotan meta tinos toiautēs technēs proagēo tai, diʼ hypopsias pollakis poioumetha, hōs tēs peri tautēs deinotētos parakrouomenēs hēmōn tēn dianoian, kai tēs alētheias aposphaleisēs. Ei de tis ton hakataskeuon te kai gymnon pasēs peribolēs prosioito logon, eroumen hōs an hoion te kata ton heirmon tēs graphikēs yphēgēseōs tēn per), toutōn theōrian prosagontes. Ti oun estin 6 phamen? T6 logikon touto zōon 6 anthrōpos nou te kai epistēmēs dektikon einai, ē para tōn exō tou logou tou kathʼ hēmas memartyrētai, ouk an houtō tou 69tsmou tēn physin hēmōn ypographontos, eiper eneōra thymon te kai epithymian kai ta toiauta panta synousiōmena tę̄ physei. Oude gar epʼ allou tinos horon an tis apodoiē tou hypokeimenou, to koinon anti tou idiou legōn.

“… the soul; and whatever the philosopher after him, following appearances systematically and examining with care the questions now before us, declared, showing by them that the soul is mortal; leaving aside all those before and after them, both those who philosophized in prose and those in rhythm and metre, let us make the inspired Scripture the aim of our discussion, which lays down that nothing should be thought peculiar to the soul that is not also proper to the divine nature. For he who said that the soul is a likeness of God declared that whatever is foreign to God is outside the definition of the soul; for likeness could not be preserved in things that differ. Since, then, nothing of this kind is seen together with the divine nature, one could not reasonably suppose that these are of one substance with the soul either. To establish our doctrines too by the art of dialectic, through syllogistic and analytic science, we shall decline, since such a kind of argument is rotten and suspect for the demonstration of truth. For it is plain to all that dialectical subtlety has equal strength on either side, both for overturning truth and for accusing falsehood. Hence we often regard truth itself with suspicion when it is brought forward with some such art, as though the cleverness about it were deceiving our mind and the truth had been missed. But if one will accept an argument that is unadorned and stripped of all dress, we shall speak as far as we can, bringing our contemplation of these things according to the sequence of Scripture’s guidance. What, then, do we say? That this rational animal, man, is capable of mind and knowledge, as has been attested even by those outside our faith; and the definition would not so describe our nature if it saw anger and desire and all such things as of one substance with our nature. For one would not give a definition of any other subject by stating the common instead of the proper.

Chapter 53

53PG 46:53a–53d

Ἐπεὶ οὖν τὸ ἐπιθυμητικόν τε καὶ θυμοειδὲς κατὰ τὸ iam: καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἀλόγου τε καὶ λογικῆς φύσεως καθορᾶται, οὐκ ἄν τις εὐλόγως ἐκ τοῦ κοινοῦ χαρακτηρίζει τὸ ἴδιον.0 δὲ πρὸς τὴν τῆς φύσεως ὑπογραφὴν περιττόν τε καὶ ἀπόβλητον, πῶς ἐνεστιν ὡς μέρος τῆς φύσεως, ἐπʼ ἀνατροπῇ τοῦ ὅρου τὴν ίσχὺν ἔχεινς Πᾶς γὰρ ὁρισμὸς οὐσίας πρὸς τὸ ωιον τοῦ ὑποκειμένου βλέπει. Ὅ, τι δʼ ἂν ἔξω τοῦ ίδιάζοντος ᾖ, ὡς ἀλλότριον παρορᾶται τοῦ ὅρου. Ἀλλὰ μὴν ἡ κατὰ θυμόν τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν ἐνέργεια κοινὴ πάσης εἶναι τῆς λογικῆς τε καὶ ἀλόγου φύσεως ὁμολογεῖται. Πᾶν δὲ τὸ κοινὸν, οὐ ταύτόν ἐστι τῷ ἰδιάζοντι. Ἀνάγκη ἄρα διὰ τούτων ἐστὶ, μὴ ὲν τούτοις εἶναι ταῦτα λογίζεσθαι, ὲν οἷς κατεξαίρετον ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη χαρακτηρίζεται φύσις. Ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τὺ αἰσθητικὸν καὶτὸ θρεπτικὸν καὶ αὐξητικὸν ὲν ἡμῖν τις ίδὼν οὐκ ἀναλύει διὰ τούτων,τὸν ἀποδοθέντα τῆς ψυχῆς ὅρον (οὑ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτό ἐστιν ὲν τῇ ψυχῇ, ἐκεῖνο οὐκ ἐστιν), οὕτω καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν θυμὸν καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν κατανοήσας τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν κινήματα, οὐκ ἂν εὐλόγως τῷ ὅρῳ μάχοιτο, ὡς ὲλλειπῶς ἑνδειξαμένῳ τὴν φύσιν. Γ. Τί οὖν χρὴ περὶ τούτου γινώσκειν, εἷπον πρὸς τὴν διδάσκαλον; Οὔπω γὰρ οἷός τέ εἰμι κατιδεῖν ὅπως προσήκει τὰ ἐν ἡμῖν ὄντα, ὡς ἀλλότρια τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν ἀποποιεῖσθαι. -Μ, Ὁρᾷς, φησὶν, ὅτι μάχη τίς ἐστι τοῦ λογισμοῦ πρὸς ταῦτα, κα) σπουδὴ τοῦ μονωθῆναι τὴν ψυχὴν τούτων, ὡς ἂν οἷόν τις Καί είσί γέ τινες οἷς κατώρθωται ἡ σπουδὴ. καθάπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ Μωῦσέως ἀκούομεν, ὅτι κρείττων ἦν θυμοῦ τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίας ἐκεῖνος, ἀμφότερα μαρτυρούσης αύτῷ τῆς ίστορίας, ὅτι πρᾷος ἦν παρὰ πάντας ἀνθρώ· παυς (ἐνδείκνυται δὲ τὸ ἀόργητον διὰ τοῦ πρᾴου, καὶ τὴν πρὸς τόν θυμὸν ἀλλοτρίωσιν), καὶ ὅτι οὐκ ἐπεθύμησε τούτων τινὸς, περὶ ἃ ὁρῶμεν ὲν τοῖς πολλοῖς τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν ἐνεργούμενον. Ὅπερ οὐκ ἂν ἐγένετο, εί φύσις ἦν ταῦτα, καὶ είς τὸν λόγον τῆς οὐσίας ἀνήγετο. Οὐ γάρ ἐστι δυνατὸν τὸν ἔξω γεγονότα τῆς φύσεως ἐν τῷ εἷναι μένειν. ’Λλλά μὴν εἰ Μωσῆς καὶ ἐν τῷ εἶναι ἦν, καὶ ὲν τούτοις οὐκ ἦν, ἄλλο τι ἄρα παρὰ τὴν φύσιν ἐστὶ ταῦτα, καὶ οὐχὶ φύσις. Ei γὰρ ἀληθῶς φύσις τοῦτό ἐστιν, ἐν τὸ εἶναι τῆς οὐσίας καταλαμβάνεται, τούτων δὲ ἡ ἁλλοτρίωσις ἐφʼ ἡμῖν κεῖται, ὡς μὴ μόνον ἀζήμιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑπικερδὲς εἶναι τῇ φύσει τὸν ἀφανισμὸν τῶν τοιούτων. Δῆλον οὖν ὅτι τῶν ἔξωθεν ὲπιθεωρουμένων ἐστὶ

Epei oun to epithymētikon te kai thymoeides kata to iam: kai epi tēs alogou te kai logikēs physeōs kathoratai, ouk an tis eulogōs ek tou koinou charaktērizei to idion.0 de pros tēn tēs physeōs hypographēn peritton te kai apoblēton, pōs enestin hōs meros tēs physeōs, epʼ anatropę̄ tou horou tēn ischyn echeins Pas gar horismos ousias pros to ōion tou hypokeimenou blepei. Ho, ti dʼ an exō tou idiazontos ę̄, hōs allotrion paroratai tou horou. Alla mēn hē kata thymon te kai epithymian energeia koinē pasēs einai tēs logikēs te kai alogou physeōs homologeitai. Pan de to koinon, ou tauton esti tǭ idiazonti. Anankē ara dia toutōn esti, mē en toutois einai tauta logizesthai, en hois katexaireton hē anthrōpinē charaktērizetai physis. Allʼ hōsper ty aisthētikon kaito threptikon kai auxētikon en hēmin tis idōn ouk analyei dia toutōn,ton apodothenta tēs psychēs horon (hou gar epeidē touto estin en tę̄ psychę̄, ekeino ouk estin), houtō kai ta peri ton thymon kai tēn epithymian katanoēsas tēs physeōs hēmōn kinēmata, ouk an eulogōs tǭ horǭ machoito, hōs elleipōs hendeixamenǭ tēn physin. G. Ti oun chrē peri toutou ginōskein, heipon pros tēn didaskalon? Oupō gar hoios te eimi katidein hopōs prosēkei ta en hēmin onta, hōs allotria tēs physeōs hēmōn apopoieisthai. -M, Horąs, phēsin, hoti machē tis esti tou logismou pros tauta, ka) spoudē tou monōthēnai tēn psychēn toutōn, hōs an hoion tis Kai eisi ge tines hois katōrthōtai hē spoudē. kathaper epi tou Mōyseōs akouomen, hoti kreittōn ēn thymou te kai epithymias ekeinos, amphotera martyrousēs autǭ tēs istorias, hoti prąos ēn para pantas anthrō; paus (endeiknytai de to aorgēton dia tou prąou, kai tēn pros ton thymon allotriōsin), kai hoti ouk epethymēse toutōn tinos, peri ha horōmen en tois pollois to epithymētikon energoumenon. Hoper ouk an egeneto, ei physis ēn tauta, kai eis ton logon tēs ousias anēgeto. Ou gar esti dynaton ton exō gegonota tēs physeōs en tǭ heinai menein. ’Llla mēn ei Mōsēs kai en tǭ einai ēn, kai en toutois ouk ēn, allo ti ara para tēn physin esti tauta, kai ouchi physis. Ei gar alēthōs physis touto estin, en to einai tēs ousias katalambanetai, toutōn de hē hallotriōsis ephʼ hēmin keitai, hōs mē monon azēmion, alla kai hepikerdes einai tę̄ physei ton aphanismon tōn toioutōn. Dēlon oun hoti tōn exōthen epitheōroumenōn esti

“Since, then, the desiring and the spirited are seen equally in irrational and rational nature, one could not reasonably characterize what is proper by what is common. But how can what is superfluous and to be rejected in describing a nature have the force, as part of the nature, to overturn the definition? For every definition of a substance looks to what is proper to the subject; whatever is outside what is peculiar is disregarded as foreign to the definition. Yet the activity of anger and desire is admitted to be common to all rational and irrational nature; and everything common is not the same as what is peculiar. It is necessary, then, not to reckon these among the things by which human nature is specially characterized. But as one who sees in us the sentient and the nourishing and growing powers does not thereby undo the definition given of the soul (for it is not because this is in the soul that that is not), so one who considers the movements of anger and desire in our nature would not reasonably fight against the definition as showing the nature defectively.” Gregory: “What, then, should we think about this?” I said to my teacher. “For I am not yet able to see how it is fitting to disown things that are in us as foreign to our nature.” Macrina: “You see,” she said, “that there is a battle of reason against these, and an effort to free the soul from them as far as one can … And there are some in whom the effort has succeeded, as we hear of Moses, that he was superior to anger and desire, the history bearing witness to both: that he was meek above all men (meekness shows freedom from anger and estrangement from wrath), and that he desired none of the things about which we see the desiring part at work in most people. This would not have happened if these things were nature and belonged to the definition of the substance. For one who has come to be outside his nature cannot remain in being. But if Moses both was in being and was not in these things, then these are something other than nature, and not nature. For if that is truly nature in which the being of the substance is grasped, while estrangement from these lies in our power, so that their removal is not only no loss but even a gain to the nature, it is clear that they are among the things seen from outside …”

Chapter 55

55PG 46:56a–56b

ταῦτα τὰ πάθη τῆς φύσεως ὄντα καὶ οὐκ οὐσία. Ἣ μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ὅπερ ἐστίν· θυμὸν δὲ ζέσιν εἶναι τοῦ περὶ καρδίαν αἵματος τοῖς πολλοῖς δοκεῖ. Ἕτεροι δὲ, δρεξιν τοῦ ἀντιλυπῆσαι τὸν προκατάρξαντα. Ὧς δʼ ἂν ἡμεῖς ὑπολάβοιμεν, θυμός ἐστιν ὁρμὴ τοῦ κακῶσαι τδν παροξύνοντα. Ὧν οὐδὲν τῷ περὶ ψυχῆς ὅρῳ συμβαίνει. Κᾶν τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐφʼ ἑαυτῆς διορισώμεθα, ἔφεσιν λέξομεν τοῦ ἐνδέοντος, ἢ πόθον τῆς καθʼ ἡδονὴν ἀπολαύσεως, ἢ λύπην ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ κατʼ ἐξουσίαν δντι καταθυμητικῷ· ἦ τινα πρὸς τὸ ἡδὺ σχέσιν, οὗ μὴ πάρεστιν ἠ ἀπόλαυσις. Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τὴν μὲν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐνδείκνυται, τοῦ δὲ ὁρισμοῦ τοῦ περὶ ψυχῆς ού προσάπτεται. Ἀλλά καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα περὶ ψυχὴν καθορᾶται, τὰ ἐξ ἀντιθέτου ἀλλήλοις ὁρώμενα, οἷον δειλίαν καὶ θράσος, λύπην καὶ ἡδονὴν, φόβον καὶ καταφρόνησιν, καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, ὧν ἕκαστον συγγενῶς ἔχειν δοκεῖ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν ἢ θυμοειδὲς, ἰδιάζοντι δὲ ὅρῳ τὴν ίδίαν ἀνυπογράφει φύσιν. Τό τε γὰρ θράσος καὶὴ καταφρόνησις ἔμφασιν ὑποσημαίνει τινά τῆς θυμώδους ὁρμῆς θ ἐλάττωσιν δέ τινα καὶ ὕφεσιν τοῦ αὐτοῦ τούτου ἡ κατὰ δειλίαν καὶ φόβον ἐγγινομένη σχέσις. Ἢ δὲ λύπη ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων ἔχει τὰς ὕλας.Ἥ τε γὰρ τοῦ θυμοῦ ἀτονία, ὲν λτῷ τοῦ ἀμύνασθαι τοὺς προλελυπηκότας ἀδυνάτῳ λύπη γίνεταιο καὶ ἡ ἀπόγνωσις τῶν ὲπιθυμουμένων, καὶ ἡ στέρησις τῶν καταθυμίων, τὴν σκυθρωπὴν ταύτην ἐμποιεῖ. τῇ διανοίᾳ διάθεσιν. Καὶ τδ άντιθεωρούμενον τῇ λύπη, ’ἒεδ me" ἡδονὴν λέγω νόημα, suam, τῷ θυμῷ τε καὶ τῇ ἐπιθυμία ὲπιμερίζεται. Ἡδονὴ γάρ ἐκατέρου τούτων κατά τὸ ἶσον ἡγεμονεύει. "A πάντα καὶ περ). τὴν ψυχήν ἐστι, καὶ ψυχὴ οὐκ ἔστιν, ἀλλʼ οἷον μυρμηκίαι τινὲς τοῦ διανοητικοῦ μέρους τῆς ψυχῆς ὲκφυόμεναι. ’Δ μέρη μὲν αὐτῆς εἶναι διὰ τὸ προσπεφυκέναινομίζεται, οὐ μὴν ἐκεῖνό εἰσιν, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἡ ψυχὴ κατʼ οὐσίαν. - Γ. Καὶ μὴν ὁρῶμεν, φημὶ πρὸς τὴν παρθένον, ού μικρὰν ὲκ τούτων γινομένην

tauta ta pathē tēs physeōs onta kai ouk ousia. Hē men gar estin hoper estin; thymon de zesin einai tou peri kardian haimatos tois pollois dokei. Heteroi de, drexin tou antilypēsai ton prokatarxanta. Hōs dʼ an hēmeis hypolaboimen, thymos estin hormē tou kakōsai tdn paroxynonta. Hōn ouden tǭ peri psychēs horǭ symbainei. Kan tēn epithymian ephʼ heautēs diorisōmetha, ephesin lexomen tou endeontos, ē pothon tēs kathʼ hēdonēn apolauseōs, ē lypēn epi tǭ mē katʼ exousian dnti katathymētikǭ; ē tina pros to hēdy schesin, hou mē parestin ē apolausis. Tauta gar panta kai ta toiauta tēn men epithymian endeiknytai, tou de horismou tou peri psychēs ou prosaptetai. Alla kai hosa alla peri psychēn kathoratai, ta ex antithetou allēlois horōmena, hoion deilian kai thrasos, lypēn kai hēdonēn, phobon kai kataphronēsin, kai hosa toiauta, hōn hekaston syngenōs echein dokei pros to epithymētikon ē thymoeides, idiazonti de horǭ tēn idian anypographei physin. To te gar thrasos kaiē kataphronēsis emphasin hyposēmainei tina tēs thymōdous hormēs th elattōsin de tina kai hyphesin tou autou toutou hē kata deilian kai phobon enginomenē schesis. Ē de lypē ex amphoterōn echei tas hylas.Hē te gar tou thymou atonia, en ltǭ tou amynasthai tous prolelypēkotas adynatǭ lypē ginetaio kai hē apognōsis tōn epithymoumenōn, kai hē sterēsis tōn katathymiōn, tēn skythrōpēn tautēn empoiei. tę̄ dianoią diathesin. Kai td antitheōroumenon tę̄ lypē, ’eed me" hēdonēn legō noēma, suam, tǭ thymǭ te kai tę̄ epithymia epimerizetai. Hēdonē gar ekaterou toutōn kata to ison hēgemoneuei. "A panta kai per). tēn psychēn esti, kai psychē ouk estin, allʼ hoion myrmēkiai tines tou dianoētikou merous tēs psychēs ekphyomenai. ’D merē men autēs einai dia to prospephykenainomizetai, ou mēn ekeino eisin, hoper estin hē psychē katʼ ousian. - G. Kai mēn horōmen, phēmi pros tēn parthenon, ou mikran ek toutōn ginomenēn

“… these passions belong to the nature and are not its substance. For the substance is what it is; but anger is thought by many to be a boiling of the blood around the heart; by others, a desire to pay back pain to the one who began it; as we would take it, anger is an impulse to harm the one who provokes. None of these fits the definition of the soul. And if we define desire by itself, we shall call it a longing for what is lacking, or a yearning for the enjoyment of pleasure, or grief at a desired thing not in one’s power, or a kind of attachment to the pleasant whose enjoyment is not present. All these and the like show desire, but do not touch the definition of the soul. So too all the other things seen about the soul which are seen as opposite to each other, such as cowardice and boldness, grief and pleasure, fear and contempt, and all such, each of which seems akin to the desiring or the spirited part, but describes its own nature by its own definition. For boldness and contempt suggest a kind of expression of the impulse of anger, while the state arising from cowardice and fear is a kind of lessening and slackening of the same. Grief draws its material from both: the weakness of anger, in the impossibility of avenging oneself on those who have caused pain, becomes grief; and despair of what is desired and the loss of what is pleasing produce this gloomy disposition in the mind. And the idea seen opposite to grief, I mean pleasure, is likewise divided between anger and desire; for pleasure equally leads each of them. All these are about the soul, but are not the soul; they are like warts growing out of the thinking part of the soul, which are thought to be its parts because they have grown on it, yet are not what the soul is in its substance.” Gregory: “And yet we see,” I said to the virgin, “no small contribution to the better arising from these …”

Chapter 57

57PG 46:57a–57d

τὴν πρὸς rb κρεῖττον συνεισφορὰν τοῖς ἐναρέτοις. Τῷ τε γὰρ Δανιὴλ ἔπαινος ἦν ἡ ἐπιθυμία· καὶ ὁ Φινεὲς τῷ θυμῷ τὸν Θεὸν ίλεώσατο καὶ ἀρχὴν σοφίας φόβον ἐμάθομεν, καὶτῆς κατὰ Θεὸν λύπης σωτηρίαν εἶναι τὸ πέρας παρὰ τοῦ Παύλου ἠκούσαμενο τῶν τε δεινῶν τὴν καταφρόνησιν νουθετεῖ ἡμῖν τὸ Εὐαγγέλιονο καὶ τὸ μὴ φοβεῖσθαι πτόησιν οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ τοῦ θράσους ἐστὶν ὑπογραφὴ ὅπερ ὲν ἀγαθοῖς ὑπὸ τῆς Σοφίας κατείλεκται. Δείκνυσι τοίνυν διὰ τῶν τοιούτων ὁ λόγος, τὸ μὴ πάθη τὰ τοιαῦτα δεῖν οἴεσθαι · οὐ γὰρ ἂν πρὸς ἀρετῆς κατόρθωσιν συμπαραληφθείη τὰ Μ. Καὶ ἡ διδασκαλος, Ἕοικα,φη si, τῆς τοιαύτης τῶν λογισμῶν συγχύσεως αὐτὴν τὴν αἰτίαν παρέχειν, μὴ διακρίνασα τὸν περ). τούτου λόγον, ὥστε τινὰ τάξιν ἀκόλουθον ἐπιτεθῆναι τῇ θεωρίᾳ. Νῦν οὖν, ὅπως ἂν οἷόν τε ᾖ, ὲπινοηθήσεταί τις τάξις τῷ σκέμματι, ὡς ἂν διʼ ἀκολούθου προϊούσης τῆς θεωρίας, μὴ καθʼ ἡμῶν αἱ τοιαῦται τῶν ἀντιθέσεων ἔχοιεν χώραν. Φαμὲν γὰρ τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν μὲν θεωρητικήν τε κα). διακριτικὴν καὶτῶν ὄντων ὲποπτικὴν δύναμιν οἰκείαν εἶναι καὶ κατὰ φύσιν αὐτὴν, καὶ διὰ τῆς θεοειδοῦς χάριτος, διὰ τοῦτο σώζειν ὲν αὐο τῇ τὴν εἰκόνα. Ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ Θεῖον, ὅ, τί ποτε κατὰ τὴν φύσιν ἐστὶν, ὲν τούτοις ὁ λογισμὸς εἶναι στοχάζεται ’ ὲν τῷ ἀφορᾷν τε τὰ πάντα καὶ διακρίνειν τὸ καλὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ χείρονος. Ὅσα δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ὲν μεθορίῳ κεῖται πρὸς ἑκάτερον τῶν ἐναντίων ὲπιρῤεπῶς κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν ἔχοντα· ὧν ή ποία χρῆσις, ἢ πρὸς τὸ καλὸν ἢ πρὸς τὸ ὲναντίον ἄγει τὴν ἔκβασιν, οἷον τὸν θυμὸν. ἢ τὸν φόβον, ἢ εί τι τὸ τοιοῦτον τῶν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ κινημάτων ἐστὶν, ὧν ἄνευ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνθρωπίνην θεωρηθῆναι φύσινο ταῦτα ἔξωθεν ἐπιγενέσθαι αὐτῇ λογιζόμεθα, διὰ τὸ τῷ ἀρχετύπῳ κάλλει μηδένα τοιοῦτον ὲνθεωρηθῆναι χαρακτῆρα. Ὀ δὲ δὴ περ). τούτων λόγος ἡμῖν ὡς ἐν γυμνασίῳ προκείσθω, ὡς ἄν διαφύγοι τῶν συκοφαντικῶς ἀκουόντων τὰς ἐπηρείας, ὀδῷ τινι καὶ τάξεως ἀκολουθίᾳ πρὸς τὴν ἀνθρωποποιῖαν ὁρμῆσαι τὸ Θεῖον διηγεῖται ό λόγος.

tēn pros rb kreitton syneisphoran tois enaretois. Tǭ te gar Daniēl epainos ēn hē epithymia; kai ho Phinees tǭ thymǭ ton Theon ileōsato kai archēn sophias phobon emathomen, kaitēs kata Theon lypēs sōtērian einai to peras para tou Paulou ēkousameno tōn te deinōn tēn kataphronēsin nouthetei hēmin to Euangeliono kai to mē phobeisthai ptoēsin ouden allo ē tou thrasous estin hypographē hoper en agathois hypo tēs Sophias kateilektai. Deiknysi toinyn dia tōn toioutōn ho logos, to mē pathē ta toiauta dein oiesthai ; ou gar an pros aretēs katorthōsin symparalēphtheiē ta M. Kai hē didaskalos, Heoika,phē si, tēs toiautēs tōn logismōn synchyseōs autēn tēn aitian parechein, mē diakrinasa ton per). toutou logon, hōste tina taxin akolouthon epitethēnai tę̄ theōrią. Nyn oun, hopōs an hoion te ę̄, epinoēthēsetai tis taxis tǭ skemmati, hōs an diʼ akolouthou proïousēs tēs theōrias, mē kathʼ hēmōn hai toiautai tōn antitheseōn echoien chōran. Phamen gar tēs psychēs tēn men theōrētikēn te ka). diakritikēn kaitōn ontōn epoptikēn dynamin oikeian einai kai kata physin autēn, kai dia tēs theoeidous charitos, dia touto sōzein en auo tę̄ tēn eikona. Epei kai to Theion, ho, ti pote kata tēn physin estin, en toutois ho logismos einai stochazetai ’ en tǭ aphorąn te ta panta kai diakrinein to kalon apo tou cheironos. Hosa de tēs psychēs en methoriǭ keitai pros hekateron tōn enantiōn epirrepōs kata tēn idian physin echonta; hōn ē poia chrēsis, ē pros to kalon ē pros to enantion agei tēn ekbasin, hoion ton thymon. ē ton phobon, ē ei ti to toiouton tōn en tę̄ psychę̄ kinēmatōn estin, hōn aneu ouk estin anthrōpinēn theōrēthēnai physino tauta exōthen epigenesthai autę̄ logizometha, dia to tǭ archetypǭ kallei mēdena toiouton entheōrēthēnai charaktēra. O de dē per). toutōn logos hēmin hōs en gymnasiǭ prokeisthō, hōs an diaphygoi tōn sykophantikōs akouontōn tas epēreias, odǭ tini kai taxeōs akolouthią pros tēn anthrōpopoiian hormēsai to Theion diēgeitai o logos.

“… for the virtuous. For desire was Daniel’s praise, and Phinehas appeased God by his anger; we have learned that fear is the beginning of wisdom, and we have heard from Paul that the end of godly grief is salvation; the Gospel urges on us contempt of dangers, and not being afraid of terror is nothing else than a description of boldness, which is listed among good things by Wisdom. By such examples, then, the word shows that we should not think such things passions; for they would not be taken up to help in achieving virtue …” Macrina: And my teacher said: “I seem myself to be the cause of such confusion in your reasonings, since I did not divide the discussion of this so as to give the inquiry a consistent order. Now, then, as far as possible, an order will be devised for the inquiry, so that, the contemplation proceeding in sequence, such objections may have no place against us. We say that the power of the soul which contemplates and judges and surveys existing things is proper to it and according to its nature, and that through this godlike grace it preserves the image in itself; since reason conjectures that the divine, whatever it is by nature, lies in these things: in surveying all things and distinguishing the good from the worse. But those things of the soul that lie on the border, inclining by their nature to either of the opposites, whose particular use leads to an outcome either good or the opposite, such as anger or fear or any such movement in the soul without which human nature cannot be seen, these we reckon have come upon it from outside, because no such feature is seen in the archetypal beauty. Let our account of these be set out as in an exercise, so that it may escape the insults of those who listen in order to slander. The word relates that the divine set out upon the making of man by a certain road and order of sequence …”

Chapter 59

59PG 46:60a–60d

Επειδὴ γὰρ συνέστη τι πᾶν, καθὼς ἡ ἱστορία φη· σὶν, οὐκ εὐθὺς ό ἄνθρωπος ἐν τῇ γῇ γίνεται, ἀλλά τούτου μὲν ἡ τῶν ἀλόγων προηγήσατο φύσις ο ἐκείνων δὲ τά βλαστήματα. Δείκνυσιν, οἶμαι, διὰ τούτων ό λόγος, ὅτι η ζωτικὴ δύναμις ἀκολουθίᾳ τινὶ τῇ σωματικῇ καταμίγνυται φύσει, πρῶτον μὲν τοῖς ἀναισθήτοις ἐνδύουσα, κατά τοῦτο 6t ἐπὶ τὸ αἰσθητικὸν προϊοῦσα, εἷθʼ οὕτως πρὸς τὺ νοερδν καὶ λογιστικὸν ἀναβαίνουσα. Οὐκοῦν τῶν ὄντων τὸ μὲν σωματικὸν, τὺ δὲ νοερόν ἐστι πάντως τοῦ δέ σωματικοῦ, τὸ μὲν ἔμψυχόν ἐστι, τδ 6t ἄψυχον. Ἔμψνχον δὲ λέγω τὸ μετέχον ζωῆς· τῶν δέ ζώντων, τά μὲν αἰσθήσει συζῆμθ), τά ἀμοιρεῖ ταύτης. Πάλιν τῶν αἰσθητικῶν, τά μὲν λογικά ἐστι, τά δέ ἀλογα. Ἐπεὶ οῦν ἡ αἰσθητικὴ ζωὴ οὐκ ἂν δίχα τῆς ὓλης συσταίη, οὐδʼ ἀν τὸ νοερὸν ἄλλως ἐν σώματι γένοιτο, μὴ τῷ αἰσθητικῷ ἐμφυόμενον, τούτου χάριν τελευταία ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατασκευὴ ἱστορεῖται, ὡς πᾶσαν ἐκπεριειληφότος τὴν ζωτικὴν ἰδέαν, τήν τε tv τοῖς βλαστήμασι καὶ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἀλόγοις θεωρουμένην. Τδ μὲν τρέφεσθαί τε αὔξεσθαι (fl) ἐκ τῆς φυτικῆς ἔχει ζωῆς· ἔστι γὰρ τὸ τοιοῦτον καὶ ἐν ἐκείνοις ἰδεῖν, ἑλκομένης τε καὶ διὰ ῥιζῶν τῆς τροφῆς καὶ ἀποποιουμένης διὰ καρπῶν τε καὶ φύλλων ο τὸ δὲ κατʼ αἴσθησιν οἰκονομεῖσθαι ἐκ τῶν ἀλόγων ἔχει. Τὸ δέ διανοητικόν τε καὶ λογικὸν ἄμικτόν ἐστι ἰδιάζον με), ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς φύσεως ἐφʼ ἑαυτῆ θεωρούμενον. Ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τὸ ἐφελκτικδν τῶν ἀναγκαίων πρὸς τὴν ὑλικὴν ζωὴν ῆ φύσις ἔχει, ὅπερ ἐν ἡμῖν γενόμενον ὄρεξις λὲο γεται. Τοῦτο δέ φαμεν τοῦ φυσικοῦ τῆς ζωῆς εῐδους εἶναι· ἐπεὶ δὲ καί ἐν ἐκείνοις ἐστιν ἰδεῖν, οἷόν τινας όρμάς φυσικῶς ἐνεργουμὲνας ἐν τῷ πληροῦσθαί τε τοῦ οἰκείου καὶ ὀργᾷν πρὸς τὴν ἔκφυσιν · οὕτω καὶ ὅσα τῆς ἀλόγου φύσεώς ἐστιν ἴδια, ταῦτα τῷ νοερῷ τῆς ψυχῆς κατεμίχθη. Ἐκείο νων, φησὶν, ὁ θυμὸς, ἐκείνων ό φόβος, ἐκείνων τά ἄλλα πάντα ὅσα κατὰ τὺ ἐναντίον ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνερο γεῖται, πλὴν τῆς λογικῆς τε καὶ διανοητικῆς δυνάμεως· ὃ δὴ μόνον τῆς ἡμετέρας ζωῆς ἐξαίρετον ἐν ἑαυτῷ, καθὼς εἰρηται, τοῦ θείου χαρακτῆρος ἔχον τὴν μίμησιν. Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ κατά τὸν ἤδη προ· arto600tvra λόγον, οὐκ ἐστιν ἄλλως τὴν λογιἰ) κὴν δύναμιν ἐγγενέσθαι τῇ σωματικῇ ζωῇ, μὴ διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἐγγινομένην· ἠ δέ αἴσθησις ἐν

Epeidē gar synestē ti pan, kathōs hē historia phē; sin, ouk euthys o anthrōpos en tę̄ gę̄ ginetai, alla toutou men hē tōn alogōn proēgēsato physis o ekeinōn de ta blastēmata. Deiknysin, oimai, dia toutōn o logos, hoti ē zōtikē dynamis akolouthią tini tę̄ sōmatikę̄ katamignytai physei, prōton men tois anaisthētois endyousa, kata touto 6t epi to aisthētikon proïousa, heithʼ houtōs pros ty noerdn kai logistikon anabainousa. Oukoun tōn ontōn to men sōmatikon, ty de noeron esti pantōs tou de sōmatikou, to men empsychon esti, td 6t apsychon. Empsnchon de legō to metechon zōēs; tōn de zōntōn, ta men aisthēsei syzēmth), ta amoirei tautēs. Palin tōn aisthētikōn, ta men logika esti, ta de aloga. Epei oun hē aisthētikē zōē ouk an dicha tēs hylēs systaiē, oudʼ an to noeron allōs en sōmati genoito, mē tǭ aisthētikǭ emphyomenon, toutou charin teleutaia hē tou anthrōpou kataskeuē historeitai, hōs pasan ekperieilēphotos tēn zōtikēn idean, tēn te tv tois blastēmasi kai tēn en tois alogois theōroumenēn. Td men trephesthai te auxesthai (fl) ek tēs phytikēs echei zōēs; esti gar to toiouton kai en ekeinois idein, helkomenēs te kai dia rhizōn tēs trophēs kai apopoioumenēs dia karpōn te kai phyllōn o to de katʼ aisthēsin oikonomeisthai ek tōn alogōn echei. To de dianoētikon te kai logikon amikton esti idiazon me), epi tautēs tēs physeōs ephʼ heautē theōroumenon. Allʼ hōsper to ephelktikdn tōn anankaiōn pros tēn hylikēn zōēn ē physis echei, hoper en hēmin genomenon orexis leo getai. Touto de phamen tou physikou tēs zōēs eidous einai; epei de kai en ekeinois estin idein, hoion tinas ormas physikōs energoumenas en tǭ plērousthai te tou oikeiou kai orgąn pros tēn ekphysin ; houtō kai hosa tēs alogou physeōs estin idia, tauta tǭ noerǭ tēs psychēs katemichthē. Ekeio nōn, phēsin, ho thymos, ekeinōn o phobos, ekeinōn ta alla panta hosa kata ty enantion en hēmin enero geitai, plēn tēs logikēs te kai dianoētikēs dynameōs; ho dē monon tēs hēmeteras zōēs exaireton en heautǭ, kathōs eirētai, tou theiou charaktēros echon tēn mimēsin. Allʼ epeidē kata ton ēdē pro; arto600tvra logon, ouk estin allōs tēn logii) kēn dynamin engenesthai tę̄ sōmatikę̄ zōę̄, mē dia tōn aisthēseōn enginomenēn; ē de aisthēsis en

Macrina: “For when the universe had been constituted, as the history says, man did not come to be on the earth at once; the nature of the irrational creatures came before him, and the plants before them. By this the word shows, I think, that the vital power is mingled with bodily nature in a certain sequence, first entering things without sense, then advancing to the sentient, and then going up to the intellectual and rational. Of existing things, then, some are bodily and some intellectual; of the bodily, some are animate and some inanimate; by animate I mean what shares in life; of the living, some live with sense and some lack it; again, of the sentient, some are rational and some irrational. Since, then, sentient life could not exist without matter, nor could the intellectual come to be in a body otherwise than by being grafted onto the sentient, for this reason the making of man is related last, as of one who has embraced every form of life, both that seen in plants and that seen in irrational creatures. Being nourished and growing he has from the life of plants; for this can be seen in them too, nourishment being drawn in through roots and given off through fruits and leaves; being governed by sense he has from the irrational creatures; but the thinking and rational is unmixed and peculiar in this nature, seen by itself. And as nature has the power of drawing in what is necessary for material life, which in us is called appetite (and we say this belongs to the natural form of life, since one can see in plants too certain impulses working naturally, when they are filled with what is proper to them and swell toward growth), so too the things proper to irrational nature were mingled with the intellectual part of the soul. Theirs, it says, is anger, theirs is fear, theirs are all the other things that work in us in opposition, except the rational and thinking power, which alone is the special mark of our life, having in itself, as was said, the imitation of the divine stamp. But since, according to the argument already given, the rational power cannot come to be in bodily life except by arising through the senses, and sense existed before in the nature of irrational creatures …”

Chapter 61

61PG 46:61a–61d

τῇ τῶν ἀλόγων προϋπέστη φύσει· ὡς ἀναγκαίως διὰ τοῦ ὲνδς καὶ πρὸς τά συνημμένα τούτων] γίνεται τῆς ψυχῆς ημῶν ηʼ κοινωνία. Ταῦτα δέ ἐστιν ὅσα ὲν ἡμῖν γινόμενα πάθη λέγεται, ἀ οὐχ). πάντως ἐπὶ κακῷ τινι τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ συνεκληρώθη ζωῇ ο ἦ γὰρ ἂν ό Δημιουργὺς τῶν κακῶν τὴν αἰτίαν ἔχῃ (βι), εί ἐκεῖθεν at! τῶν πλημμελημάτων ἦσαν ἀνάγκαι συγκαταβεβλημέναι τῇ φύσει · ἀλλὰ τῇ ποιᾷ χρήσει τῆς προαιρέσεως, ἢ ἀρετῆς, ἦ κακίας όργανα τά τοιαῦτα τῆς ψυχῆς κινήματα γίνεται. Καθάπερ ὁ σίδηρος κατά γνώμην τοῦ τεχνίτου τυπούμενος, πρὸς ὅπερ ἂν ἔθετο τοῦ τεχνιτεύοντος ἡ ὲνθύμησις, πρὸς τοῦτο καὶ σχηματί· ζεται,ἢ ξίφος, ἦ τι γεωργικὸν ἐργαλεῖον γινόμενος. Οὐκοῦν εί μὲν ό λόγος, ὃ δὴ τῆς φύσεώς ἐστιν ἐξαίρετον, τῶν ἔξωθεν ὲπεισκριθέντων ἠγεμονίαν ἔχοι, καθὼς καὶ διʼ αἰνίγματος ὁ τῆς Γραφῇς τξίξρεδήλωσε λόγος, ἄρχειν ἐγκελευόμενος πάντων τῶν ἀλόγων, οὐκ ἄν τι πρὸς κακίας ὑπηρεσίαν τῶν τοιούτων κινημάτων ἡμῖν ὲνεργήσειε, τοῦ μὲν φόβου τὸ ὑπήκοον ἐμποιοῦντος, τοῦ δὲ θυμοῦ τὸ ἀνι δρεῖον, τῆς δειλίας δὲ τὴν ἀσφάλειαν, τῆς δὲ ἐπιθυμητικῆς ὁρμῆς τὴν Θείαν τε καὶ ἀκήρατον ἡμῖν ἠδοπροξενούσης. Εἰ δὲ ἀποβάλοι τάς ἡνίας ὀ λόγος. καὶ οἷόν τις ἡνίοχοςι ἐμπλακεὶς τῷ ἅρματι κατόπιν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ σύροιτο, ἐκεῖ ἀπαγόμενος ὅπουπερ ἂν ἡ ἄλογος κίνησις τῶν ὑπεζευγμένων φέρει, τότε εἰς πάθος αἱ ὁρμαὶ καταστρέφονται, οἷον δὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀλόγοιςἐστιν ἰδεῖν. ζΕπεὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἐπιστατεῖ λογισμοῖς τοῖς φυσικῶς αὺτοῖς ἐγκωμιαζομένης κινήσεως, τὰ μὲν θυμὼδη τῶν ζώων ὲν ἀλλήλοις φθείρεται τῷ θυμῷ στραέ τηγούμενα · τὰ δὲ πςιλύσαρκά τε κα). δυνατά είς οὑδὲν οἰκεῖον ἀγαθὸν ἀπώνατο τῆς δυνάμεως, κτῆμα τοῦ λογικοῦ διὰ τὴν ἀλογίαν γινόμενα · ἥ τε τῆς ἑπιθυμίας καὶτῆς ήδονῆς ἐνέργεια περ). οὐδὲν τῶν ὑψηλῶν ἀσχολοζηαι· οὕτε ἄλλο τι τῶν ὲν αὐτοῖς θεωρουμένων λόγῳ τινὶ πρὸς τὸ λυσιτελοῦν διεξάγεται. Οὕτω καὶ ὲν ἡμῖν εί μὴ πρὸς τὸ δέον ἄγοιτο ταῦτα. atat τοῦ λογισμοῦ, ἀλλʼ ὲπικρατοίη τῆς τοῦ νοῦ δυναστείας τά «idos, πρὸς τὸ ἄλογόν τὲ κά) ἀνόητον μεταβαίνων ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἀπὸ τοῦ διανοητικοῦ καὶ θεοειδοῖκ τῇ ὁρμῇ τῶν τοιούτων παθημάτων

tę̄ tōn alogōn proÿpestē physei; hōs anankaiōs dia tou ends kai pros ta synēmmena toutōn] ginetai tēs psychēs ēmōn ēʼ koinōnia. Tauta de estin hosa en hēmin ginomena pathē legetai, a ouch). pantōs epi kakǭ tini tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ syneklērōthē zōę̄ o ē gar an o Dēmiourgys tōn kakōn tēn aitian echę̄ (bi), ei ekeithen at! tōn plēmmelēmatōn ēsan anankai synkatabeblēmenai tę̄ physei ; alla tę̄ poią chrēsei tēs proaireseōs, ē aretēs, ē kakias organa ta toiauta tēs psychēs kinēmata ginetai. Kathaper ho sidēros kata gnōmēn tou technitou typoumenos, pros hoper an etheto tou techniteuontos hē enthymēsis, pros touto kai schēmati; zetai,ē xiphos, ē ti geōrgikon ergaleion ginomenos. Oukoun ei men o logos, ho dē tēs physeōs estin exaireton, tōn exōthen epeiskrithentōn ēgemonian echoi, kathōs kai diʼ ainigmatos ho tēs Graphę̄s txixredēlōse logos, archein enkeleuomenos pantōn tōn alogōn, ouk an ti pros kakias hypēresian tōn toioutōn kinēmatōn hēmin energēseie, tou men phobou to hypēkoon empoiountos, tou de thymou to ani dreion, tēs deilias de tēn asphaleian, tēs de epithymētikēs hormēs tēn Theian te kai akēraton hēmin ēdoproxenousēs. Ei de apobaloi tas hēnias o logos. kai hoion tis hēniochosi emplakeis tǭ harmati katopin hypʼ autou syroito, ekei apagomenos hopouper an hē alogos kinēsis tōn hypezeugmenōn pherei, tote eis pathos hai hormai katastrephontai, hoion dē kai epi tois alogoisestin idein. zEpei gar ouk epistatei logismois tois physikōs autois enkōmiazomenēs kinēseōs, ta men thymōdē tōn zōōn en allēlois phtheiretai tǭ thymǭ strae tēgoumena ; ta de psilysarka te ka). dynata eis houden oikeion agathon apōnato tēs dynameōs, ktēma tou logikou dia tēn alogian ginomena ; hē te tēs hepithymias kaitēs ēdonēs energeia per). ouden tōn hypsēlōn ascholozēai; houte allo ti tōn en autois theōroumenōn logǭ tini pros to lysiteloun diexagetai. Houtō kai en hēmin ei mē pros to deon agoito tauta. atat tou logismou, allʼ epikratoiē tēs tou nou dynasteias ta «idos, pros to alogon te ka) anoēton metabainōn ho anthrōpos, apo tou dianoētikou kai theoeidoik tę̄ hormę̄ tōn toioutōn pathēmatōn

“… so that through the one our soul necessarily comes to have fellowship also with what is joined to it. And these are what are called the passions arising in us, which were not allotted to human life for any evil purpose; otherwise the Creator would be the cause of evils, if the necessities of sins had been laid down in our nature from there. Rather, by the particular use of choice, such movements of the soul become instruments either of virtue or of vice; as iron, shaped by the craftsman’s judgment, is formed into whatever the purpose of the one working it has set, becoming a sword or some farming tool. If, then, reason, which is the special mark of our nature, holds rule over what has been introduced from outside, as the word of Scripture showed in a riddle when it commanded man to rule over all the irrational creatures, none of these movements would work in us in the service of vice: fear would produce obedience, anger courage, cowardice caution, and the impulse of desire would procure for us the divine and undefiled pleasure. But if reason lets go the reins and, like a charioteer entangled in his chariot, is dragged behind it, carried wherever the irrational movement of the yoked animals takes him, then the impulses turn into passion, as can be seen in the irrational creatures too. For since reason does not preside over their naturally implanted movement, the angry animals destroy one another, led on by anger; and the bulky and strong ones gain no good of their own from their strength, becoming the property of the rational because of their lack of reason; the activity of desire and pleasure is busy with nothing lofty; nor is anything else seen in them carried on by reason toward what is profitable. So too in us, if these things are not led by reasoning to what is fitting, but the passions prevail over the rule of the mind, man passes over to the irrational and senseless, being made a brute instead of thinking and godlike by the impulse of such passions …”

Chapter 63

63PG 46:64a–64d

ἁποκτηνούμενος.-Γ. Ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ σφόδρα τερ), τὰ εἰρημένα διατεθεὶς,’Δρκεῖ μὲν, ἔφην, παντὶ τῷ γε νοῦν ἔχοντι ψιλῶς οὑτωσὶ καὶ ἀκατασκεύως διʼ ἀκολούθου προελθὼν ὁ λόγος, εὖ ἔχειν δόξαι καὶ μηδαμοῦ παρεσφάλθαι τῆς ἀληθείας. Ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῖς μὲν τὰς τεχκινὰς ἐφόδους μεμελιο ιηκόσι τῶν ἀποδείξεων, ό συλλογισμὸς ίκανδς είς πίστιν δοκεῖʼ ἡμῖν δὲ πάντων τῶν τεχνικῶν συ μ·περασμάτων ἕεις πιστότερον εἶναι ὡμολογεῖτο τὸ διὰ τῶν ἱερῶν τῆς Γραφῆς διδαγμάτων ἀναφαινόμενον ο ζητεῖν οἶμαι δεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, εί ἡ θεόπνευστος διδασκαλία τούτοις συμφέρεται.-Μ. Ἦδὲ, Καὶ τίς ἂν ἀντείποι, φησὶ, μὴ οὐχ). ὲν τούτῳ μόνῳ τὴν ἀλήθειαν τιθέσθω, ᾧ σφραγὶς ἔπεστι τῆς γραφικῆς μαρτυρίαςς Οὐκοῦν εί χρή τι καὶ τῆς τοῦ Εύαγγελίου διδασκαλίας πρὸς τὴν τοῦ δόγματος τούτου συνηγορίαν παραληφθῆναι, οὐκ ἀπὸ καιροῦ γένοιτʼ ἂν ἡμῖν τῆς παραβολῆς τῶν ζιζανίων ὴ θεωρία. Ἐσπειρε γὰρ ἐκεῖ τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα ό οἰκοδεσπότης ( ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντως ό οἶκός ἐσμεν) ο καθεύδοντας δὲ τοὺς ἀνθρὼπους ὲπιφυλάξας ὲνέσπειρεν ὁ ἐχθρὸς τῷ τροφίμῳ τὺ ἄχρηστον, αύτῷ τῷ σίτῳ κατὰ τὺ μέσον ἐνθεὶς τὺ ζιζάνιον. Καὶ συνεδλάστησαν ἀλλήλοις τά σπέρματα. Οὐ γὰρ ἦν δυνατὸν τδ αύτῷ τῷ σίτῳ ὲντεθὲν σπέρμα μὴ σὺν ἐκείνῳ βλαστῆσαι. Κωλύει δὲ τοὺς ὑπηρέτας ό τῆς γεωργίας ἔφορος μὴ ἀποτίλλειν τὸ ἄχρηστον διὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ ῥίζῃ τῶν ἐναντίων συμφυῒαν, ὡς ἂν μὴ τὺ ἀλλότριον συνεκτίνει τὸ τρόφιμον. Τὰς γὰρ τοιαύτας τῆς ψυχῆς ὁρμὰς διὰ τῶν καλῶν σπερμάτων οίόμεθα τὸν λόγον ἐνδείκνυσθαι, ὧν ἕκαστον, εί μόνον πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐγεωρο γεῖτο, τὸν τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐν ἡμῖν καρπὸν πάντως ἐβλάστησεν. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ παρενεσπάρη τούτοις ἡ περὶ τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ κρίσιν διʼ ἁμαρτίαν (l), καὶ τὸ ὅντως καὶ μόνον κατά τὴν ίδίαν φύσιν καλὸν, διὰ τοῦ συναναφυέντος βλαστοῦ τῆς ἀπάτης ἐπεσκοτίσθη (Ξ)· ( τὸ γὰρ ἐπιθυμητικὸν ού πρὸς τὸ φύσει καλὸν οὗ χάριν κατεσπάρη ἡμῖν ἐφύη τε καὶ ἀνέδραμεν, ἀλλά πρὸς τὸ κτηνῶδες καὶ ἄλογον τὸν βλαστὸν μετεποίησε τῆς περὶ τὸ καλὸν ἀκρισίας, πρὸς τοῦτο

hapoktēnoumenos.-G. Egō de kai sphodra ter), ta eirēmena diatetheis,’Drkei men, ephēn, panti tǭ ge noun echonti psilōs houtōsi kai akataskeuōs diʼ akolouthou proelthōn ho logos, eu echein doxai kai mēdamou paresphalthai tēs alētheias. Epei de tois men tas techkinas ephodous memelio iēkosi tōn apodeixeōn, o syllogismos ikands eis pistin dokeiʼ hēmin de pantōn tōn technikōn sy m;perasmatōn heeis pistoteron einai hōmologeito to dia tōn hierōn tēs Graphēs didagmatōn anaphainomenon o zētein oimai dein epi tois eirēmenois, ei hē theopneustos didaskalia toutois sympheretai.-M. Ēde, Kai tis an anteipoi, phēsi, mē ouch). en toutǭ monǭ tēn alētheian tithesthō, hǭ sphragis epesti tēs graphikēs martyriass Oukoun ei chrē ti kai tēs tou Euangeliou didaskalias pros tēn tou dogmatos toutou synēgorian paralēphthēnai, ouk apo kairou genoitʼ an hēmin tēs parabolēs tōn zizaniōn ē theōria. Espeire gar ekei to kalon sperma o oikodespotēs ( hēmeis de pantōs o oikos esmen) o katheudontas de tous anthrōpous epiphylaxas enespeiren ho echthros tǭ trophimǭ ty achrēston, autǭ tǭ sitǭ kata ty meson entheis ty zizanion. Kai synedlastēsan allēlois ta spermata. Ou gar ēn dynaton td autǭ tǭ sitǭ entethen sperma mē syn ekeinǭ blastēsai. Kōlyei de tous hypēretas o tēs geōrgias ephoros mē apotillein to achrēston dia tēn en tę̄ rhizę̄ tōn enantiōn symphyïan, hōs an mē ty allotrion synektinei to trophimon. Tas gar toiautas tēs psychēs hormas dia tōn kalōn spermatōn oiometha ton logon endeiknysthai, hōn hekaston, ei monon pros to agathon egeōro geito, ton tēs aretēs en hēmin karpon pantōs eblastēsen. Epeidē de parenesparē toutois hē peri tēn tou kalou krisin diʼ hamartian (l), kai to hontōs kai monon kata tēn idian physin kalon, dia tou synanaphyentos blastou tēs apatēs epeskotisthē (X); ( to gar epithymētikon ou pros to physei kalon hou charin katesparē hēmin ephyē te kai anedramen, alla pros to ktēnōdes kai alogon ton blaston metepoiēse tēs peri to kalon akrisias, pros touto

“… made brute.” Gregory: And I, much moved by what had been said, said: “For anyone of sense the argument, proceeding in sequence so plainly and without artifice, is enough to seem right and nowhere to have missed the truth. But since for those who have studied the methods of demonstration by art a syllogism seems sufficient for belief, while we agreed that what appears through the sacred teachings of Scripture is more trustworthy than all the conclusions of art, I think we must ask, after what has been said, whether the inspired teaching agrees with it.” Macrina: “And who could deny,” she said, “that truth is to be placed only in that which bears the seal of the witness of Scripture? If, then, something from the teaching of the Gospel must be brought in to support this doctrine, the contemplation of the parable of the tares would not be out of season for us. For there the master of the house sowed the good seed (and we are surely the house); but the enemy, watching for the men to sleep, sowed among the nourishing seed what was useless, putting the tares right in the middle of the wheat. And the seeds sprang up together; for it was not possible for the seed put in the very midst of the wheat not to sprout with it. But the overseer of the farm forbids the servants to pull up the useless plant, because of the union of the opposites at the root, so that the foreign may not uproot the nourishing with it. For we think the word shows by the good seeds such impulses of the soul, each of which, if cultivated only for the good, would certainly have produced the fruit of virtue in us. But since error in judging the good was sown among them through sin, and what is truly and alone good by its own nature was darkened by the growth of deceit that sprang up with it (for the desiring power did not grow and shoot up toward what is good by nature, for whose sake it was sown in us, but changed its shoot toward the brutish and irrational through lack of judgment about the good, bringing the impulse of desire to that …”

Chapter 65

65PG 46:65a–65d

65 DE ΛΝΙΜΑ ΕΤ τὴν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἐνεγκοῦταν ὁρμήν. Ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ τοῦ θυμοῦ σπέρμα ού πρὸς ἀνδρείαν ἐστόμω- . σεν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὁμοφύλων μάχην ὲξὼπλισεν· ἦ τε τῆς ἀγάπης δύναμις τῶν νοητῶν ἀπέστη, περὶ τὴν τῶν αἰσθητῶν ἀπόλαυσιν πέρα τοῦ μέτρου όλομανήσασα., καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, τοὺς χείρονας βλαστοὺς ἀντὶ τῶν κρειττόνων ἐξήνθησενο) τούτου χάριν ἀφίησιν 6 σοφὸς γεωργὸς τὸ ἐμφυέν τῷ σπέρματι βλάστημα ἐν αὐτῷ εἶναι, προμηθείᾳ τοῦ μὴ γυμνωθῆναι τῶν κρειττόνων ἡμᾶς, καθόλου τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῷ ἀχρήστῳ βλαστῷ συνεκριο ζωθείσης. Et γὰρ τοῦτο πάθῃ ἡ φύσις, τί ἔσται τὸ ἐπαῖρον ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἐπουρανίων συνάφειαν; ἢ τῆς ἀγάπης ἀφαιρεθείσης, τίνι τρόπῳ πρὸς τὸ Θεῖον συναφθησόμεθα; Τοῦ δὲ θυμοῦ κατασκευασθέντος, ποῖον ὅπλον κατά τοῦ προσπαλαίοντος ἕξομεν ; Ἐφίησι τοίνυν τά νόθα τῶν σπερμάτων ἐν ἡμῖν 6 γεωργὸς, οὐχ ὠς ἀεὶ κατακρατεῖν τῆς τιμιωτέρας σπορᾶς, ἀλλʼ ὡς αὐτὴν τὴν ἄρουραν ( οὕτω γάρ τὴν καρδίαν τροπικῶς ὀνομάζει) διὰ τῆς ἐγκειμένης αὐτῇ φυσικῆς δυνάμεως, ἥτις ἐστὶν 6 λογισμὸς, τὸ μὲν ξηρᾶναι τῶν βλαστημάτων, τὸ δὲ κάρπιμον καὶ εὐθαλὲς ἀπεργάσασθαι. Εἰ δὲ μὴ τοῦτο γένοιτο, τῷ πυρὶ τὴν τῆς γεωργίας διάκρισιν ταμιεύεται. Οὐκοῦν εί μέν τις τούτοις κατά τὸν δέοντα χρήσαι λόγον, ἐν αὐτῷ λαμβάνηται ἐκεῖνα, καὶ μὴ αὐτὸς ἐν ἐκείνοις, ἀλλʼ οἷόν τις βασιλεὺς τῇ πολυχειρίᾳ τῶν ὑπηκόων συνεργῷ χρώμενος, ῥᾷον κατορθώσει τὸ κατʼ ἀρετὴν σπουδαζόμενον. Et δὲ ἐκείνοις γένοιτο, καθάπερ δούλων τινῶν ἐπαναστάντων τῷ κεκτημένῳ, καὶ ἐξ ὧν δραποδισθείη ταῖς δουλικαῖς ἐπινοίαις ἀγεννῶς ὑποκύψαι, καὶ κτῆμα γένοιτο τῶν ὑπεζευγμένων κατὰ τὴν φύσιν αύτῷ, πρὸς ἐκεῖνα κατʼ ἀνάγκην μετατεθήσεται, πρὸς ἆπερ ἂν ἡ ἐπικράτησις τῶν καθηγουμένων βιάζεται. Εἰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν τρόπον, οὔτε ἀρετὴν, οὗτε κακίαν ἐφʼ ἑαυτῶν ταῦτα ἁποφανούμεθα, ὅσα κινήματα τῆς ψυχῆς ὄντα ἐπὶ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τῶν χρωμένων κεῖται, ἢ καλῶς ἦ ἑτέρως ἔχειν. Ἀλλʼ ὅταν μὲν αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον ή

65 DE LNIMA ET tēn tēs epithymias enenkoutan hormēn. Hōsautōs kai to tou thymou sperma ou pros andreian estomō- . sen, alla pros tēn tōn homophylōn machēn exōplisen; ē te tēs agapēs dynamis tōn noētōn apestē, peri tēn tōn aisthētōn apolausin pera tou metrou olomanēsasa., kai ta alla ton auton tropon, tous cheironas blastous anti tōn kreittonōn exēnthēseno) toutou charin aphiēsin 6 sophos geōrgos to emphyen tǭ spermati blastēma en autǭ einai, promētheią tou mē gymnōthēnai tōn kreittonōn hēmas, katholou tēs epithymias tǭ achrēstǭ blastǭ synekrio zōtheisēs. Et gar touto pathę̄ hē physis, ti estai to epairon hēmas pros tēn tōn epouraniōn synapheian? ē tēs agapēs aphairetheisēs, tini tropǭ pros to Theion synaphthēsometha? Tou de thymou kataskeuasthentos, poion hoplon kata tou prospalaiontos hexomen ? Ephiēsi toinyn ta notha tōn spermatōn en hēmin 6 geōrgos, ouch ōs aei katakratein tēs timiōteras sporas, allʼ hōs autēn tēn arouran ( houtō gar tēn kardian tropikōs onomazei) dia tēs enkeimenēs autę̄ physikēs dynameōs, hētis estin 6 logismos, to men xēranai tōn blastēmatōn, to de karpimon kai euthales apergasasthai. Ei de mē touto genoito, tǭ pyri tēn tēs geōrgias diakrisin tamieuetai. Oukoun ei men tis toutois kata ton deonta chrēsai logon, en autǭ lambanētai ekeina, kai mē autos en ekeinois, allʼ hoion tis basileus tę̄ polycheirią tōn hypēkoōn synergǭ chrōmenos, rhąon katorthōsei to katʼ aretēn spoudazomenon. Et de ekeinois genoito, kathaper doulōn tinōn epanastantōn tǭ kektēmenǭ, kai ex hōn drapodistheiē tais doulikais epinoiais agennōs hypokypsai, kai ktēma genoito tōn hypezeugmenōn kata tēn physin autǭ, pros ekeina katʼ anankēn metatethēsetai, pros aper an hē epikratēsis tōn kathēgoumenōn biazetai. Ei de tauta touton echei ton tropon, oute aretēn, houte kakian ephʼ heautōn tauta hapophanoumetha, hosa kinēmata tēs psychēs onta epi tę̄ exousią tōn chrōmenōn keitai, ē kalōs ē heterōs echein. Allʼ hotan men autois pros to kreitton ē

“… likewise the seed of anger was not sharpened to courage but armed for battle against one’s own kind; and the power of love departed from intelligible things and raged beyond measure in the enjoyment of sensible things; and the rest in the same way put forth the worse shoots instead of the better); for this reason the wise farmer lets the growth that sprang up in the seed remain in it, taking care that we may not be stripped of the better things, if desire were uprooted altogether together with the useless shoot. For if our nature suffered this, what would lift us up to union with heavenly things? Or, if love were taken away, in what way shall we be joined to God? And if anger were quenched, what weapon shall we have against the one who wrestles with us? The farmer therefore lets the bastard seeds remain in us, not so that they may always prevail over the more precious crop, but so that the field itself (for so he names the heart figuratively), by the natural power lying in it, which is reasoning, may wither the one kind of growth and make the other fruitful and flourishing. But if this does not happen, he reserves for the fire the separation of the crop. If, then, someone uses these things by right reason, holds them within himself and is not held by them, and, like a king, uses the many hands of his subjects as helpers, he will more easily achieve what he pursues for virtue. But if he comes to be in their power, as when slaves rise up against their master, and is enslaved by them, ignobly bowing to slavish designs, and becomes the property of what is by nature yoked under him, he will necessarily be carried over to whatever the domination of those now leading him forces. If this is so, we shall declare these things, which are movements of the soul lying in the power of those who use them to be good or otherwise, to be neither virtue nor vice in themselves. But when their movement is toward the better …”

Chapter 67

67PG 46:68a–68c

είνησις ᾗ, ἐπαίνων γίνεσθαι ὓλην, ὡς τῷ Δανιὴλ τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν, καὶ τῷ Φινεὲς τὸν θυμδν, καὶ τῷ καλῶς πενθοῦντι τὴν λύπην. Εἰ δὲ πρὸς τὸ χείρω ο γένοιτο ἡ ῥοπὴ, τότε πάθη γίνεσθαι ταῦτα καὶ ovoμάζεσθαι κ54).-Γ. Ἐγὼ, ταῦτα διεξελθούσης. ἐπειδὴ παυσαμένη βραχύ τι ἔδωκε τῷ λόγῳ διαλιπεῖν, κα). συνελεξάμην τῇ διανοίᾳ τὰ εἰρημένα, πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν προτέραν διέδραμον ἀκολουθίαν τοῦ λόγου, ὲν ᾧ κατεσκευάζετο, μὴ ἀδύνατον εἷναι τὴν ψυχὴν διαλυθέντος τοῦ σώματος ὲν τοῖς στοιχείοις εἶναι. Καὶ τούτο εἷπον πρὸς τὴν διδάσκαλον· Ποῦ ἐκεῖνο τὸ πολυθρύλλητον τοῦ ᾷδου ὄνομα · πολὺ μὲν ὲν τῇ συνηθείᾳ τοῦ βίου. πολὺ δὲ ὲν ταῖς συγγραφαῖς ταῖς τε ἔξωθεν καὶ ταῖς ἡμετέραις περιφερόμενον, εἰς δ πάντες οἴονται καθάπερ δοχεῖον ἐνθένδε τὰς ψυ- [ἀς μετανίστασθαι; Oi’) ἂν τά στοιχεῖα τὸν ᾅδην λέγοις. --M. Καὶ ἡ διδάσκαλος, Δῆλος.φησὶ, μὴ λίαν προσεσχηκώς τῷ λόγῳ. Τὴν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ὁρωμένου πρὸς τὸ ἀειδὲς μετάστασιν τῆς ψυχῆς είποῦσα, οὐδὲν ᾤμην ἀπολελοιπέναι είς τὸ περὶ τοῦ ᾅδου ζητούμενον. Οὐδὲν ἀλλο τί μοι δοκεῖ παρά τε τῶν ἔξωθεν καὶ παρά τῆς θείας Γραφῆς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο διασημαίνειν, ὲν ᾧ τὰς ψυχὰς γίνεσθαι λέγουσι, πλὴν εἰς τδ ἀειδὲς καὶ ἀφανὲς μετέχουσιν. - Γ. Καὶ πῶς, εἷπον, τὺν ὑποχθόνιον χῶρον οἴονταί τινες οὕτω λέγεσθαι, καὶ ὲν αύτῷ κακείνων τὰς ψυχὰς πανδοχεύειν, καθάπερ τι χώρημα τῆς τοιαύτης φύσεως δεκτικὸν τὰς ἀποπτάσας ήδη τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἑφελκό- Μ. Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν μᾶλλον, φησὶν ὴ διδάσκαλος, τὸ δόγμα διὰ τῆς ὑπονοίας ταύτης παραβλαβήσεται, κᾶν ἀληθὴς ὁ λόγος δ κατά σέ. Et γὰρ συνεχῆ τε πρὸς ἑαυτὸν κα). ἀδιάσπαστον εἶναι τὸν ού ράνιον πόλον τῷ ἰδίῳ κύκλῳ πάντα ἐμπεριέχοντα, καὶ ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τὴν γῆν καὶ τά περί αὐτὴν αἰωρεῖσθαι, καὶ πάντως κυκλοφορουμένων τὴν κίνησιν περὶ τὸ ἑστὼς καὶ πάγιον γίνεσθαι, ἀνάγκη πᾶσα, φησὶν, ὅτι· περ ἂν ἑκάστῳ ὲκ τῶν στοιχείων κατά τὸ ἀνω τῆς γῆς μέρος, τοῦτο κατὰ τὸ ἀντικείμενον εἷναι, μιᾶς τῆς οὐσίας ὅλον αὐτῆς τὸν ὄγκον ὲν κύκλῳ περιθεούσης. Καὶ ὥσπερ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἡλίου φανέντος ἐπὶ τὸ ὑποκείμενον αὐτῆς στρέφεται ἡ

einēsis hę̄, epainōn ginesthai hylēn, hōs tǭ Daniēl tēn epithymian, kai tǭ Phinees ton thymdn, kai tǭ kalōs penthounti tēn lypēn. Ei de pros to cheirō o genoito hē rhopē, tote pathē ginesthai tauta kai ovomazesthai k54).-G. Egō, tauta diexelthousēs. epeidē pausamenē brachy ti edōke tǭ logǭ dialipein, ka). synelexamēn tę̄ dianoią ta eirēmena, palin epi tēn proteran diedramon akolouthian tou logou, en hǭ kateskeuazeto, mē adynaton heinai tēn psychēn dialythentos tou sōmatos en tois stoicheiois einai. Kai touto heipon pros tēn didaskalon; Pou ekeino to polythryllēton tou ądou onoma ; poly men en tę̄ synētheią tou biou. poly de en tais syngraphais tais te exōthen kai tais hēmeterais peripheromenon, eis d pantes oiontai kathaper docheion enthende tas psy- [as metanistasthai? Oi’) an ta stoicheia ton hądēn legois. --M. Kai hē didaskalos, Dēlos.phēsi, mē lian proseschēkōs tǭ logǭ. Tēn gar ek tou horōmenou pros to aeides metastasin tēs psychēs eipousa, ouden ǭmēn apoleloipenai eis to peri tou hądou zētoumenon. Ouden allo ti moi dokei para te tōn exōthen kai para tēs theias Graphēs to onoma touto diasēmainein, en hǭ tas psychas ginesthai legousi, plēn eis td aeides kai aphanes metechousin. - G. Kai pōs, heipon, tyn hypochthonion chōron oiontai tines houtō legesthai, kai en autǭ kakeinōn tas psychas pandocheuein, kathaper ti chōrēma tēs toiautēs physeōs dektikon tas apoptasas ēdē tēs anthrōpinēs zōēs pros heauton hephelko- M. Allʼ ouden mallon, phēsin ē didaskalos, to dogma dia tēs hyponoias tautēs parablabēsetai, kan alēthēs ho logos d kata se. Et gar synechē te pros heauton ka). adiaspaston einai ton ou ranion polon tǭ idiǭ kyklǭ panta emperiechonta, kai en tǭ mesǭ tēn gēn kai ta peri autēn aiōreisthai, kai pantōs kyklophoroumenōn tēn kinēsin peri to hestōs kai pagion ginesthai, anankē pasa, phēsin, hoti; per an hekastǭ ek tōn stoicheiōn kata to anō tēs gēs meros, touto kata to antikeimenon heinai, mias tēs ousias holon autēs ton onkon en kyklǭ peritheousēs. Kai hōsper hyper tou hēliou phanentos epi to hypokeimenon autēs strephetai hē

“… they become matter for praise, as desire was for Daniel, anger for Phinehas, and grief for one who mourns well. But if the inclination is toward the worse, then they become and are named passions.” Gregory: When she had gone through this and had paused briefly in the discussion, I gathered in my mind what had been said and ran back to the earlier sequence of the argument, in which it was established that it is not impossible for the soul to be in the elements when the body has been dissolved. And I said this to my teacher: “Where is that much-talked-of name of Hades, used so much in ordinary life and so much in writings, both those outside and ours, into which all think souls pass from here as into a receptacle? For you would not say the elements are Hades.” Macrina: And my teacher said: “You have clearly not paid much attention to the argument. For when I spoke of the soul’s passing from the visible to the invisible, I thought I had left nothing out of the inquiry about Hades. This name, both in outside writers and in divine Scripture, seems to me to signify nothing else, as the place where they say souls come to be, than their passing into the formless and invisible.” Gregory: “And how,” I said, “do some think that the place under the earth is so called, and that it receives the souls of those down there, as a space fit for such a nature, drawing to itself those that have already flown from human life?” Macrina: “But the doctrine will be no more harmed by this supposition,” said my teacher, “even if the account you mention is true. For if the heavenly pole is continuous with itself and unbroken, containing all things in its own circle, and the earth and what is around it hang in the middle, and the motion of the revolving bodies is certainly around what is fixed and stable, it is entirely necessary,” she said, “that whatever is found for each of the elements on the upper side of the earth is also on the opposite side, since one substance runs around its whole bulk in a circle. And as, when the sun appears above it, the shadow …”

Chapter 69

69PG 46:69a–69d

σκιά τοῦ σφαιροειδοῦς σχήματος, οὐ δυναμένου κατʼ αὑτὸν ὲν κύκλῳ διαληφοῆναι τῇ τῆς ἀκτῖνος περιβολῇ, ἀλλά κατά πᾶσαν ἀνάγκην, καθʼ ὅπερ ἂν τῆς γῆς μέρος προσβάλλῃ ταῖς ἀκτῖσιν ὁ ἥλιος, κατά τινος κέντρου πάντως ἐπὶ τῆς σφαίρας γινόμενος, πρὸς τὴν εὐθεῖαν διάμετρον κατά τὸ ἕτερον πέρας σκότος ἔσται· κα) οὕτω κατὰ τὺ διηνεκὲς, τῷ ἡλιακῷ δρόμῳ ἐπὶ τὸ ἀντικείμενον τῇ τῆς ἀκτῖνος εὐθείᾳ συμπεριοδεύει τὸ σκότος, ὥστε κατά τὸ ἶσον, τόν τε ὑπέργειον, καὶ τὸν ὑπόγειον τόπον ἀνά μέρος γίνεσθαι ἐν φωτί τε καὶ σκότει· οὕτως εἰκὸς καὶ τᾶλλα πάντα ὅτιπερ ἂν στοιχειωδῶς ὲν τῷ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ἡμισφαιρίῳ τῆς γῆς θεωρεῖται, τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ τὸ ἕτερον εἶναι μὴ ἀμφιβάλλειν. Μιᾶς δὲ καὶτῆς αὐτῆς οὔσης κατὰ πᾶν τῆς γῆς μέρος τῆς τιῦν στοιχείων περιβολῆς, οὕτε ἀντιλέγειν, abte συναγορεύειν οἶμαι δεῖν τοῖς περὶ τούτων ἐνισταμένοις, ὡς δέον ἢ τοῦτον, ἢ τὸν καταχθόνιον τόπον ἀποτετάχθαι οἴεσθαι ταῖς τῶν σωμάτων ὲκλυθείσαις ψυχαῖς. Ἕως γὰρ ἂν μὴ παρακινοίη τὸ προηγούμενον δόγμα ἡ ἔνστασις περὶ τοῦ εἶναι μετά τὴν ἐν σαρκὶ ζωὴν τὰς ψυχὰς, οὐδὲν περὶ τόπου ὁ ἡμέτερος λόγος διενεχθήσεται, μόνον σωμάτων ἴδιον εἶναι τὴν ἐπὶ τόπου θέσιν καταλαμβάνων θ ψυχὴν δὲ ἀσώματον οὖσαν, μηδεμίαν ἀνάγκην ἔχειν ἐκ φύσεως τόποις τισὶν ἐγκατέχεσθαι. Γ. Τί οὖν, εἷπον, εί τὸν ’Λπόστολον ὁ ἀντιλέγων προβάλλοιτο, πᾶσαν λέγοντα τὴν λογικὴν κτίσιν ὲν τῇ τοῦ παντὸς ἀποκαταστάσει πρὸς τὸν τοῦ παντὸς ἐξηγούμενον βλέπειν, ὲν οἷς καταχθονίων μνημονεύει τινῶν διʼ Ἐπιστολῆς πρὸς Φιλιππησίους είπὼν· ὅτι Αύτῷ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψει ἐπουρανίων καὶ ὲπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων; —M. Ἑπιμενοῦμεν τῷ δόγματι, φησιν ἡ διδάσκαλος, κᾶν ταῦτα λεγόντων ἀκούωμεν, περὶ μέντοι τοῦ εἶναιτὴν ψυχὴν καὶτὸν ἀντιλέγοντα σύμψηφον ἔχοντες, περὶ τόπου, καθὼς ὲν τοῖς φθάσασιν είρηται, οὐκ ἐνιστάμενοι. - Γ. Τοῖς οὖν ἐπιζητοῦσιν, εἶπον, τὴν ἀποστολικὴν· ὲν τῇ φωνῇ ταύτῃ διάνοιαν, τί ἄν τις εἴπῃ, εἴπερ τῆς τοπικῆς σημασίας ἀποκινοίης τὴν λέξιν; — M. Ἡ δὲ, Οῦ μοι δοκεῖ, φησὶν, ὁ θεῖος ’Δπόστολος,τοπικῶς τὴν νοερὰν διακρίνων οὐσίαν, τδ μὲν ἐπουράνιον, τὺ δὲ ἐπίγειον, τὸ δὲ καταχθόνιον ὀνομάσαι,. Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τρεῖς τῆς λογικῆς φύσεώς εἱσι καταστάσεις ἡμῖν, ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὴν ἀσώματον λαχοῦσαι ζωὴν,ἢν ἀγγελικὴν ὀνομάζομεν θ ἡ δὲ πρὸς τὴν σάρκα

skia tou sphairoeidous schēmatos, ou dynamenou katʼ hauton en kyklǭ dialēphoēnai tę̄ tēs aktinos peribolę̄, alla kata pasan anankēn, kathʼ hoper an tēs gēs meros prosballę̄ tais aktisin ho hēlios, kata tinos kentrou pantōs epi tēs sphairas ginomenos, pros tēn eutheian diametron kata to heteron peras skotos estai; ka) houtō kata ty diēnekes, tǭ hēliakǭ dromǭ epi to antikeimenon tę̄ tēs aktinos eutheią symperiodeuei to skotos, hōste kata to ison, ton te hypergeion, kai ton hypogeion topon ana meros ginesthai en phōti te kai skotei; houtōs eikos kai talla panta hotiper an stoicheiōdōs en tǭ kathʼ hēmas hēmisphairiǭ tēs gēs theōreitai, to auto kai peri to heteron einai mē amphiballein. Mias de kaitēs autēs ousēs kata pan tēs gēs meros tēs tiyn stoicheiōn peribolēs, houte antilegein, abte synagoreuein oimai dein tois peri toutōn enistamenois, hōs deon ē touton, ē ton katachthonion topon apotetachthai oiesthai tais tōn sōmatōn eklytheisais psychais. Heōs gar an mē parakinoiē to proēgoumenon dogma hē enstasis peri tou einai meta tēn en sarki zōēn tas psychas, ouden peri topou ho hēmeteros logos dienechthēsetai, monon sōmatōn idion einai tēn epi topou thesin katalambanōn th psychēn de asōmaton ousan, mēdemian anankēn echein ek physeōs topois tisin enkatechesthai. G. Ti oun, heipon, ei ton ’Lpostolon ho antilegōn proballoito, pasan legonta tēn logikēn ktisin en tę̄ tou pantos apokatastasei pros ton tou pantos exēgoumenon blepein, en hois katachthoniōn mnēmoneuei tinōn diʼ Epistolēs pros Philippēsious eipōn; hoti Autǭ pan gony kampsei epouraniōn kai epigeiōn kai katachthoniōn? —M. Hepimenoumen tǭ dogmati, phēsin hē didaskalos, kan tauta legontōn akouōmen, peri mentoi tou einaitēn psychēn kaiton antilegonta sympsēphon echontes, peri topou, kathōs en tois phthasasin eirētai, ouk enistamenoi. - G. Tois oun epizētousin, eipon, tēn apostolikēn; en tę̄ phōnę̄ tautę̄ dianoian, ti an tis eipę̄, eiper tēs topikēs sēmasias apokinoiēs tēn lexin? — M. Hē de, Ou moi dokei, phēsin, ho theios ’Dpostolos,topikōs tēn noeran diakrinōn ousian, td men epouranion, ty de epigeion, to de katachthonion onomasai,. Allʼ epeidē treis tēs logikēs physeōs heisi katastaseis hēmin, ex archēs tēn asōmaton lachousai zōēn,ēn angelikēn onomazomen th hē de pros tēn sarka

“… of the spherical shape turns to the side beneath it, since it cannot be wrapped all round at once by the embrace of the ray; but by every necessity, on whatever part of the earth the sun strikes with its rays, being certainly over some centre on the sphere, at the other end of the straight diameter there will be darkness; and so continually the darkness travels round on the side opposite to the straight line of the ray, along with the course of the sun, so that the region above the earth and the region below are equally in light and darkness in turn. So it is likely that whatever is seen in the elements in our hemisphere of the earth is the same about the other too, and we need not doubt it. Since the surrounding elements are one and the same about every part of the earth, I think we should neither contradict nor support those who insist on these matters, holding that either this place or the place under the earth must be thought assigned to souls released from bodies. For as long as the objection does not unsettle the main doctrine, that souls exist after life in the flesh, our argument will not quarrel about place, holding that position in place is proper to bodies alone, while the soul, being incorporeal, is under no natural necessity to be held in particular places.” Gregory: “What, then,” I said, “if the objector brings forward the Apostle, who says that the whole rational creation looks to the one who leads the universe in the restoration of all, where he mentions some under the earth, saying in the letter to the Philippians, ‘To him every knee will bow, of those in heaven and on earth and under the earth’?” Macrina: “We shall hold to the doctrine,” said my teacher, “even if we hear people say this, having the objector on our side about the existence of the soul, and, as was said earlier, not quarrelling about place.” Gregory: “To those who ask the Apostle’s meaning in this saying,” I said, “what would one say, if one removed the word from its local sense?” Macrina: She said: “It does not seem to me that the divine Apostle, dividing the intellectual substance by place, named one part heavenly, another earthly, and another under the earth. But since there are three states of rational nature for us, one that received from the beginning the incorporeal life, which we call angelic; another united with the flesh …”

Chapter 71

71PG 46:72a–72d

συμπεπλεγμένην ἀνθρωπίνην φαμέν· ή δὲ διὰ θανάτου τῶν σαρκικῶν ἀπολελυμένη. Ὅπερ ὲν ψυχαῖς θεωρεῖται, τοῦτο οἴμαι, τῷ βάθει τῆς σοφίας βλέποντα τὸν θεῖον ’Δπὸστολον, πάσης τῆς λογικῆς φύσεως τὴν ὲν τῷ ἀγαθῷ ποτε γενησομένην συμφωνίαν ἀποσημαίνειν ο ἐπουράνιον μὲν καλοῦντα τὸ ἀγγελικὸν καὶ ἀσώματον· ἐπίγειον δὲ τὸ συμπεπλεγμένον τῷ σώματι καταχθόνιον δὲτὸ διακεκρυμμένον ήδη τοῦ σώματος, ἢ δή τις καὶ ἀλλη παρά τὰ εἰρημένα φύσις ὲν λογικῇ) θεωρεῖται, ἢν εἴτε δαίμονας εἴτε πνεύματα, εἴτε τοιοῦτον ἐθέλοι τις κατονομάζειν, ού διοισόμεθα. Πεπίστευται γὰρ ἐκ τε τῆς κοινῆς ὑπολήψεως, καὶ ὲκ τῆς τῶν Γραφῶν παραδόσεως, εῖναί τινα φύσιν ἔξω τῶν τοιούτων σωμάτων ὑπεναντίως πρὸς τὸ καλὸν διακειμένην,κα“ι θλαπτικὴν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς, ἑκουσίως τῆς κρείττονος ὑπολήψεως (δι) ἀπορρυεῖσανο κα) τῇ ἀποστάσει τοῦ καλοῦ τὸ ὲκ τοῦ ἐναντίου νοούμενον ὲν αύτῇ ὑποστήσασαν ’ ἤνπερ φασί καταχθονίοις ὲναριθμείν τὸν Ἀπόστολον, τοῦτο ὲν ἐκείνῳ τῷ λόγῳ σημαίνοντα, ὅτι τῆς κακίας ποτὲ ταῖς μακραῖς τῶν αἰώνων περιόδοις ἀφανισθείσης. οὐδὲν ἔξω τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ καταλειφθήσεται. Ἀλλά καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνων ὁμοφώνως ή ὁμολογία τῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ κυριότητος ἔσται. Τούτων οὓτως ἐχόντων, οὐκέτʼ ἀν τις ἡμᾶς ἀναγκάζοι τῷ τῶν καταχθονίων ὁνὸματι τὸν ὑπόγειον ἐννοεῖν χῶρον· ἐπίσης τοῦ ἀέρος πανταχόθεν περικεχυ μένου τῇ γῇ, ὡς μηδὲν αύτῆς μέρος γυ μνὸν τῆς περι- 6ολῆς τοῦ ἀέρος καταλαμβάνεσθαι. -Γ. Ταῦτα δὲ διεξελθούσης τῆς διδασκάλου, μικρὸν ἐπισχὼν, Οὔπω ἱκανῶς ἔχω, φημὶ, τοῦ ζητουμένου· ἀλλʼ ἔτι μοι τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἐπιδιστάζει πως ή διάνοια, καὶ δέομαι πάλιν ἐπαναχθῆναι μοι πρὸς τὴν αὑτὴν ἀκολουθίαν τὸν λόγον, τῶν μὲν ήδη συμβιβασθέντων ἡμῖν ἀπαλλαγέντα. Μέτριον γὰρ οἶμαι διά τῶν εἰρημένων τοὺς μὴ λίαν ἀντιτύπως ἔχοντας ὲναχθήσεσθαι μὴ εἰς ἀναίρεσιν καὶ ἀνυπαρξίαν τήν ψυχὴν μετά τὴν διάλυσιν τῶν σωμάτων ἄγειν, μηδὲ κατασκευάζειν μην δαμοῢ δύνασθαι αὑτὴν ὲν τοῖς οὖσιν εἰναι διά τὸ ἑτεροειδῶς ἔχειν πρὸς τὴν τῶν στοιχείων ού·σίαν. Κᾶν μὴ συμβαίνῃ γὰρ τούτοιςή νοερά τε καὶ ἀῦλος φύσις, τὸ εἶναι αὐτοῖς ού κωλύεται, διχόθεν ἡμῖν τῆς ὑπολήψεως ταύτης βεβαιουμένης, ἔκ τε τοῦ νῦν ὲν τῇ ζωῇ ταύτῃ τὴν ψυχὴν ὲν τοῖς σώμασιν εἶναι, ἀλλο τι παρά τὸ σῶμα κατά τὴν οὐσίαν ὑπάρχουσαν, κα) ὲκ τοῦ τὴν θείαν φύσιν ἀποδεῖξαι

sympeplegmenēn anthrōpinēn phamen; ē de dia thanatou tōn sarkikōn apolelymenē. Hoper en psychais theōreitai, touto oimai, tǭ bathei tēs sophias bleponta ton theion ’Dpostolon, pasēs tēs logikēs physeōs tēn en tǭ agathǭ pote genēsomenēn symphōnian aposēmainein o epouranion men kalounta to angelikon kai asōmaton; epigeion de to sympeplegmenon tǭ sōmati katachthonion deto diakekrymmenon ēdē tou sōmatos, ē dē tis kai allē para ta eirēmena physis en logikę̄) theōreitai, ēn eite daimonas eite pneumata, eite toiouton etheloi tis katonomazein, ou dioisometha. Pepisteutai gar ek te tēs koinēs hypolēpseōs, kai ek tēs tōn Graphōn paradoseōs, einai tina physin exō tōn toioutōn sōmatōn hypenantiōs pros to kalon diakeimenēn,ka“i thlaptikēn tēs anthrōpinēs zōēs, hekousiōs tēs kreittonos hypolēpseōs (di) aporryeisano ka) tę̄ apostasei tou kalou to ek tou enantiou nooumenon en autę̄ hypostēsasan ’ ēnper phasi katachthoniois enarithmein ton Apostolon, touto en ekeinǭ tǭ logǭ sēmainonta, hoti tēs kakias pote tais makrais tōn aiōnōn periodois aphanistheisēs. ouden exō tou agathou kataleiphthēsetai. Alla kai parʼ ekeinōn homophōnōs ē homologia tēs tou Christou kyriotētos estai. Toutōn houtōs echontōn, ouketʼ an tis hēmas anankazoi tǭ tōn katachthoniōn honomati ton hypogeion ennoein chōron; episēs tou aeros pantachothen perikechy menou tę̄ gę̄, hōs mēden autēs meros gy mnon tēs peri- 6olēs tou aeros katalambanesthai. -G. Tauta de diexelthousēs tēs didaskalou, mikron epischōn, Oupō hikanōs echō, phēmi, tou zētoumenou; allʼ eti moi tois eirēmenois epidistazei pōs ē dianoia, kai deomai palin epanachthēnai moi pros tēn hautēn akolouthian ton logon, tōn men ēdē symbibasthentōn hēmin apallagenta. Metrion gar oimai dia tōn eirēmenōn tous mē lian antitypōs echontas enachthēsesthai mē eis anairesin kai anyparxian tēn psychēn meta tēn dialysin tōn sōmatōn agein, mēde kataskeuazein mēn damoÿ dynasthai hautēn en tois ousin einai dia to heteroeidōs echein pros tēn tōn stoicheiōn ou;sian. Kan mē symbainę̄ gar toutoisē noera te kai aulos physis, to einai autois ou kōlyetai, dichothen hēmin tēs hypolēpseōs tautēs bebaioumenēs, ek te tou nyn en tę̄ zōę̄ tautę̄ tēn psychēn en tois sōmasin einai, allo ti para to sōma kata tēn ousian hyparchousan, ka) ek tou tēn theian physin apodeixai

“… we call human; and another released from the flesh through death. What is seen in souls, I think, the divine Apostle saw with the depth of his wisdom, and indicated the harmony in the good that will one day come about of the whole rational nature: calling the angelic and incorporeal ‘heavenly,’ what is joined to the body ‘earthly,’ and what has already been separated from the body ‘under the earth’; or if some other nature besides these is seen among rational beings, which one may wish to name demons or spirits or something of the kind, we shall not dispute it. For it is believed, both from common opinion and from the tradition of the Scriptures, that there is a nature outside such bodies, opposed to the good and harmful to human life, which of its own will fell away from the better choice and by its departure from the good gave existence in itself to what is conceived as its opposite; and they say the Apostle counts this among those ‘under the earth,’ signifying by that word that, when vice has one day been destroyed in the long periods of the ages, nothing will be left outside the good, but even from them there will be a harmonious confession of the lordship of Christ. This being so, no one could any longer compel us to understand the place under the earth by the name ‘under the earth,’ since the air is poured around the earth equally on every side, so that no part of it is found bare of the covering of the air.” Gregory: When my teacher had gone through this, I paused a little and said: “I do not yet have enough of what is sought; my mind still hesitates somewhat at what has been said, and I ask that the argument be brought back to the same sequence, leaving aside what we have already agreed. For I think that through what has been said those who are not very obstinate will be moderately led not to bring the soul to destruction and non-existence after the dissolution of bodies, nor to maintain that it cannot be anywhere among existing things because it is of a different kind from the substance of the elements. For even if the intellectual and immaterial nature does not agree with these, it is not prevented from being with them, this supposition being confirmed for us in two ways: from the fact that the soul is now in this life in bodies while being something other than the body in substance, and from the argument’s having shown that the divine nature …”

Chapter 73

73PG 46:73a–73d

τὸν λόγον, ἄλλο τι παντάπασιν οὖσαν τῆς αἱσθητικῆς τε καὶ ὑλικῆς οὐσίας · ὅμως δέ ἑκάστου τῶν ὄντων διήκειν, καὶ τῇ πρὸς τὸ πᾶν ἀνακράσει συνέχειν ἐν τῷ εἶναι τὰ ὄντα, ὡς διὰ τούτων κατὰ τὸ ἀκόλουθον μηδὲ τὴν ψυχὴν ἔξω τῶν ὄντων οίεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς ἐν εἴδει θεωρουμένης ζωῆς είς τὸ ἀειδὲς μετα- Ἀλλὰ πῶς, εἷπον, τῆς τῶν στοιχείων ένώσεως ἕτερόν τι διὰ τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα μίξεως εἶδος ἀναλαβόντων, πρὸς ἃ τῆς ψυχῆς γέγονεν ήοὶκείωσις, ἐπειδὰν τῇ διαλύσει τῶν στοιχείων ' κατὰ τὸ εἰκὸς συναφανισθῇ καὶ τὸ εἷδοςς Τίνι σημείῳ κατακολουθήσει ἡ ψυχὴ μετὰ τοῦ ἐγνωσμένου μὴ παραμείναντος; -Μ, Ἡδὲ μικρὸν ἐπισχοῦσα, Δεδόσθω μοι, φησὶ, κατʼ ἐξουσίαν πλάσαι τινὰ λόγον,ἐν ὑποδείγματι, πρὸς τὴν τοῦ προκειμένου σαφήνειαν, κᾶν ἔξω τοῦ δυνατοῦ δοκῇ τὸ λεγόμενον. Δεδόσθω γὰρ δυνατὸν εἶναι τῇ τοῦ ζωγράφου τέχνῃ, μὴ μόνον μιγνύειν ἐξ ἐναντίου τὲ χρώματα, καθὼς ἔθος ποιεῖν αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὴν τῆς μορφῆς ὁμοιότητα, ἀλλὰ καὶ διακρίνειν τὰ μεμιγμένα, καὶ τὴν κατὰ φύσιν πάλιν ἑκάστῳ τῶν χρωμάτων ἀποδιδόναι βαψήν. Οὐκοῦν τὸ λευκὸν, καὶ τὸ μέλαν, ἢ τὸ ἐρυθρὸν, xui τὸ χρυσοειδές, ἢ εῐ τις άλλη βαφὴ πρὸς τὴν ὁμοιότητα τοῦ προκειμένου συγκρίνεται, εί πάλιν ἀποκριθείη τῆς πρὸς ἕτερον μίξεως, καὶ ἐφ ἐτέρου γένοιτο, οὐδὲν ἦττον γινώσκεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ τεχνίτου φαμὲν αὐτὸ τὸ εἶδος τοῦ χρώματος, καὶ μὴ μίαν ἐγγίνεσθαι λήθην αὐτῷ, μήτε τοῦ ἐρυθροῦ μήτε τοῦ μέλανος, εἰ ἐτερόχρωα κατὰ τὴν τοῦ πρὸς ἄλληλα μίξιν γινόμενα, πάλιν εἰς τὴν κατὰ φύσιν ἐπανέλθῃ βαφήν ο μεμνημένου δὲ τοῦ τρόπον τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα τῶν χρωμάτων συγκράσεως ο εἰδέναι ποῖον έν τινι γινόμενον οἷον ἀπειργάσατο χρῶμα, καὶ ὅπως ἐκβληθέντος ἐκ τοῦ ἀπολυθῆναι τοῦ ἐτέρου πάλιν είς τὸ οἰκεῖον ἐπανέδραμεν ἄνθος, καὶ εί πάλιν δέοι διὰ τῆς μίξεως τὸ ἴσον ἐργάσασθαι, ἁπονωτέρα ἔσται αὑτῷ ἡ κατα· σκευὴ ὲν τῇ προλαβούσῃ δημιουργία μελετηθεῖσα. δέ τι ἀκόλουθον ἐν τῷ ὑποδείγματι, φησιν, ἐ λόγος ἔχει, ἐξεταστέον ἤδη ἡμῖν αὐτὸ τὸ προκείμενον. ’Δντὶ γὰρ τῆς γραφικῆς τέχνης ἡτῶν στοιχείων νοείσθω φύσις, ἡ δὲ μίξις τῆς ποικίλης τῶι ἔτεροχροούντων βαφῆς, καὶ πάλιν ἡ δοθεῖσα ήμῖπ an‘ ὑπόθεσιν εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα τούτων ἐπάνοδος, τὴ) συνδρομήν τε καὶ διάστασιν τῶν στοιχείων ὑπογραφέτω.

ton logon, allo ti pantapasin ousan tēs haisthētikēs te kai hylikēs ousias ; homōs de hekastou tōn ontōn diēkein, kai tę̄ pros to pan anakrasei synechein en tǭ einai ta onta, hōs dia toutōn kata to akolouthon mēde tēn psychēn exō tōn ontōn oiesthai apo tēs en eidei theōroumenēs zōēs eis to aeides meta- Alla pōs, heipon, tēs tōn stoicheiōn enōseōs heteron ti dia tēs pros allēla mixeōs eidos analabontōn, pros ha tēs psychēs gegonen ēoikeiōsis, epeidan tę̄ dialysei tōn stoicheiōn ' kata to eikos synaphanisthę̄ kai to heidoss Tini sēmeiǭ katakolouthēsei hē psychē meta tou egnōsmenou mē parameinantos? -M, Hēde mikron epischousa, Dedosthō moi, phēsi, katʼ exousian plasai tina logon,en hypodeigmati, pros tēn tou prokeimenou saphēneian, kan exō tou dynatou dokę̄ to legomenon. Dedosthō gar dynaton einai tę̄ tou zōgraphou technę̄, mē monon mignyein ex enantiou te chrōmata, kathōs ethos poiein autois pros tēn tēs morphēs homoiotēta, alla kai diakrinein ta memigmena, kai tēn kata physin palin hekastǭ tōn chrōmatōn apodidonai bapsēn. Oukoun to leukon, kai to melan, ē to erythron, xui to chrysoeides, ē ei tis allē baphē pros tēn homoiotēta tou prokeimenou synkrinetai, ei palin apokritheiē tēs pros heteron mixeōs, kai eph eterou genoito, ouden ētton ginōskesthai hypo tou technitou phamen auto to eidos tou chrōmatos, kai mē mian enginesthai lēthēn autǭ, mēte tou erythrou mēte tou melanos, ei eterochrōa kata tēn tou pros allēla mixin ginomena, palin eis tēn kata physin epanelthę̄ baphēn o memnēmenou de tou tropon tēs pros allēla tōn chrōmatōn synkraseōs o eidenai poion en tini ginomenon hoion apeirgasato chrōma, kai hopōs ekblēthentos ek tou apolythēnai tou eterou palin eis to oikeion epanedramen anthos, kai ei palin deoi dia tēs mixeōs to ison ergasasthai, haponōtera estai hautǭ hē kata; skeuē en tę̄ prolabousę̄ dēmiourgia meletētheisa. de ti akolouthon en tǭ hypodeigmati, phēsin, e logos echei, exetasteon ēdē hēmin auto to prokeimenon. ’Dnti gar tēs graphikēs technēs hētōn stoicheiōn noeisthō physis, hē de mixis tēs poikilēs tōi eterochroountōn baphēs, kai palin hē dotheisa ēmip an‘ hypothesin eis ta oikeia toutōn epanodos, tē) syndromēn te kai diastasin tōn stoicheiōn hypographetō.

“… is something altogether other than the sensible and material substance, yet passes through each existing thing and by its blending with the universe holds existing things together in being; so that, consistently, we should not think the soul either to be outside existing things when it passes from the life seen in form to the formless.” Gregory: “But how,” I said, “ when the elements, by their mixture with one another, have taken on another form in their union, to which the soul became attached, will the soul follow, when the form too has probably disappeared with the dissolution of the elements? By what sign will it follow, when what it knew has not remained?” Macrina: She paused a little and said: “Let me be allowed to invent freely an illustration to make the matter clear, even if what is said seems impossible. Let it be granted that the painter’s art can not only mix colours of opposite kinds, as they are accustomed to do for the likeness of the form, but also separate what has been mixed and give back to each of the colours its natural tint. If, then, white and black, or red and gold, or any other tint combined for the likeness of the subject, were separated again from its mixture with another and came to be by itself, we say that the artist would no less know the very form of the colour, and that no forgetfulness would come upon him either of the red or of the black, if, having become of other colours by their mixture with one another, they returned again to their natural tint; but, remembering the manner of the blending of the colours with one another, he would know what kind of colour each produced when it was in which, and how, when it was released from the other, it ran back to its own bloom; and if it were necessary to produce the same again by mixing, the preparation would be less laborious for him, having been practised in the earlier work. If the illustration has any consistency,” she said, “we must now examine the matter itself. Instead of the painter’s art let the nature of the elements be understood; and let the mixture of the varied tint of different colours, and again the return to their own, granted us by hypothesis, sketch the concurrence and separation of the elements.

Chapter 75

75PG 46:76a–76d

Ὠσπερ οὖν φαμεν ἐν τῷ ὑποδείγματι μὴ ἀγνοεῖν τὴν βαφὴν τοῦ χρώματος τὸν τεχνίτην, μετά μίξιν πάλιν είς τδ οἰκεῖον ἀνθος ἐπανελθοῦσαν, ἀλλʼ ἐπιγινώσκειν τό τε ἐρυθρὸν καὶ τὺ μέλαν, καὶεῐ τι ἕτερον διὰ τῆς ποιᾶς πρὸς τὸ ἑτερογενές κοινωνίας τὴν μορφὴν ἀπειργάσατο, οἷον μὲν ἐν τῇ μίξει, οἷον καὶ νῦν ἐστιν ἐν τῷ κατά τὴν φύσιν γινομένῳ ο οἷον δέ πάλιν ἔσται, εί ὁμοιοτρόπως αὖθις ἀλλήλοις ἀναμιχθείη τά χρώματα · οὕτως ειδέναι τὴν ψυχὴν τῶν συνδραμόντων στοιχείων πρὸς τὴν τοῦ σώματος κατασκευὴν, ᾧ ἐνεφύη, καὶ μετὰ τὴν διάλυσιν αὐτῶν τὴν φυσικὴν ίδιότητα. Κᾶν πόρρωθεν ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων αύτὰ ἡ φύσις ἀφέλκῃ διὰ τὰς ἐγκειμένας ἐναντιότητας, ἐκαστον αὐτῶν τῆς πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον ἐπιμιξίας ἀπείργουσα, οὐδὲν ἦττον παρʼ ἑκάστῳ ἔσται τῇ γνωστικῇ δυνάμει τοῦ οίκείου ἐφαπτομένη. καὶ παρα· μένουσα ἕως ἂν εἰς ταύτδ πάλιν ὴ τῶν διεστώτων γένηται συνδρομὴ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ διαλυθέντος ἀναστοιχείωσιν, ὅπερ ἀνάστασις κυρίως καὶ ἔσται καὶ ὀνομάζεται. Γ. Καὶ ἐγὼ είπον,Ἀριστά μοι δοκεῖς κατά τὸ παρὸν συμμεμαχηκέναι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Δύνασθαι γὰρ ἂν διὰ τούτων ἠρέμα προσαχθῆναι τοὺς ἀπομαχομένους τῇ πίστει, πρὸς τὸ μὴ οῐεσθαι τῶν ἀδυνάτων εἶναι πάλιν ἀλλήλοις συνελθεῖν τά στοιχεῖα, καὶ τὸν αὑτὸν ἀπεργάσασθαι ἄνθρωπον, - Μ. Καί φησινή διδάσκαλος·Ἀληθές τοῦτο λέβγεις. Ἔστίγάιρ ’λεγόντων ἀκούειν τῶν πρὸς τὸν λόγον τοῦτον ἐνισταμένων,ὃτι El; τὸ πᾶν κατά τὸ συγγενὲς γινομένης τῶν στοιχείων τῆς ἀναλύσεως τίς μηχανὴ τὸ ἐν τῷδε θερμὸν ἐν τῷ καθόλου γενόμενον συμμιγὲς, τοῦ συγγενοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθῆναι πρὸς τὸ συστῆναι τὸν ἀπαλλασσόμενον ἄνθρωπον ; Et γὰρ μὴ ἀκριβῶς τὸ ίδιον ἐπανέλθοι, ἐκ δέ τοῦ ὁμογενοῦς ἀντὶ τοῦ ίδιάξοντός τι παραληφθείη ἕτερον ἀνθʼ ἐτέρου γενήσεται, καὶ οὐκέτι ἂν εἴη τὸ τοιοῦτον ἀνάστασις, ἀλλά καινοῦ ἀνθρώπου δημιουργία. Et δὲ χρὴ τὸν αὑτὸν είς ἐαυτὸν πάλιν ἐπανελθεῖν, διʼ ὅλου εῐναι προσήκει τὸν αὑτὸν, ἑαυτοῖς πᾶσι τοῖς τῶν, στοιχείων μέρεσι τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπαναλαβόνταφύσιν. -Γ. Οὐκοῦν, ὓς (ιιι) εἷπον, αὐτάρκης ἡμῖν πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ἔνστασιν ἡτοιαύτη περὶτῆς ψυχῆς ἂν είη ὑπόληψις ’τὸ δίς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐνεφύη στοιχείοις τούτοις, καὶ μετά

Ōsper oun phamen en tǭ hypodeigmati mē agnoein tēn baphēn tou chrōmatos ton technitēn, meta mixin palin eis td oikeion anthos epanelthousan, allʼ epiginōskein to te erythron kai ty melan, kaiei ti heteron dia tēs poias pros to heterogenes koinōnias tēn morphēn apeirgasato, hoion men en tę̄ mixei, hoion kai nyn estin en tǭ kata tēn physin ginomenǭ o hoion de palin estai, ei homoiotropōs authis allēlois anamichtheiē ta chrōmata ; houtōs eidenai tēn psychēn tōn syndramontōn stoicheiōn pros tēn tou sōmatos kataskeuēn, hǭ enephyē, kai meta tēn dialysin autōn tēn physikēn idiotēta. Kan porrōthen apʼ allēlōn auta hē physis aphelkę̄ dia tas enkeimenas enantiotētas, ekaston autōn tēs pros to enantion epimixias apeirgousa, ouden ētton parʼ hekastǭ estai tę̄ gnōstikę̄ dynamei tou oikeiou ephaptomenē. kai para; menousa heōs an eis tautd palin ē tōn diestōtōn genētai syndromē pros tēn tou dialythentos anastoicheiōsin, hoper anastasis kyriōs kai estai kai onomazetai. G. Kai egō eipon,Arista moi dokeis kata to paron symmemachēkenai tǭ logǭ tēs anastaseōs. Dynasthai gar an dia toutōn ērema prosachthēnai tous apomachomenous tę̄ pistei, pros to mē oiesthai tōn adynatōn einai palin allēlois synelthein ta stoicheia, kai ton hauton apergasasthai anthrōpon, - M. Kai phēsinē didaskalos;Alēthes touto lebgeis. Estigair ’legontōn akouein tōn pros ton logon touton enistamenōn,hoti El? to pan kata to syngenes ginomenēs tōn stoicheiōn tēs analyseōs tis mēchanē to en tǭde thermon en tǭ katholou genomenon symmiges, tou syngenous palin apokrithēnai pros to systēnai ton apallassomenon anthrōpon ? Et gar mē akribōs to idion epanelthoi, ek de tou homogenous anti tou idiaxontos ti paralēphtheiē heteron anthʼ eterou genēsetai, kai ouketi an eiē to toiouton anastasis, alla kainou anthrōpou dēmiourgia. Et de chrē ton hauton eis eauton palin epanelthein, diʼ holou einai prosēkei ton hauton, heautois pasi tois tōn, stoicheiōn meresi tēn ex archēs epanalabontaphysin. -G. Oukoun, hys (iii) heipon, autarkēs hēmin pros tautēn tēn enstasin hētoiautē peritēs psychēs an eiē hypolēpsis ’to dis ex archēs enephyē stoicheiois toutois, kai meta

“As, then, we say in the illustration that the artist is not ignorant of the tint of the colour that has returned to its own bloom after mixture, but recognizes the red and the black and anything else that produced the form by its particular fellowship with what is of another kind, what it was like in the mixture, what it is now in its natural state, and what it will be again if the colours are mixed again with one another in a like way: so the soul knows the natural property of the elements that came together for the construction of the body in which it grew, even after their dissolution. And even if nature draws them far from one another because of the oppositions lying in them, keeping each from mixing with its opposite, the soul will be no less with each, laying hold of what is its own by its power of knowledge, and remaining until the concurrence of the separated elements comes about again for the reconstitution of what was dissolved, which will properly be and be named resurrection.” Gregory: And I said: “You seem to me to have fought very well at present for the doctrine of the resurrection. For through these things those who fight against the faith might be gently brought not to think it impossible for the elements to come together again with one another and produce the same man.” Macrina: And my teacher said: “What you say is true. For one may hear those who oppose this doctrine say: ‘Since the dissolution of the elements into the universe takes place according to kinship, what means is there for the heat in this man, which has been mixed into the whole, to be separated again from its kin so that the departed man may be reconstituted? For if exactly what was his own does not return, but something of the same kind is taken instead of what was peculiar, one thing will come to be instead of another, and such a thing would no longer be resurrection but the making of a new man. But if the same man is to return to himself, he must be the same throughout, taking up again his original nature in all the parts of the elements.’” Gregory: “Then,” I said, “such a supposition about the soul would be sufficient for us against this objection: that the soul, having grown together with these elements from the beginning, remains with them after …”

Chapter 77

77PG 46:77a–77d

τὴν διάλυσιν παραμένειν, οἷον εἰ φύλακα τῶν οἰκείων καθισταμένην, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀνακράσει τῇ πρὸς τὸ ὁμόφυλον οὐ διαφιεϊσαν τὸ ἴδιον ὲν τῷ λεπτῷ τε καὶ εὐκινήτῳ τῆς νοερᾶς δυνάμεως, οὐδεμίαν ὲν τῇ λεπτομερίᾳ τῶν στοιχείων ὑπομένουσαν πλάνην · ἀλλὰ συνδιαλύεσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις καταμιγνυμένοις πρὸς τὸ ὁμόφυλον, καὶ μὴ ἀτονεῖν συνδωξωῦσαν αὐτοῖς, ὅταν πρὸς τὸ πᾶν ἀναχέωνται, ἀλλʼ ὲν αὺτῷ ἀεὶ μένειν ὅποιπερ αὐτὰ, καί ὅπως παρασκευάσῃ ὴ φύσις. Εἰ δὲ γένοιτο πάλιν παρὰ τῆς τὺ πᾶν οἰκονομούσης δυνάμεως τοῖς διαλυθεῖσι πρὸς τὴν συνδρομὴν τὺ ὲνέδόσιμον ’ τότε καθάπερ εἰ μιᾶς ἀρχῆς ὲξαφθεῖεν σχοῖνοι διάφοροι, ὁμοῦ καὶ κατʼ αὐτὸν al πᾶσαι τῷ ἐφελκομένῳ συνέπονται · οὕτως ὲν μιᾷ τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμει, τῆς τῶν στοιχείων διαφορᾶς ἑλκομένης, ἀθρόως ὲν τῇ συνδρομῇ τῶν οἰκείων, ἡ τοῦ σώματος ήμῶν σειρὰ διὰ τῆς ψυχῆς συμπλακήσεται, καταλλήλως ἑκάστου πάλιν πρὸς τὸ ἀρχαῖον καὶ σύνηθες πλακου μένου, καὶ περιπτυσσομένου τὸ γνώριμον.-Μ. Ἀλλᾶ κα). τοῦτο τὸ ὑπόδειγμα, φησὶν ἡ διδάσκαλος, εἰκότως ἂν προστεθείη τοῖς ὲξητασμένοις εἰς ἀπόδειξιν τοῦ μὴ πολλὴν εἶναι τῇ ψυχῇ τὴν διδασκαλίαν ὲν τοῖς στοιχείοις διακρίνειν τοῦ ἀλλοτρίου τὸ ἴδιον. Προκείσθω γὰρ τῷ κεραμεύοντι πηλὸς καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν, πολὺς δὲ οὗτος εἶναι δεδόσθω, οὗ τὸ μέν τοι πρὸς τὴν τῶν σκευῶν ἀπεργασίαν ιἤδη τετύπωται, τὸ δὲ μέλλον. Τὰ δὲ σκεύη πάντα μὴ ὁμοειδῶς ἀλλήλοις διεσχηματίσθω, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν πίθος, τὸ δὲ ἀμφορεὺς, ἕτερον δὲ πινάκιον, ἢ τριδλίον, ἢ ἄλλο τι τῶν κατὰ τὴν χρῆσιν ἐπιτηδείων ἔστω, ταῦτα δὲ πάντα μὴ εἷς κεκτήσθω, ἀλλʼ ίδιον ἑκάστου δεσπότου, ὑποκείσθω τῷ λόγῳ.

tēn dialysin paramenein, hoion ei phylaka tōn oikeiōn kathistamenēn, kai en tę̄ anakrasei tę̄ pros to homophylon ou diaphieïsan to idion en tǭ leptǭ te kai eukinētǭ tēs noeras dynameōs, oudemian en tę̄ leptomerią tōn stoicheiōn hypomenousan planēn ; alla syndialyesthai tois idiois katamignymenois pros to homophylon, kai mē atonein syndōxōysan autois, hotan pros to pan anacheōntai, allʼ en autǭ aei menein hopoiper auta, kai hopōs paraskeuasę̄ ē physis. Ei de genoito palin para tēs ty pan oikonomousēs dynameōs tois dialytheisi pros tēn syndromēn ty enedosimon ’ tote kathaper ei mias archēs exaphtheien schoinoi diaphoroi, homou kai katʼ auton al pasai tǭ ephelkomenǭ synepontai ; houtōs en mią tę̄ tēs psychēs dynamei, tēs tōn stoicheiōn diaphoras helkomenēs, athroōs en tę̄ syndromę̄ tōn oikeiōn, hē tou sōmatos ēmōn seira dia tēs psychēs symplakēsetai, katallēlōs hekastou palin pros to archaion kai synēthes plakou menou, kai periptyssomenou to gnōrimon.-M. Alla ka). touto to hypodeigma, phēsin hē didaskalos, eikotōs an prostetheiē tois exētasmenois eis apodeixin tou mē pollēn einai tę̄ psychę̄ tēn didaskalian en tois stoicheiois diakrinein tou allotriou to idion. Prokeisthō gar tǭ kerameuonti pēlos kathʼ hypothesin, polys de houtos einai dedosthō, hou to men toi pros tēn tōn skeuōn apergasian iēdē tetypōtai, to de mellon. Ta de skeuē panta mē homoeidōs allēlois dieschēmatisthō, alla to men pithos, to de amphoreus, heteron de pinakion, ē tridlion, ē allo ti tōn kata tēn chrēsin epitēdeiōn estō, tauta de panta mē heis kektēsthō, allʼ idion hekastou despotou, hypokeisthō tǭ logǭ.

“… the dissolution, set as a kind of guard over what is its own, and in their blending with their kin not letting go of what is its own through the fineness and quickness of its intellectual power, suffering no error amid the fine particles of the elements; but being dispersed along with its own as they mingle with their kind, not failing as it runs along with them when they are poured out into the universe, but always remaining in them, wherever and however nature arranges them. And if the signal for their concurrence is given again to the dissolved elements by the power that governs the universe, then, as when various ropes are fastened to one beginning, they all follow together at once the one that draws them, so, the different elements being drawn by the one power of the soul, the chain of our body will be woven together at once through the soul in the concurrence of its own elements, each being woven again suitably to its ancient and accustomed state and embracing what it knows.” Macrina: “This illustration too,” said my teacher, “might fittingly be added to what has been examined, to show that the soul needs no great instruction to distinguish its own among the elements from what is foreign. Let us suppose a potter with clay, and let it be granted that there is much of it, part of which has already been shaped into vessels and part is yet to be. Let the vessels not all be shaped alike, but let one be a jar, another a pitcher, another a plate or a bowl or some other thing useful for service; and let all these not be owned by one person, but let each be supposed to belong to its own master …”

Chapter 79

79PG 46:80a–80d

τι σκεῦος, ό καθʼ εκαστόν ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ἐκ τῆς συνδρομῆς τῶν στοιχείων ἀπὸ τῆς κοινῆς ὕλης ἀνατετυπωμένος, ἐν ἰδιάζοντι πάντως τῷ σχήματι πολλὴν πρὸς rb ὁμογενὲς τὴν διαφοράν ἔχων. οὗ διαλυθέντος οὐδὲν ἦττον καὶ ἀπὸ στῶν λειψάνων ἡ κεκτημένη τὸ σκεῦος ψυχὴ τδ οἰκεῖον ἐπιγινώσκει. οὕτε ἐν τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῶν συντριμμάτων, οὔτε εἰ πρὸς τὸ ἀκατέργαστον τῆς τῶν στοιχείων ὕλης καταμιχθείη, τοῦ οἰκείου ἀφισταμένη, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ ἐπισταο μένη τὸ ῐδιον, οἶόν τε συνεστὼς ἐν τῷ σχήματι ἦν, καὶ μετὰ τὴν διάλυσιν ἐκ τῶν άπομεινάντων σημείων τοῖς λειψάνοις ού πλανωμένη περὶ τὸ [διον. — Γ. Ἐπιδεξάμενος δέ τά εἰρημένα ὼς προσφυῶς τε καὶ οἰκείως πρὸς τὸν προκείμενον εὑρεθέντα σκοπὸν, Ταῦτα μὶν οὔτως, εἷπον, λέγεσθαί τε καὶ πιστεύεσθαι καλῶς ἔχει · εί δέ tr; τὸ ἐν τῷ Εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ Κυρίου περί τῶν ἐν ᾅδου διήγημα πρὸς τά εἰρημένα προσ φέροι, ὼς ού συμβαῖνον τοῖς ἐξητασμένοις, πῶς χρὴ παρασκευάσασθαι πρὸς τὴν ἀπόκρισιν; Μ. Ἦ διδάσκαλος δέ, Σωματικὼτε ρον μὲν, φησὶν, ό λόγος ἐκτίθεται τὸ διήγημα, πολλάς δὲ κατασπείρει τάς ἀφορμὰς, διʼ ὧν εἰς λεπτοτέραν θεωρίαν ἐκκαλεῖται τὸν ἐξεταστὴν ἐπαΐοντα. Ὀ γάρ χάσματι μεγάλῳ διείργων τὸ κακὸν ἐκ τοῦ κρείττονος, σταγόνος τέ τινος δακτύλῳ κομιζομένης ἐπιδεᾶ ποιήσας τὸν ὀδυνώμενον, καὶ πατριάρχου κόλπον τῷ διὰ τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης κεκακωμένῳ ὑποθεὶς ἀνάπαυσιν, πρὸ τούτων δὲ καὶ τὸ τεθνᾶναι αύτοὺς, καὶ ταφῇ δοθῆναι διηγησάμενος, ού μικρῶς ἀφίστησι τῆς κατά πρόχειρον διανοίας τὺν- μὴ ἀσυνέτως τοῖς λεγομένοις ἑπόμενον. Ποίους γὰρ ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐπαίρει tv τῷ ᾅδῃ ὁ πλούσιος, τοὺς τῆς σαρκὸς ἐναφεὶς τῷ τάφως Πῶς δὲ φλογὸς ᾐσθάνετο τὸ ἀσώματον ; Ποίαν δὲ γλῶσσαν καταψυχθῆναι διά τῆς σταγόνος ἐπιθυμεῖ, τῆς σαρκίνης αὐτῷ μὴ παρούσης; Τίς δὲ ὁ διακομίζων αὐτῷ τὴν ῥανίδα δάκτυλος; Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ κόλπος τῆς ἀναπαύσεως, τίς; Τῶν γὰρ σωμάτων ἐν τάφοις ὄντων, τῆς δὲ ψυχῆς οὕτε ἐν σώματι οὔσης, οὔτε ἐκ μερῶν συνεστώσης, ἄπορον ἂν εἴη τὴν τοῦ διηγήματος διασκευὴν κατά τὸ προχείρως νοούμενον ἐφαρμόσαι τῇ ἀληθεία, εἰ μή τις μεταλάβῃ τά καθʼ ἕκαστον εἰς νοητὴν θεωρίαν · ὥστε χάσμα τὸ διεῖργον τῶν ἀμίκτων τὴν κοινωνίαν, μὴ γῆς διάστασιν οἴεσθαγ τῷ γάρ ἀσωμάτῳ καί νοερῷ, τίς πόνος διαπτῆναι sb χάσμα. καὶ εἰ μήκιστον ἦν;Διότι τὸ νοερδν τῇ iptio-et, tv ᾧπερ ἂν ἐθέλῃ ἀχρόνως γίνεται. -— Γ. Τί οὖν ἂν εἰη,φημ“ἰ,

ti skeuos, o kathʼ ekaston estin anthrōpos, ek tēs syndromēs tōn stoicheiōn apo tēs koinēs hylēs anatetypōmenos, en idiazonti pantōs tǭ schēmati pollēn pros rb homogenes tēn diaphoran echōn. hou dialythentos ouden ētton kai apo stōn leipsanōn hē kektēmenē to skeuos psychē td oikeion epiginōskei. houte en tę̄ koinōnią tōn syntrimmatōn, oute ei pros to akatergaston tēs tōn stoicheiōn hylēs katamichtheiē, tou oikeiou aphistamenē, allʼ aei epistao menē to idion, oion te synestōs en tǭ schēmati ēn, kai meta tēn dialysin ek tōn apomeinantōn sēmeiōn tois leipsanois ou planōmenē peri to [dion. — G. Epidexamenos de ta eirēmena ōs prosphyōs te kai oikeiōs pros ton prokeimenon heurethenta skopon, Tauta min outōs, heipon, legesthai te kai pisteuesthai kalōs echei ; ei de tr? to en tǭ Euangeliǭ tou Kyriou peri tōn en hądou diēgēma pros ta eirēmena pros pheroi, ōs ou symbainon tois exētasmenois, pōs chrē paraskeuasasthai pros tēn apokrisin? M. Ē didaskalos de, Sōmatikōte ron men, phēsin, o logos ektithetai to diēgēma, pollas de kataspeirei tas aphormas, diʼ hōn eis leptoteran theōrian ekkaleitai ton exetastēn epaïonta. O gar chasmati megalǭ dieirgōn to kakon ek tou kreittonos, stagonos te tinos daktylǭ komizomenēs epidea poiēsas ton odynōmenon, kai patriarchou kolpon tǭ dia tēs zōēs tautēs kekakōmenǭ hypotheis anapausin, pro toutōn de kai to tethnanai autous, kai taphę̄ dothēnai diēgēsamenos, ou mikrōs aphistēsi tēs kata procheiron dianoias tyn- mē asynetōs tois legomenois hepomenon. Poious gar ophthalmous epairei tv tǭ hądę̄ ho plousios, tous tēs sarkos enapheis tǭ taphōs Pōs de phlogos ę̄sthaneto to asōmaton ? Poian de glōssan katapsychthēnai dia tēs stagonos epithymei, tēs sarkinēs autǭ mē parousēs? Tis de ho diakomizōn autǭ tēn rhanida daktylos? Autos de ho kolpos tēs anapauseōs, tis? Tōn gar sōmatōn en taphois ontōn, tēs de psychēs houte en sōmati ousēs, oute ek merōn synestōsēs, aporon an eiē tēn tou diēgēmatos diaskeuēn kata to procheirōs nooumenon epharmosai tę̄ alētheia, ei mē tis metalabę̄ ta kathʼ hekaston eis noētēn theōrian ; hōste chasma to dieirgon tōn amiktōn tēn koinōnian, mē gēs diastasin oiesthag tǭ gar asōmatǭ kai noerǭ, tis ponos diaptēnai sb chasma. kai ei mēkiston ēn?Dioti to noerdn tę̄ iptio-et, tv hǭper an ethelę̄ achronōs ginetai. -— G. Ti oun an eiē,phēm“i,

“… vessel is each individual man, shaped by the concurrence of the elements from the common matter, having a great difference in his particular shape from those of his own kind. When it has been dissolved, the soul that owned the vessel no less recognizes its own from the remains, not departing from its own either in the company of the fragments or if it is mixed with the unworked matter of the elements, but always knowing its own, what it was like when it held together in its shape, and after the dissolution not going astray about its own because of the marks that remain on the remains.” Gregory: Accepting what had been said as fitting and proper to the aim before us, I said: “These things are rightly said and believed so. But if someone brings forward the Lord’s story in the Gospel about those in Hades as not agreeing with what has been examined, how should we prepare our answer?” Macrina: My teacher said: “The word sets out the story in rather bodily terms, but it scatters many hints through which it calls the attentive examiner to a finer contemplation. For by separating the bad from the better by a great chasm, making the sufferer need a drop carried on a finger, and placing the patriarch’s bosom as a rest for the one who was afflicted in this life, and before this relating that they died and were given burial, it draws away not a little from the obvious sense one who follows what is said with understanding. For what eyes does the rich man lift up in Hades, having left those of the flesh in the tomb? How did the incorporeal feel the flame? What tongue does he desire to be cooled by the drop, when he has no tongue of flesh? What is the finger that carries the drop to him? What is the bosom of rest itself? For since the bodies are in the tombs, and the soul is neither in a body nor composed of parts, it would be impossible to fit the details of the story to the truth according to the obvious sense, unless one transfers each detail to intellectual contemplation; so that the chasm separating the fellowship of things that cannot mix should not be thought a distance of earth; for what labour would it be for the incorporeal and intellectual to fly across the chasm, even if it were very wide? For the intellectual is by nature present instantly wherever it wishes.” Gregory: “What, then,” I said, “would be …”

Chapter 81

81PG 46:81a–81d

τδ πῦρ, ἢ τὸ χάσμα, ἢ τὰ. λοιπά τῶν εἰρημένων, ἢ μὴ ἃ λέγεται; - Μ. Ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, φησὶ, δόγματά τινα mp‘t τῶν κατὰ ψυχὴν ζητουμένων διʼ ἑκάστου τούτων ὑποσημαίνειν τὸ Εὑαγγέλιον. Προειπὼν γὰρ πρὸς τὸν πλούσιον ὁ πατριάρχης, ὅτι Ἀπὲσχες τῷ διὰ σαρκὸς βίῳ τῶν ἀγαθῶν τὴν μοῖραν, καὶ περί τοῦ πτωχοῦ τὺ ἴσον εἰπὼν, ὅτι Καὶ οὗτος ἀπέπλησε παρὰ τὸν βίον τῆς τῶν κακῶν μετουσίας λειτουργίας · εἷθʼ οὕτως ἐπαγαγὼν περὶ τοῦ χάσματος, ὡς ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων διατειχίζονται, μέγα τι διὰ τούτων ἔοικεν ὑποδεικνύειν τῷ λόγω.

td pyr, ē to chasma, ē ta. loipa tōn eirēmenōn, ē mē ha legetai? - M. Emoi dokei, phēsi, dogmata tina mp‘t tōn kata psychēn zētoumenōn diʼ hekastou toutōn hyposēmainein to Heuangelion. Proeipōn gar pros ton plousion ho patriarchēs, hoti Apesches tǭ dia sarkos biǭ tōn agathōn tēn moiran, kai peri tou ptōchou ty ison eipōn, hoti Kai houtos apeplēse para ton bion tēs tōn kakōn metousias leitourgias ; heithʼ houtōs epagagōn peri tou chasmatos, hōs apʼ allēlōn diateichizontai, mega ti dia toutōn eoiken hypodeiknyein tǭ logō.

“… the fire, or the chasm, or the rest of what was said, if not what is said?” Macrina: “It seems to me,” she said, “that through each of these the Gospel indicates certain doctrines about what is sought concerning the soul. For the patriarch first said to the rich man, ‘You received your share of good things in the life of the flesh,’ and said the same of the poor man, that he too had his fill of the service of evils during his life; and then, adding the chasm, that they are walled off from each other, he seems by this to indicate something great by the word …”

Chapter 83

83PG 46:84a–84d

τοῦ βελτίονος ἀνεπίσκεπτος, οὗτοι ὑπὸ λαιμαργίαν (ti) ἑν τῷ σαρκίνῳ βίῳ τὴν χρεωστουμένην τῇ φύσει τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοῖραν προαναλίσκουσιν, οὐδὲν τῷ μετά ταῦτα βίῳ ταμιευόμενοι· oi δὲ λογισμῷ διακριτικῷ τε καὶ σώφρονι τὴν ἑαυτῶν οίκονομοῦντες ζωὴν, ἐν τῷ βραχεῖ τούτῳ βίῳ, διὰ τῶν τὴν αἴσθησιν λυπούντων ἀνιαθέντεςητῷ ἐφεξῆς αἰῶνι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ταμιεύονται, ὥστε αὐτοῖς τῇ ἀϊδίῳ ζωῇ τὴν κρείττω λῆξιν συμπαρατείνεσθαι. Τοῦτο οὖν ἐστιν, ῶς γε ό ἐμὸς λόγος, τὸ χάσμα, δ οὐχὶ γῆς διασχούσης γίνεται, ἀλλʼ ἡ παρὰ τδν βίον κρίσις πρὸς τὰς ἐναντίας προαιρέσεις διασχισθείσα ποιεῖ. Ὁ γὰρ ἅπαξ τὸ ἡδὺ κατά τὸν βίον τοῦτον ἑλκόμενος, καὶ μὴ θεραπεύσαςι ἐκ μεταμελείας τὴν ἀβουλίαν, ἀδατον ἐαυτῷ μετὰ ταῦτα τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν χώραν ἐργάζεται, τὴν ἀδιάβατον ταύτην ἀνάγκην, καθάπερ τι βάραθρον ἀχανές τε καὶ ἀπαρόδευτον καθʼ ἑαυτοῦ διορύξας. Διό μοι δοκεῖ καὶ τὴν ἀγαθὴν τῆς ψυχῆς κατάστασιν, ὲν τὸν τῆς ὑπομονῆς ἀθλητὴν ἀναπαύει ό λόγος. κόλπον τοῦ ’Δσραὰμ ὀνομάσαι. Πρῶτος γὰρ οὗτος ό πατριάρχης τῶν πώποτε γεγονότων ἱστόρηται τὴν ἐλπίδα τῶν μελλόντων τῆς ἀπολαύσεως τῶν παρόν. των ἀνταλλαξάμενος, ὃς γε πάντων γυμνωθεὶς, ὲν οἷς ἦν αὐτῷ καταρχὰς ὴ ζωὴ, ὲν ἀλλοτρίοις εἶχε τὴν δίαιταν, διὰ τῆς παρούσης κακοπαθείας, τὴν ἐλπιζομένην εὐκληρίαν ἐμπορευόμενος. Ὥσπερ οὖν τὴν ποιὰν τοῦ πελάγους περιγραφὴν ὲκ καταχρήσεώς τινος ὀνομάζομεν κόλπον, οὕτω δοκεῖ τῶν ἀμετρήτων ἐκείνων ἀγαθῶν τὴν ἔνδειξιν ό λόγος τῷ τοῦ κόλπου διασημαίνειν ὀνόματι, ᾧ πάντες oi διʼ ἀρετῆς τὸν παρόντα διαπλέοντες βίον, ὅταν ἐντεῦθεν ἀπαίρωσιν, ὥσπερ ὲν ἀκατακλύστῳ λιμένι τῷ ἀγαθῷ κόλπῳ τὰς ψυχὰς ἐνορμιζονται, τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς ἡ τῶν φαινομένων αὐτοῖς ἀγαθῶν στέρησις φλὸξ γίνεται τὴν ψυχὴν διασμ ύχουσα (ll), ρανίδος τι·νὺς ὲκ τοῦ πελάγους τῶν τοὺς ὁσίους περικλυζόντων ἀγαθῶν είς παραμυθίαν προσδεομένη, καὶ ού τυγχὰο νουσα. Γλῶσσαν δὲ καὶ ὀφθαλμὸν, καὶ δάκτυλον, καὶ τά λοιπά τῶν σωματικῶν ὀνομάτων ἐν τῷ διαλόγῳ τῶν ἀσωμάτων βλέπων, τὸν καταστοχασμὸν, ἡμῖν ἤδη νοηθέντι περὶ ψυχῆς λόγῳ συμφώνως ἔχειν ὁμολογήσεις, ἐπισκεψάμενος τῶν ῥητῶν (ιβ-1 ’7) τὴν διάνοιαν. Ὠσπερ γὰρ ὅλου τοῦ σώματος ἡ τῶν στοιχείων συνδρομὴ ποιεῖ τὴν οὐσίαν, οὕτως είκδς καὶτῶν ὲν τῷ σώματι μερῶν ὲκ τῆς αὐτῆς

tou beltionos anepiskeptos, houtoi hypo laimargian (ti) hen tǭ sarkinǭ biǭ tēn chreōstoumenēn tę̄ physei tou agathou moiran proanaliskousin, ouden tǭ meta tauta biǭ tamieuomenoi; oi de logismǭ diakritikǭ te kai sōphroni tēn heautōn oikonomountes zōēn, en tǭ brachei toutǭ biǭ, dia tōn tēn aisthēsin lypountōn aniathentesētǭ ephexēs aiōni to agathon tamieuontai, hōste autois tę̄ aïdiǭ zōę̄ tēn kreittō lēxin symparateinesthai. Touto oun estin, ōs ge o emos logos, to chasma, d ouchi gēs diaschousēs ginetai, allʼ hē para tdn bion krisis pros tas enantias proaireseis diaschistheisa poiei. Ho gar hapax to hēdy kata ton bion touton helkomenos, kai mē therapeusasi ek metameleias tēn aboulian, adaton eautǭ meta tauta tēn tōn agathōn chōran ergazetai, tēn adiabaton tautēn anankēn, kathaper ti barathron achanes te kai aparodeuton kathʼ heautou dioryxas. Dio moi dokei kai tēn agathēn tēs psychēs katastasin, en ton tēs hypomonēs athlētēn anapauei o logos. kolpon tou ’Dsraam onomasai. Prōtos gar houtos o patriarchēs tōn pōpote gegonotōn historētai tēn elpida tōn mellontōn tēs apolauseōs tōn paron. tōn antallaxamenos, hos ge pantōn gymnōtheis, en hois ēn autǭ katarchas ē zōē, en allotriois eiche tēn diaitan, dia tēs parousēs kakopatheias, tēn elpizomenēn euklērian emporeuomenos. Hōsper oun tēn poian tou pelagous perigraphēn ek katachrēseōs tinos onomazomen kolpon, houtō dokei tōn ametrētōn ekeinōn agathōn tēn endeixin o logos tǭ tou kolpou diasēmainein onomati, hǭ pantes oi diʼ aretēs ton paronta diapleontes bion, hotan enteuthen apairōsin, hōsper en akataklystǭ limeni tǭ agathǭ kolpǭ tas psychas enormizontai, tois de loipois hē tōn phainomenōn autois agathōn sterēsis phlox ginetai tēn psychēn diasm ychousa (ll), ranidos ti;nys ek tou pelagous tōn tous hosious periklyzontōn agathōn eis paramythian prosdeomenē, kai ou tynchao nousa. Glōssan de kai ophthalmon, kai daktylon, kai ta loipa tōn sōmatikōn onomatōn en tǭ dialogǭ tōn asōmatōn blepōn, ton katastochasmon, hēmin ēdē noēthenti peri psychēs logǭ symphōnōs echein homologēseis, episkepsamenos tōn rhētōn (ib-1 ’7) tēn dianoian. Ōsper gar holou tou sōmatos hē tōn stoicheiōn syndromē poiei tēn ousian, houtōs eikds kaitōn en tǭ sōmati merōn ek tēs autēs

“… without consideration for the better, these, through gluttony in the life of the flesh, use up beforehand the share of good owed to their nature, storing up nothing for the life after; while those who manage their life with discerning and self-controlled reasoning, being afflicted in this short life by what pains the senses, store up the good for the age that follows, so that the better lot extends for them along with eternal life. This, then, in my account at least, is the chasm: it is not made by the earth parting, but the judgment made during life, divided toward opposite choices, makes it. For one who has once been drawn by pleasure in this life and has not cured his folly by repentance makes the land of the good impassable for himself afterward, digging against himself this impassable necessity like a yawning pit that cannot be crossed. That is why, it seems to me, the word named the good state of the soul, in which it gives rest to the athlete of patience, the bosom of Abraham. For this patriarch is recorded as the first of all who ever lived to exchange the enjoyment of the present for the hope of the future: stripped of everything among which his life was at first, he lived among strangers, purchasing by present hardship the good fortune he hoped for. As, then, by a certain extension of meaning we call a particular outline of the sea a ‘bosom’ (a bay), so the word seems to signify by the name ‘bosom’ the showing forth of those immeasurable goods, in which all who sail through the present life by virtue, when they set out from here, bring their souls to anchor as in a harbour safe from storms, in the good bosom; while for the rest the deprivation of the goods that appear to them becomes a flame smouldering in the soul, needing for consolation a drop from the sea of goods that flows around the holy, and not obtaining it. And when you see tongue and eye and finger and the other bodily names in the dialogue of incorporeal beings, you will agree, on examining the sense of the words, that the conjecture agrees with the account of the soul already reached. For as the concurrence of the elements makes the substance of the whole body, so it is likely that the nature of the parts in the body too is filled up from the same …”

Chapter 85

85PG 46:85a–85d

αίτεας συμπληροῦσθαι τὴν φύσιν. Et οὖν πάρεστιν ὴ ψυχὴ τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ σώματος στοιχείοις πρὸς τὸ πᾶν ἀναμιχθεῖσιν, οὐ μόνον τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν είς ὅλον τὸ σύγκριμα συνδεδραμηκότων γνωρίσει, καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἔσται* ἀλλʼ οὐ τὴν ἰδιάζουσαν ἑκάστου τῶν μερῶν σύστασιν ἀγνοήσει, διὰ ποίων ’τῶν ἐν τοῖς στοιχείοις μορίων ἀποτελεσθῇ τὰ ἐν ήμῖν μέλη· τ Τὴν οῦν ἐν παντὶ οὖσαν τῷ τῶν στοιχείων πληρώματι, καὶ ἐν τοῖς καθʼ ἕκαστον εἶναι, οὐδὲν ἔξω τοῦ εἰκότος ἐστίν· καὶ οὕτω πρὸς τά στοιχεῖά τις βλέπων, οἷς ἐνυπάρχει τῇ δυνάμει τὰ καθʼ ἐκαστον μέλη τοῦ σώματος, δάκτυλόν τε περὶ αὐτὴν εἷναι καὶ ὀφθαλμὸν καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα με.τά τὴν διάλυσιν τοῦ συγκρίματος τὴν Γραφὴν λέγειν ὑπονοῶν, τοῦ εἰκότος οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται. El οῦν τὰ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀπάγει τὸν νοῦν τῆς σωματικῆς πρὶ τοῦ διηγήματος ὑπολήψεως, εἰκὸς δήπου καὶ τὸν μνημονευθέντα νῦν ᾅδην μὴ τόπον τινὰ οὕτως ὀνομαζόμενον οἴεσθαι, ἀλλά τινα κατάστασιν ζωῆς ὰειδῆ καὶ ἀσώματον, τὴν ψυχὴν ἐμβιοτεύειν παρά τῆς Γραφῆς ἐκδιδασκόμεθα. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕτερον ὲν τῷ κατά τὸν πλούσιον καὶ πτωχὸν διηγήματι δόγμα μανθάνομεν, ὂ πολλὴν ἔχει πρὸς τὰ ὲξητ τασμένα τὴν οἰκειότητα. Ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖνον τὸν ἐμπαθῆ καὶ φιλόσαρκον, ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἄφυκτον εῐδε τῆς παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ συμφορᾶς, φροντίδα τῶν ὑπὲρ γῆς αὖτῷ κατὰ τὸ γένος προσεκτῶν ἔχειν, καὶ τοῦ ’Δὸραὲιμ εἰπόντος μὴ ἀπρονόητον εἶναιτῶν ἐν σαρκὶ ζώντων βίον, ἀλλὰ κατʼ ἐξουσίαν προκεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς τὴν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν χειρὶ αγωγὶαψ ἔτι παραμένειν προσλιπαροῦντα τὸν δίκαιον, ὅπως ἂν ἐκ τοῦ παραδόξου πιθανὸν αὐτοῖς τὺ κήρυγμα γένοιτο, ὑπό τινος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν ἁναβεβιωκότος καταγγελλόμενον.

aiteas symplērousthai tēn physin. Et oun parestin ē psychē tois ek tou sōmatos stoicheiois pros to pan anamichtheisin, ou monon to plērōma tōn eis holon to synkrima syndedramēkotōn gnōrisei, kai en autois estai* allʼ ou tēn idiazousan hekastou tōn merōn systasin agnoēsei, dia poiōn ’tōn en tois stoicheiois moriōn apotelesthę̄ ta en ēmin melē; t Tēn oun en panti ousan tǭ tōn stoicheiōn plērōmati, kai en tois kathʼ hekaston einai, ouden exō tou eikotos estin; kai houtō pros ta stoicheia tis blepōn, hois enyparchei tę̄ dynamei ta kathʼ ekaston melē tou sōmatos, daktylon te peri autēn heinai kai ophthalmon kai glōssan, kai ta alla panta me.ta tēn dialysin tou synkrimatos tēn Graphēn legein hyponoōn, tou eikotos ouch hamartēsetai. El oun ta kathʼ hekaston apagei ton noun tēs sōmatikēs pri tou diēgēmatos hypolēpseōs, eikos dēpou kai ton mnēmoneuthenta nyn hądēn mē topon tina houtōs onomazomenon oiesthai, alla tina katastasin zōēs aeidē kai asōmaton, tēn psychēn embioteuein para tēs Graphēs ekdidaskometha. Alla kai heteron en tǭ kata ton plousion kai ptōchon diēgēmati dogma manthanomen, o pollēn echei pros ta exēt tasmena tēn oikeiotēta. Epoiēsen ekeinon ton empathē kai philosarkon, epeidē to aphykton eide tēs parʼ heautou symphoras, phrontida tōn hyper gēs autǭ kata to genos prosektōn echein, kai tou ’Doraeim eipontos mē apronoēton einaitōn en sarki zōntōn bion, alla katʼ exousian prokeisthai autois tēn ek tou nomou kai tōn prophētōn cheiri agōgiaps eti paramenein prosliparounta ton dikaion, hopōs an ek tou paradoxou pithanon autois ty kērygma genoito, hypo tinos ek tōn nekrōn hanabebiōkotos katangellomenon.

“… cause. If, then, the soul is present to the elements of the body mixed into the universe, it will not only recognize the whole of what came together into the entire compound and be in them, but it will not be ignorant of the particular constitution of each of the parts, of which particles in the elements our members were completed. It is nothing unlikely, then, that the soul which is in the whole of the elements is also in each of them; and so, looking to the elements in which each member of the body exists in potency, one who supposes that Scripture speaks of a finger and an eye and a tongue and all the rest belonging to the soul after the dissolution of the compound will not miss what is probable. If, then, each detail leads the mind away from the bodily understanding of the story, it is surely likely that we should not think the Hades now mentioned to be some place so named, but we are taught by Scripture that it is a formless and incorporeal state of life in which the soul lives. And we learn another doctrine too in the story of the rich man and the poor man, which is closely related to what has been examined. It made that passionate lover of the flesh, when he saw that his own misfortune was inescapable, take thought for those of his family still on earth; and when Abraham said that the life of those living in the flesh was not left without providence, but that the guidance of the law and the prophets was set before them for their use, he still went on pleading with the righteous man that the proclamation might become persuasive to them by being announced, paradoxically, by someone come back to life from the dead.”

Chapter 87

87PG 46:88a–88b

lsiag), έκ τούτων, φησὶ, τῶν διηγημάτων οἰόμεθα τοῦτο δογματίζειν τὸν Κύριον, τὸ δεῖν δτι μάλιστα τοὺς ὲν σαρκὶ βιοτεύοντας, διὰ τῆς κατά ἀρεο τὴν ζωῆς, χωρίζεσθαι πως καὶ ἀπολύεσθαι τῆς πρὸς αὐτὴν σχέσεως, ἴνα μετὰ τὸν θάνατον μὴ πάλιν ἄλλου θανάτου δεώμεθα, τά λείψανα τῆς σαρκώο δους κόλλης ἀποκαθαίροντος ἀλλά καθάπερ δεσμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν περιρραγέντων. κοῦφος αὐτῇ καὶ ἄνετος ὁ πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν γένηται δρόμος, οὐδεμιᾶς αὐτὸν σωματικῆς ἀλγηδόνος (ιο) πρὸς ἑαυτὴν ἀφελκούσης. Ὧς εῐ τις δλος διʼ ὅλων ἀποσαρκωθείη τῇ διανοίᾳ. πᾶσαν ψυχῆς κίνησεν τε καὶ ἐνέργειαν ἐν τοῖς θελήμασι τῆς σαρκὸς ἀσχολῶν, ὁ τοιοῦτος οὐδὲ τῆς σαρκὸς ἔξω γενόμενος τῶν κατʼ αὐτὴν παθημάτων χωρίζεται, καθάπερ (ιε) οῖ Β ἐπὶ πλέον ἐνδιατρίψαντες τοῖς δυσωδεστέροις τῶν τόπων, οὐδὲ εἰ πρὸς τὸν εὔπνουν ἀέρα μετέλθοιεν καθαρεύουσι τῆς ἀηδείας, ῆν διὰ τῆς χρονιωτέρας έν αὐτῇ διαγωγῆς ἀναμίξαντο ο οὕτως οὐδὲ πρὸς τὸν ἀηδῆ καὶ ἄβλεπτον βίον τῆς μεταβολῆς γενομένης, δυνατὸν ἂν εἴη τοὺς φιλοσάρκους μὴ ἁφέλκεσθαί τι πάντως τῆς σαρκικῆς δυσωδίας, διʼ ὧν πλέον αὐτοῖς ἡ ὀδύνη βαρύνεται, ὑλωδεστέρας ὲκ τοιαύτης περιστάσεως τῆς ψυχῆς γινομένης. Δοκεῖ δέ πως πρὸς τοιαύτην ὑπόληψιν συνᾴδειν δ παρά τινων λέγεται, πολλάκις δρᾶσθαι τάς περὶ τῶν σωμάτων θέσεις, σκιοειδῆ τινα τῶν κατοιχομένων φαντάσματα. El γὰρ τοῖόν τι γίνεται, οὕτως ἐλέγχεται τῆς ψυχῆς ἡ πέρα τοῦ δέοντος γινομένη νῦν πρὸς τὸν σαρκώδη βίον προσπάθεια, ὡς μηδὲ ὲξωσθεῖσαν τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρῶς αὐτὴν ἐθέλειν ἀφίπτασθαι, μηδὲ συγχωρεῖν τὴν παντελῆ γίνεσθαι πρὸς τὸ ἀειδὲς τοῦ σχήματος μεταποίησιν, ἀλλά παραμένειν ἔτι τῷ εῖδει μετά τὸ λυθῆναι τὺ εἶδος, καὶ ἔξω γενομένην ῆδη τούτου πόθῳ τοῖς τῆς ὖλης ὲπιπλανᾶσθαι τόποις, καὶ περὶ αὐτοὺς ἀναστρέφεσθαι. Γ. Ἐγὼ δὲ μικρὸν ἐπισχὼν καὶ ἀναλαβὼν τὴν τῶν εἰρημένων διάνοιαν, Δοκεῖ μοι, εἷπον, τοῖς περὶ παθῶν προεξητασμένοις ἀνακύπτειν ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων τις ἐναντίωσις. Et γὰρ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τά ἄλογα συγγενείας ἐνομίσθη τὰ τοιαῦτα τῆς ψυχῆς ὲν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖσθαι κινήματα, ὅσα προσλαβὼν ὁ λόγος ἀπηριθμήσατο, θυμόν τε καὶ φόβον, καὶ ἡδονὴν καὶ

lsiag), ek toutōn, phēsi, tōn diēgēmatōn oiometha touto dogmatizein ton Kyrion, to dein dti malista tous en sarki bioteuontas, dia tēs kata areo tēn zōēs, chōrizesthai pōs kai apolyesthai tēs pros autēn scheseōs, ina meta ton thanaton mē palin allou thanatou deōmetha, ta leipsana tēs sarkōo dous kollēs apokathairontos alla kathaper desmōn tēn psychēn perirragentōn. kouphos autę̄ kai anetos ho pros to agathon genētai dromos, oudemias auton sōmatikēs algēdonos (io) pros heautēn aphelkousēs. Hōs ei tis dlos diʼ holōn aposarkōtheiē tę̄ dianoią. pasan psychēs kinēsen te kai energeian en tois thelēmasi tēs sarkos ascholōn, ho toioutos oude tēs sarkos exō genomenos tōn katʼ autēn pathēmatōn chōrizetai, kathaper (ie) oi B epi pleon endiatripsantes tois dysōdesterois tōn topōn, oude ei pros ton eupnoun aera metelthoien kathareuousi tēs aēdeias, ēn dia tēs chroniōteras en autę̄ diagōgēs anamixanto o houtōs oude pros ton aēdē kai ablepton bion tēs metabolēs genomenēs, dynaton an eiē tous philosarkous mē haphelkesthai ti pantōs tēs sarkikēs dysōdias, diʼ hōn pleon autois hē odynē barynetai, hylōdesteras ek toiautēs peristaseōs tēs psychēs ginomenēs. Dokei de pōs pros toiautēn hypolēpsin synądein d para tinōn legetai, pollakis drasthai tas peri tōn sōmatōn theseis, skioeidē tina tōn katoichomenōn phantasmata. El gar toion ti ginetai, houtōs elenchetai tēs psychēs hē pera tou deontos ginomenē nyn pros ton sarkōdē bion prospatheia, hōs mēde exōstheisan tēs sarkos katharōs autēn ethelein aphiptasthai, mēde synchōrein tēn pantelē ginesthai pros to aeides tou schēmatos metapoiēsin, alla paramenein eti tǭ eidei meta to lythēnai ty eidos, kai exō genomenēn ēdē toutou pothǭ tois tēs ylēs epiplanasthai topois, kai peri autous anastrephesthai. G. Egō de mikron epischōn kai analabōn tēn tōn eirēmenōn dianoian, Dokei moi, heipon, tois peri pathōn proexētasmenois anakyptein ek tōn eirēmenōn tis enantiōsis. Et gar ek tēs pros ta aloga syngeneias enomisthē ta toiauta tēs psychēs en hēmin energeisthai kinēmata, hosa proslabōn ho logos apērithmēsato, thymon te kai phobon, kai hēdonēn kai

“… from these stories,” she said, “we think the Lord teaches this: that those who live in the flesh must as far as possible, through the life of virtue, be separated and released in some way from attachment to it, so that after death we may not need another death to cleanse away the remnants of the fleshly glue, but, the bonds as it were having been broken from round the soul, its course to the good may be light and free, no bodily pain dragging it back to itself. But if someone has become wholly and entirely fleshly in mind, occupying every movement and activity of the soul with the wills of the flesh, such a one, even when he has come outside the flesh, is not separated from its passions; as those who have stayed long in foul-smelling places are not free of the unpleasantness they have taken in through their long stay, even if they move to fresh air; so too, when the change to the unpleasant and invisible life comes about, it would not be possible for lovers of the flesh not to draw with them something of the fleshly foulness, by which their pain is made heavier, the soul having become more material from such a circumstance. And what some say seems somehow to agree with such a supposition, that shadowy phantoms of the departed are often seen about the places where bodies lie. For if anything of the kind happens, the soul’s excessive attachment now to the life of the flesh is thereby shown: even when thrust out of the flesh it does not wish to fly away cleanly, nor allow its complete change into the formless, but still remains with the form after the form has been dissolved, and, though already outside it, wanders out of longing about the places of matter and lingers around them.” Gregory: Pausing a little and taking up the sense of what had been said, I said: “It seems to me that a contradiction arises from what has been said with what was examined earlier about the passions. For if such movements of the soul were thought to work in us from kinship with the irrational creatures, the ones the argument listed, anger and fear and pleasure and …”

Chapter 89

89PG 46:89a–89d

ἐπιθυμίαν. καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα · εἴρηται δὲ τὴν μὲν άγαο Α Θὴντῶν τοιούτων χρῆσιν apale," εἶναι, διὰ δὲ τῆς ἐσφαλμὲνης τὴν κακίαν γίνεσθαι· προσέθηκε. διὸ λογος ἑκάστου τε τῶν ἄλλων τὴν πρὸς τὸν κατʼ ἀρετὴν βίον συνεισφορὰν, ὅτι διʼ ἐπιθυμίαν rrvpberbv Θεὸν άναγὸμεθα, οἷόν τινα σειρὰν κάτωθεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἁνελκόμενοι, δοκεῖ πως, ἔφην, ἐναντιοῦσθαι πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν ὁ λόγος. - M. Πῶς τοῦτον λέγειςς φησίν. - Γ. ’Ὁτι τοι, εἷπον, τῆς ἅλόγου πάσης κινήσεως μετὰ τὴν κάθαρσιν ὲν ἡμῖν ἀποσβεσθείσης, ωδε τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν πάντως ἔσται τούτου δὲ μὴ ὄντος οὐδʼ ἂν ἡ τοῦ κρείττονος ἔφεσις εἴη, μηδενὸς ὑπολειφθέντος τῇ ψυχῇ τοιούτου κινήμαυ τος. τοῦ πρὸς τὴν ὄρεξιν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐπεγείρονto;.—M. Ἂλλὰ πρὸς τοῦτο, φησὶν, ἐκεῖνό φαμεν, ὅτι τὸ θεωρητικόν τε καὶ διακριτικὸν ἴδιόν ἐστι τοῦ θεοειδοῦς τῆς ψυχῆς, ἐπεὶ καὶ τὸ Θεῖον ὲν τούτοις καταλαμβάνομεν. Εἰ τοίνυν εἴτε ἐκ τῆς νῦν ἐπιμελείας, εἴτε ἐκ τῆς μετὰ ταῦτα καθάρσεως ἐλευθέρα γένοιτο ἡμῖν ἡ ψυχὴ τῆς πρὸς τὰ ἄλογα τῶν παθῶν συμφυΐας, οὐδὲν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ θεωρίαν ὲναποδισθήσεται. Τ δ γὰρ καλὸν ἐλκτικόν πως κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν παντὸς τοῦ πρὸς ἐκεῖνο βλέποντος. ΕΞ οὖν πάσης κακίας ἡ ψυχὴ καθαρεύσειεν, ὲν τῷ καλῷ πάντως ἔσται. Καλὸν δὲ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φύσει τδ Θεῖον πρὸς ὃ διὰ τῆς καθαρότητος τὴν συνάφειαν ἔξει τῷ οίκείῳ συναπτομένη.

epithymian. kai ta toiauta ; eirētai de tēn men agao A Thēntōn toioutōn chrēsin apale," einai, dia de tēs esphalmenēs tēn kakian ginesthai; prosethēke. dio logos hekastou te tōn allōn tēn pros ton katʼ aretēn bion syneisphoran, hoti diʼ epithymian rrvpberbv Theon anagometha, hoion tina seiran katōthen pros auton hanelkomenoi, dokei pōs, ephēn, enantiousthai pros ton skopon ho logos. - M. Pōs touton legeiss phēsin. - G. ’Hoti toi, heipon, tēs halogou pasēs kinēseōs meta tēn katharsin en hēmin aposbestheisēs, ōde to epithymētikon pantōs estai toutou de mē ontos oudʼ an hē tou kreittonos ephesis eiē, mēdenos hypoleiphthentos tę̄ psychę̄ toioutou kinēmau tos. tou pros tēn orexin tōn agathōn epegeironto?.—M. Alla pros touto, phēsin, ekeino phamen, hoti to theōrētikon te kai diakritikon idion esti tou theoeidous tēs psychēs, epei kai to Theion en toutois katalambanomen. Ei toinyn eite ek tēs nyn epimeleias, eite ek tēs meta tauta katharseōs eleuthera genoito hēmin hē psychē tēs pros ta aloga tōn pathōn symphyïas, ouden pros tēn tou kalou theōrian enapodisthēsetai. T d gar kalon elktikon pōs kata tēn heautou physin pantos tou pros ekeino blepontos. EX oun pasēs kakias hē psychē kathareuseien, en tǭ kalǭ pantōs estai. Kalon de tę̄ heautou physei td Theion pros ho dia tēs katharotētos tēn synapheian exei tǭ oikeiǭ synaptomenē.

“… desire and the like, and it was said that the good use of these is a virtue and that vice arises through their mistaken use; and the argument added the contribution of each of the others to the life of virtue, that through desire we are led up to God, drawn up to him from below as by a kind of chain; the argument seems somehow,” I said, “to go against its aim.” Macrina: “How do you mean?” she said. Gregory: “Because,” I said, “when every irrational movement in us has been quenched after the purification, the desiring part too will certainly not exist; and if this does not exist, neither would there be any longing for the better, no such movement being left in the soul to rouse it to the appetite for good things.” Macrina: “But to this,” she said, “we say that the contemplative and discerning power is proper to the godlike part of the soul, since we grasp the divine too in these. If, then, either by care now or by purification afterward, our soul becomes free from its union with the irrational passions, it will be hindered in nothing toward the contemplation of the beautiful. For the beautiful by its own nature somehow draws everyone who looks toward it. If, then, the soul is purified of all vice, it will certainly be in the beautiful. And the divine is beautiful by its own nature, to which the soul will have union through purity, joined to what is akin to it …”

Chapter 91

91PG 46:92a–92d

σθαί πως τὴν ἡμετέραν ζωὴν τὴν ὑπερκειμένην οὐσίαν. Ἣ γὰρ ὑπεράνω παντὸς νοήματος φύσις πὸρῤω τῶν ὲν ἡμῖν θεωρουμένων ἀφιδρυμένη, ἄλλῳ τινὶ τρόπῳ τὴν ἰδίαν ὲξοδεύει ζωὴν, καὶ οὐ καθὼς ἡμεῖς νῦν ὲν τῷ ζῇν ἐσμεν. ’Ἄνθρωποι μὲν γὰρ, · διὰ τὸ del πάντως ὲν κινήσει τὴν φύσιν εἶναι, καθάπερ ἂν ἡ ὁρμὴ τῆς προαιρέσεως γένηται, κατʼ ἐκεῖνο φερόμεθα, οὐχ ὁμοίως τῆς ψυχῆς κατά τὸ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῆς, ὡς ἂν εἴποι τις, καὶ τὺ ὀπίσω διακειμένης. Ἐλπὶς μὲν γάρ καθηγεῖται τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσω κινήσεως, μνήμη δὲ δέχεται πρὸς τὴν ἐλπίδα προϊοῦσαν τὴν κίνησινο ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν προς τὸ φύσει καλὸν ἡ ἐλπὶς τὴν ψυχὴν ἄγοι, φαιδρὸν ἑνσημαίνεται τῇ μνήμῃ τὸ ἰχνος ἡ τῆς προαιρέσεως κίνησις ο εἰ δὲ διαψευσθείη τοῦ κρείττονος, εἰδώλῳ τινὶ- καλοῦ, παρασοφισαμένηξ τὴν ψυχὴν die ἐλπίδος, ἡ ὲπακολουθοῦσα τοῖς γινομένοις μνήμη αἰσχύνη γίνεται. Kal ὲμφύλως οὗτος ὁ πόλει μος ὲν τῇ ψυχῇ συνίσταται, μαχομένης τῇ ἐλπίδι τῆς μνήμης. ὡς κακῷς καθηγησαμένης τῆς προαιρέσεως, Τοιοῦτον γάρ τινα νοῦν ἑρμηνεύει σαφῶς τὸ κατʼ αἰσχύνην πάθος, ὅταν δάκνηται πρὸς τὸ ἀποβὰν ἡ ψυχὴ, οἷόν τινι μάστιγι τῇ μεταμελείᾳ καθαπτομένη τῆς ἀδουλήτου ὁρμῆς, καὶ εἰς συμμαχίαν κατὰ τοῦ λυποῦντος ἐφελκομένη τὴν λήθην. Ἀλλʼ ἡμῖν μὲν, διὰ τὸ πτωχὴν εἶναι τοῦ κιλοῦ, ὴ φύσις ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐνδέον ἵεται, καὶ ἡ τοῦ λείποντος ἔφεσις αὕτη ἐστὶν ή ὲπιθυμητική τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν διάθεσις, ἦτοι σφαλλομένη διʼ ἀκρισίαν τοῦ ὄντος καλοῦ, ἢ καὶ τυγχάνουσα οὗ τυχεῖν ἀγαθόν. Ἦ δὲ ὑπερέχουσα πᾶσαν ἀγαθὴν ἔννοιαν φύσις, καὶ πάσης ὑπερκειμένη δυνάμεως, ἆτε μηδενὸς ὲνδεῶςʼἐχουσα τῶν πρὸς τὺ ἀγαθὸν νοουμένων, αὕτη τῶν ἀγαθῶν οὖσα τὸ πλήρωμα, οὐδὲ κατά μετοχὴν

sthai pōs tēn hēmeteran zōēn tēn hyperkeimenēn ousian. Hē gar hyperanō pantos noēmatos physis porrō tōn en hēmin theōroumenōn aphidrymenē, allǭ tini tropǭ tēn idian exodeuei zōēn, kai ou kathōs hēmeis nyn en tǭ zę̄n esmen. ’Anthrōpoi men gar, ; dia to del pantōs en kinēsei tēn physin einai, kathaper an hē hormē tēs proaireseōs genētai, katʼ ekeino pherometha, ouch homoiōs tēs psychēs kata to emprosthen autēs, hōs an eipoi tis, kai ty opisō diakeimenēs. Elpis men gar kathēgeitai tēs epi to prosō kinēseōs, mnēmē de dechetai pros tēn elpida proïousan tēn kinēsino allʼ ei men pros to physei kalon hē elpis tēn psychēn agoi, phaidron hensēmainetai tę̄ mnēmę̄ to ichnos hē tēs proaireseōs kinēsis o ei de diapseustheiē tou kreittonos, eidōlǭ tini- kalou, parasophisamenēx tēn psychēn die elpidos, hē epakolouthousa tois ginomenois mnēmē aischynē ginetai. Kal emphylōs houtos ho polei mos en tę̄ psychę̄ synistatai, machomenēs tę̄ elpidi tēs mnēmēs. hōs kakǭs kathēgēsamenēs tēs proaireseōs, Toiouton gar tina noun hermēneuei saphōs to katʼ aischynēn pathos, hotan daknētai pros to apoban hē psychē, hoion tini mastigi tę̄ metameleią kathaptomenē tēs adoulētou hormēs, kai eis symmachian kata tou lypountos ephelkomenē tēn lēthēn. Allʼ hēmin men, dia to ptōchēn einai tou kilou, ē physis aei pros to endeon hietai, kai hē tou leipontos ephesis hautē estin ē epithymētikē tēs physeōs hēmōn diathesis, ētoi sphallomenē diʼ akrisian tou ontos kalou, ē kai tynchanousa hou tychein agathon. Ē de hyperechousa pasan agathēn ennoian physis, kai pasēs hyperkeimenē dynameōs, ate mēdenos endeōsʼechousa tōn pros ty agathon nooumenōn, hautē tōn agathōn ousa to plērōma, oude kata metochēn

“… our life … the transcendent substance. For the nature that is above all thought, set far from what is seen in us, passes its own life in another way, and not as we now are in our living. For human beings, because our nature is always in motion, are carried in whatever direction the impulse of choice goes, the soul not being disposed in the same way, as one might say, toward what is in front of it and what is behind. For hope leads the movement forward, while memory receives the movement as it advances toward hope; and if hope leads the soul to what is beautiful by nature, the movement of choice leaves a bright track on the memory; but if it is cheated of the better, hope having deceived the soul by some image of the beautiful, the memory that follows on what happened becomes shame. And so this civil war arises in the soul, memory fighting against hope as having led choice badly. For the passion of shame clearly expresses some such meaning, when the soul is stung at what has resulted, lashing the unwanted impulse with repentance as with a whip and calling in forgetfulness as an ally against what pains it. But our nature, because it is poor in the good, always strives toward what is lacking; and this longing for what is lacking is the desiring disposition of our nature, either mistaken through lack of judgment about the true good or obtaining what it is good to obtain. But the nature that surpasses every thought of good and transcends every power, lacking nothing of what is conceived as good, being itself the fullness of goods, … not by sharing in …”

Chapter 93

93PG 46:93a–93b

καλοῦ τινος ἐν τῷ καλῷ κινουμένη, ἀλλʼ αὕτη οὖσα ἡ τοῦ καλοῦ φύσις, ὅ τί ποτε καὶ εἶναι τὸ καλὸν 6 νοῦς ὑποτίθεται, οὔτε τὴν ἐλπιστικὴν κίνησιν ἐν ἑαυτῇ δέχεται. Πρὸς γὰρ τὸ μὴ παρὸν ή ἐλπὶς ὲνήργηται μόνον. Ὅ δὲʼ ἔχει τις, τί καὶ hilariter; φησὶν ὁ Ἀπόστολος. Οῠτε εῆς μνημονευτικῆς ἐνεργείας πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὄντων ἐπιστήμην ἐπιδεής ἐστι· τὺ γὰρ βλεπόμενον τοῦ μνημονευθῆναι οὐκ ἐπιδέεται. Ἐπεὶ δὲ οὗν παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ ἐπέκεινα ή θεία φύσις, τὸ δὲ ἀγαθὸν ἀγαθοῦ φίλον πάντως, διὰ τοῦτο ἐν ἑαυτῇ βλέπουσα, καὶ ὃ ἔχει θέλει, καὶ ὃ θέλει ἔχει, οὐδὲν τῶν ἔξωθεν είς ἑαυτὴν δεχομένη, ἔξω δὲ una"); οὐδὲν, ὅτι μὴ ἡ κακία μόνη, ἥτις, εί κᾶν παράδοξον εἰπεῖν, ἐν τῷ μὴ εἶναι τὸ εἶναι ἔχειʼ οὐ γὰρ ἀλλη τίς ἐστι καὶ κακίας γένεσις, εί μὴ τοῦ ὄντος στέρησις. Τὸ δὲ κυρίως δν ἡ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φύσις ἐστίν. '0 οὖν ἐν τῷ ὄντι οὐκ ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ μὴ εἶναι πάντως ἐστίν. Ἐπειδὰν οὖν καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πάντα τὰ ποικίλα τῆς φύσεως ἀποσκευασαμένη κινήματα θεοειδὴς γίνεται, καὶ ὑπερδᾶσα τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἐν ἐκείνῳ ᾖ, πρὸς ὃ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τέως ὑπῄρετο, οὐκέτι τινὰ, σχολὴν δίδωσιν ἐν ἑαυτῇ, οὗτε τῇ ἐλπίδι, οὔτε τῇ μνήμῃ, τὸ γὰρ ἐλπιζόμενον ἔχει· ἠ δὲ (β) περὶ τὴν ἀπόλαυσιν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀσχολία τὴν μνήμην ἐκκρούει τῆς διανοίας· καὶ οὕτω τὴν ὑπερέχουσαν μιμεῖται ζωὴν τοῖς ίδιὼμασι τῆς θείας φύσεως ἐμμορφωθεῖσα, ὡς μηδὲν ὑπολειφθῆναι τῶν ἄλλων αὐτῇ, πλὴν τῆς ἀγαπητικῆς διαθέσεως, φυσικῶς τῷ καλῷ τέροσφυομένης. Τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ πρὸς τὸ καταθύμιον ἐνδιάθετος σχέσις. Ὅταν οὖν ἡ ἁπλῆ καὶ μονοειδὴς καὶ ἀκριβῶς θεοείκελος ἡ ψυχὴ γινομένη εὕροιτο ἀληθῶς ἁπλοῦν τε καὶ ἄῦλον ἀγαθὸν, ἐκεῖνο τὸ μόνον τοιόν τι ἀγαπητὸν καὶ ἐράσμιον προσφύεται τε αὐτῷ καὶ συνανακιρνᾶται διὰ τῆς ἀγαητῆς κινήσεώς τε καὶ ἐνεργείας, πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ καταλαμβανόμενόν τε καὶ εὑρισκόμενον ἑαυτὴν μορφοῦσα· καὶ

kalou tinos en tǭ kalǭ kinoumenē, allʼ hautē ousa hē tou kalou physis, ho ti pote kai einai to kalon 6 nous hypotithetai, oute tēn elpistikēn kinēsin en heautę̄ dechetai. Pros gar to mē paron ē elpis enērgētai monon. Ho deʼ echei tis, ti kai hilariter? phēsin ho Apostolos. Oute eēs mnēmoneutikēs energeias pros tēn tōn ontōn epistēmēn epideēs esti; ty gar blepomenon tou mnēmoneuthēnai ouk epideetai. Epei de houn pantos agathou epekeina ē theia physis, to de agathon agathou philon pantōs, dia touto en heautę̄ blepousa, kai ho echei thelei, kai ho thelei echei, ouden tōn exōthen eis heautēn dechomenē, exō de una")? ouden, hoti mē hē kakia monē, hētis, ei kan paradoxon eipein, en tǭ mē einai to einai echeiʼ ou gar allē tis esti kai kakias genesis, ei mē tou ontos sterēsis. To de kyriōs dn hē tou agathou physis estin. '0 oun en tǭ onti ouk estin, en tǭ mē einai pantōs estin. Epeidan oun kai hē psychē panta ta poikila tēs physeōs aposkeuasamenē kinēmata theoeidēs ginetai, kai hyperdasa tēn epithymian en ekeinǭ ę̄, pros ho hypo tēs epithymias teōs hypę̄reto, ouketi tina, scholēn didōsin en heautę̄, houte tę̄ elpidi, oute tę̄ mnēmę̄, to gar elpizomenon echei; ē de (b) peri tēn apolausin tōn agathōn ascholia tēn mnēmēn ekkrouei tēs dianoias; kai houtō tēn hyperechousan mimeitai zōēn tois idiōmasi tēs theias physeōs emmorphōtheisa, hōs mēden hypoleiphthēnai tōn allōn autę̄, plēn tēs agapētikēs diatheseōs, physikōs tǭ kalǭ terosphyomenēs. Touto gar estin hē agapē, hē pros to katathymion endiathetos schesis. Hotan oun hē haplē kai monoeidēs kai akribōs theoeikelos hē psychē ginomenē heuroito alēthōs haploun te kai aulon agathon, ekeino to monon toion ti agapēton kai erasmion prosphyetai te autǭ kai synanakirnatai dia tēs agaētēs kinēseōs te kai energeias, pros to aei katalambanomenon te kai heuriskomenon heautēn morphousa; kai

“… of some good, moving in the good, but being itself the nature of the good, whatever the mind supposes the good to be, it does not admit in itself the movement of hope either. For hope is active only toward what is not present; ‘for what one has, why does he still hope for it?’ says the Apostle. Nor does it need the activity of memory for knowledge of things; for what is seen does not need to be remembered. Since, then, the divine nature is beyond every good, and the good is certainly dear to the good, for this reason, looking into itself, it both wills what it has and has what it wills, receiving nothing from outside into itself; and there is nothing outside it except vice alone, which, paradoxical as it is to say, has its being in not being; for there is no other origin of vice than the privation of being; and what properly is, is the nature of the good. What is not in being, then, is certainly in not being. When, then, the soul too, having put off all the varied movements of nature, becomes godlike, and, having passed beyond desire, is in that toward which it was until then lifted by desire, it no longer gives any room in itself either to hope or to memory: for it has what it hoped for, and its occupation with the enjoyment of good things drives memory out of the mind. And so it imitates the transcendent life, being formed by the properties of the divine nature, so that nothing else is left to it but the disposition of love, which naturally grows to the beautiful. For this is love: the inward attachment to what pleases the heart. When, then, the soul, having become simple and uniform and exactly godlike, finds the truly simple and immaterial good, the only thing that is truly lovable and desirable, it grows to it and is blended with it through the movement and activity of love, forming itself to what is always being grasped and found; and …”

Chapter 95

95PG 46:96a–96d

τοῦτο γινομένη διά τῆς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ὁμοιότητος, ὅπερ ἠ τοῦ μετεχομένου φύσις ἐστὶν, ἐπιθυμίας ἐν ἐκείνῳ μὴ οὔσης διά τὸ μηδέ τινος τῶν ἀγαθῶν εν. δειαν ἐν αύτῷ εἶναι, ἀκόλουθον ἀν ετη καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐν τῷ ἀνενδεεῖ γινομένην ἐκβάλλειν ἀφʼ ἑαυτῆς καὶ τὴν ἐπιθυμητικὴν κίνησίν τε καὶ διάθεσιν. ἡ (id) τότε γίνεται μόνον, ὅταν μὴ παρῇ τὸ ποθούμενον. Τοῦ δὲ τοῦ τοιούτου δόγματος καὶ ὁ θεῖος ’Λπόστολος ἡμῖν καθηγήσατο, πάντων τῶν νῦν ὲν ἡμῖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ κρείττονι σπουδαζομένων παῦλάν τινα καὶ καταστολὴν προαγγεῖλας, μόνης δὲ τῆς ἀγάπης ούχ εὑρὼν τὸν ὅρον. Προφητεῖαι γάρ, φησὶ, κατ· αργηθήσονται, καὶ γνώσεις παύσονταιο ἡ δὲ ἀγάπη οὐδέ ποτε πίπτει· ὅπερ ἴσον ἐστί τῷ ἀεὶ ὡσαύτως ἔχειν· ἀλλά καὶ πίστιν καὶ ἐλπίδα συμπαραμεμενηκέναι τῇ ἀγάπῃ λέγων, πάλιν καὶ τούτων αὐτὴν ὑπερτίθησιν εἰκότως. Ἦ γάρ ἐλπὶς μέχρι ἐκείνου κινεῖται, ἕως ἂν μὴ παρείη τῶν ἐλπιζομένων ἀπόλαυσις, καὶ ἠ πίστις ὡσαύτως ἔρεισμα τῆς τῶν ἐλπιζομένων ἀδηλίας γίνεται. Οὕτω γὰρ αὐτὴν καὶ ὡρίσατο λέγων· Ἔστι δὲ πίστις ἐλπιζό μένων ὑπόστασις. Ἐπειδὰν δὲ ἔλθῃ τὸ ἐλπιζόμενον, τῶν ἀλλων εύτηρεμόντων πάντων, ή κατά τὴν ἀγάπην ἐνέργεια μένει, τὸ διαδεχόμενον αὐτὴν οὐχ εὑρίσκουσαν. Διδ κα) προτερεύει τῶν τε κατʼ ἀρετὴν κατορθουμένων ἁπάντων, καὶ τῶν τοῦ νόμου παραγγελμάτων. Εἰ οὗν ἐπὶ τοῦτο ποτε τὸ τέλος φθάσειεν ή ψυχὴ, ἀνενδεῶς ἔξει τῶν ἄλλων, ἅτε δὴ τοῦ πληρώματος περιδεδραγμένη τῶν δντων, καὶ δοκεῖ μάνη πως αὐτῆς τῆς θείας μακαριάο τητος ἐν αὐτῇ σώζειν τὸν χαρακτῆρα.Ἦ τε γὰρ ζωὴ τῆς ἀνω φύσεως ἀγάπη ἐστὶν, ἐπειδὴ τὺ καλὸν ἀγαπητὸν πάντως ἐστὶ τοῖς γινώσκουσι· γι· νώσκει δέ αὐτὸ τὸ Θεῖον· ἡ δὲ γνῶσις ἀγάπη γε· νεται. Διὸ τὸ καλόν ἐστι τῇ φύσει τὸ γινωσκόο μενον, τοῦ δέ ἀληθῶς καλοῦ ό ὑβριστὴς οὺ προσάπτεται κόρος (ὅθʼ κόρου δέ τὴν ἀγαπητικὴν πρὸς τὸ καλὸν σχέσιν οὐ διακόπτοντος, ἀεὶ ἡ θεία ζωὴ διʼ ἀγάπης ἐνεργηθήσεται, ἡ καλή τε κατά φύσιν

touto ginomenē dia tēs tou agathou homoiotētos, hoper ē tou metechomenou physis estin, epithymias en ekeinǭ mē ousēs dia to mēde tinos tōn agathōn en. deian en autǭ einai, akolouthon an etē kai tēn psychēn en tǭ anendeei ginomenēn ekballein aphʼ heautēs kai tēn epithymētikēn kinēsin te kai diathesin. hē (id) tote ginetai monon, hotan mē parę̄ to pothoumenon. Tou de tou toioutou dogmatos kai ho theios ’Lpostolos hēmin kathēgēsato, pantōn tōn nyn en hēmin kai epi tǭ kreittoni spoudazomenōn paulan tina kai katastolēn proangeilas, monēs de tēs agapēs ouch heurōn ton horon. Prophēteiai gar, phēsi, kat; argēthēsontai, kai gnōseis pausontaio hē de agapē oude pote piptei; hoper ison esti tǭ aei hōsautōs echein; alla kai pistin kai elpida symparamemenēkenai tę̄ agapę̄ legōn, palin kai toutōn autēn hypertithēsin eikotōs. Ē gar elpis mechri ekeinou kineitai, heōs an mē pareiē tōn elpizomenōn apolausis, kai ē pistis hōsautōs ereisma tēs tōn elpizomenōn adēlias ginetai. Houtō gar autēn kai hōrisato legōn; Esti de pistis elpizo menōn hypostasis. Epeidan de elthę̄ to elpizomenon, tōn allōn eutēremontōn pantōn, ē kata tēn agapēn energeia menei, to diadechomenon autēn ouch heuriskousan. Did ka) protereuei tōn te katʼ aretēn katorthoumenōn hapantōn, kai tōn tou nomou parangelmatōn. Ei houn epi touto pote to telos phthaseien ē psychē, anendeōs exei tōn allōn, hate dē tou plērōmatos peridedragmenē tōn dntōn, kai dokei manē pōs autēs tēs theias makariao tētos en autę̄ sōzein ton charaktēra.Ē te gar zōē tēs anō physeōs agapē estin, epeidē ty kalon agapēton pantōs esti tois ginōskousi; gi; nōskei de auto to Theion; hē de gnōsis agapē ge; netai. Dio to kalon esti tę̄ physei to ginōskoo menon, tou de alēthōs kalou o hybristēs ou prosaptetai koros (hothʼ korou de tēn agapētikēn pros to kalon schesin ou diakoptontos, aei hē theia zōē diʼ agapēs energēthēsetai, hē kalē te kata physin

“… becoming through likeness to the good that which the nature of what it shares in is. And since there is no desire in that nature, because there is no lack of any good in it, it would follow that the soul too, when it comes to be in what lacks nothing, casts out from itself the movement and disposition of desire, which arises only when what is longed for is not present. The divine Apostle too has led us to such a doctrine, foretelling a cessation and end of all the things we now pursue, even for the better, and finding no limit for love alone. ‘For prophecies,’ he says, ‘will be done away, and knowledge will cease; but love never fails,’ which is the same as always remaining the same. And though he says that faith and hope have remained along with love, again he rightly sets love above them too. For hope is active only until the enjoyment of what is hoped for is present; and faith likewise becomes a support in the uncertainty of what is hoped for; for so he defined it, saying, ‘Faith is the substance of things hoped for.’ But when what is hoped for comes, while all the rest come to rest, the activity of love remains, finding nothing to succeed it. That is why it takes precedence over all achievements of virtue and all the precepts of the law. If, then, the soul ever reaches this end, it will lack nothing else, since it has grasped the fullness of existing things, and it alone seems in some way to preserve in itself the stamp of the divine blessedness. For the life of the higher nature is love, since the beautiful is certainly lovable to those who know it; and the divine knows it; and knowledge becomes love. Therefore what is known is the beautiful by nature, and no insolent satiety touches the truly beautiful; and since satiety does not cut off the loving relation to the beautiful, the divine life will always be active through love, being beautiful by nature …”

Chapter 97

97PG 46:97a–97c

ἔστι, καὶ ἁγαπητικῶς πρὸς τὸ καλὸν ὲκ φύσεως ἔχει, κα). ὅρον τῆς κατὰ τὴν,ἀγάπην ἐνεργείας οὐκ εχει, ἐπειδὴ οὐδὲ τοῦ καλοῦ τι πέρας καταλαμβάνεται, ὼς συναπολὴγειν τῷ πέρατι τοῦ καλοῦ τὴν ἀγάπην ο μόνῳ γὰρ τῷ ἐναντίῳ τὸ καλὸν περαιτιοῦται · οὗ δὲ ὴ φύσις άνεπίδεκτός ἐστι τοῦ χείρονος, πρὸς τὸ ἀπέραντόν τε καὶ ἀόριστον τὸ thraθὺν προελεύσεται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ἑλκτικὴ τῶν οἰκείων πᾶσα φύσις ἐστὶν, οἰκεῖον δέ πως τῷ Θεῷ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, ἅτε δὴ φέρον ὲν ἑαυτῷ τοῦ ἀρχετύπου μιμήματα, ἕλκεται κατὰ πᾶσαν ἀνάγκην πρὸς τὸ θεῖόν τε καὶ συγγενὲς ἡ ψυχή. Δεῖ γὰρ πάντη καὶ πάντως τῷ Θεῷ ἀποσω- θῆναι τὺ ῐδιοψ ἀλλʼ εί μὲν κούφη καὶ ἀπέριττός τύχῃ, μηδεμιᾶς σωματικῆς ἀχθηδόνος αὐτὴν πιεζούσης, ἡδεῖα καὶ εύκολος αὐτῇ ἡ πρὸς τὸν ἐπισπώμενον προσχώρησις γίνεται. Et δὲ τοῖς τῆς προπαθείας ἥλοις είς τὴν πρὸς τὰ ὑλώδη σχέσιν καταπαρῇ, οἷόν τινα πάσχειν εἰκὸς ὲν τοῖς συμπτώμασι τῶν σεισμῶν, τὰ ὲμπιεσθέντα τοῖς χώμασι σώματαο προκείσθω δὲ καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν τὸ μὴ βεβαρῆσθαι μόνον αὐτὰ τοῖς συμπτώμασιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διαπεπερονῆσθαί τισιν ὀβελοῖς ἢ ξύλοις τοῖς ἐνευρεθεῖσι τῷ χώματι ° ὅπερ οὖν εἰκὸς ὑπομεῖναι τὰ οὕτω διακείμενα σώματα, παρὰ τῶν οἰκείων τῆς συμπτώσεως ὁσίας ἕνεκεν ἐξελκόμενα· ξανθήσεται γὰρ πάντως, καὶ σπαραχθήσεται, ’ κα) πᾶν ὁτιοῦν τῶν χαλεπωτάτων πείσεται, τοῦ χὼματος αὐτὰ καὶ τῶν ἥλων διὰ τὴν τῶν ἐφελκομένων βίαν καταξαινόντων τοιοῦτόν τί μοι δοκεῖ καὶ περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν γίνεσθαι πάθος, ὅταγ ἠ θεία ᾃύναμις ὑπὸ φιλανθρωπίας ὲκ τῶν ἀλόγων τε καὶ ὑλικῶν συμπτωμάτων ἐφέλκηται τὸ ἴδιον. oo γὰρ μισῶν οὐδʼ ἀμυνόμενος ἐπ). τῇ κακῇ ζωῇ, κατά γε τὸν ὲμὸν λόγον, ἐπάγει τοῖς ἑξημαρτηκὸσι τὰς όδυνηρὰς διαθέσεις ό Θεὸς, ό ἀντιποιούμενός τε καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἕλκων πᾶν ὅτιπερ αὐτοῦ χάριν ἦλθεν είς γένεσιν · ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ τῷ κρείττονι σκοπῷ πρὸς ἑαυτὺν, ὃς ἐστι πηγὴ πάσης μακαριότητος, ἐπισπᾶται τὴν ψυχήν ὲπισυμβαίνει δὲ κατʼ ἀνάγκην ἡ ἀλγεινὴ διάθεσις τῷ ἑλκομένῳ.

esti, kai hagapētikōs pros to kalon ek physeōs echei, ka). horon tēs kata tēn,agapēn energeias ouk echei, epeidē oude tou kalou ti peras katalambanetai, ōs synapolēgein tǭ perati tou kalou tēn agapēn o monǭ gar tǭ enantiǭ to kalon peraitioutai ; hou de ē physis anepidektos esti tou cheironos, pros to aperanton te kai aoriston to thrathyn proeleusetai. Epei oun helktikē tōn oikeiōn pasa physis estin, oikeion de pōs tǭ Theǭ to anthrōpinon, hate dē pheron en heautǭ tou archetypou mimēmata, helketai kata pasan anankēn pros to theion te kai syngenes hē psychē. Dei gar pantē kai pantōs tǭ Theǭ aposō- thēnai ty idiops allʼ ei men kouphē kai aperittos tychę̄, mēdemias sōmatikēs achthēdonos autēn piezousēs, hēdeia kai eukolos autę̄ hē pros ton epispōmenon proschōrēsis ginetai. Et de tois tēs propatheias hēlois eis tēn pros ta hylōdē schesin kataparę̄, hoion tina paschein eikos en tois symptōmasi tōn seismōn, ta empiesthenta tois chōmasi sōmatao prokeisthō de kathʼ hypothesin to mē bebarēsthai monon auta tois symptōmasin, alla kai diapeperonēsthai tisin obelois ē xylois tois eneuretheisi tǭ chōmati ° hoper oun eikos hypomeinai ta houtō diakeimena sōmata, para tōn oikeiōn tēs symptōseōs hosias heneken exelkomena; xanthēsetai gar pantōs, kai sparachthēsetai, ’ ka) pan hotioun tōn chalepōtatōn peisetai, tou chōmatos auta kai tōn hēlōn dia tēn tōn ephelkomenōn bian kataxainontōn toiouton ti moi dokei kai peri tēn psychēn ginesthai pathos, hotag ē theia hąunamis hypo philanthrōpias ek tōn alogōn te kai hylikōn symptōmatōn ephelkētai to idion. oo gar misōn oudʼ amynomenos ep). tę̄ kakę̄ zōę̄, kata ge ton emon logon, epagei tois hexēmartēkosi tas odynēras diatheseis o Theos, o antipoioumenos te kai pros heauton helkōn pan hotiper autou charin ēlthen eis genesin ; allʼ ho men epi tǭ kreittoni skopǭ pros heautyn, hos esti pēgē pasēs makariotētos, epispatai tēn psychēn episymbainei de katʼ anankēn hē algeinē diathesis tǭ helkomenǭ.

“… is, and has by nature a loving relation to the beautiful, and has no limit to the activity of love, since no limit of the beautiful is found such that love should end with the end of the beautiful; for the beautiful is limited only by its opposite; and where the nature does not admit the worse, the good will advance to the unlimited and boundless. Since, then, every nature draws to itself what is akin to it, and the human is in some way akin to God, as bearing in itself imitations of the archetype, the soul is by every necessity drawn to the divine and akin. For what is God’s own must in every way and altogether be saved for God. But if the soul happens to be light and unencumbered, no bodily burden weighing it down, its approach to the one who draws it is pleasant and easy. But if it has been nailed by the nails of attachment to its relation with material things, it suffers something like what bodies buried in the debris of earthquakes are likely to suffer; and let it be supposed that they are not only weighed down by the fallen ruins but also pierced by stakes or pieces of wood found in the debris. What such bodies are likely to undergo when they are pulled out by their relatives for the sake of burial (for they will certainly be torn and lacerated and suffer every kind of the harshest pain, the debris and the nails tearing them because of the force of those who pull), something of that kind, it seems to me, happens to the soul too, when the divine power, out of love for mankind, draws its own out of the irrational and material ruins. For it is not in hatred, nor in revenge for an evil life, at least in my account, that God brings painful conditions on those who have sinned, he who claims and draws to himself everything that came into being for his sake; rather, he draws the soul to himself, the fountain of all blessedness, for a better purpose, and the painful condition necessarily follows for the one who is drawn.”

Chapter 99

99PG 46:100a–100b

Καὶ ὥσπερ τὴν ὲμμιχθεῖσαν τῷ χρυσίῳ ὓλην οἱ διά πυρὸς ἐκκαθαροῦντες οὑ μόνον τὺ νόθον τῷ πυρὶ τήκουσιν, ἀλλά κατά πᾶσαν ἀνάγκην καὶ τὸ καθαρὸν τῷ κιβδήλῳ συγκατατήκεται, κάκείνου δὲ δαπανωμένου τοῦτο μένει · οὕτω καὶ τῆς κακίας τῷ ἀκοιμήτῳ πυρὶ δαπανωμένης, ἀνάγκη πᾶσα καὶ τὴν ἑνωθείσαν αὐτῇ ψυχὴν ὲν τῷ πυρὶ εἶναι, ὡς ἂν τὸ κατεσπαρμένον νόθον καὶ ὑλῶδες, καὶ κίβδηλον ἀπαναλωθῇ τῷ αἰωνίῳ πυρὶ δαπανῶμενον. Καὶ καθάπερ εί τινι σχοινίῳ πηλὸς τῶν κολλωδεστέρων διά βάθους περιπλασθείη, εἶτα διά τινος λεπτοῦ χωρήματος ἡ ἀρχὴ διεξαχθείη τῆς σχοίνου, καὶ βιαίως τις ἐπὶ τά ἐντὸς ὲκ τοῦ ἄκρου τὴν σχοῖνον ἐφέλκοιτο, ἀνάγκη πᾶσα. τὴν μὲν ἕπεσθαι τῷ ὲπισπωμένῳ, τὸν δὲ παραπλασθέντα πηλὸν ὲκ τῆς βιαίας δλκῆς ἔξω τῆςτρυμαλιᾶς μένειν τῆς σχοίνου ἀποξυόμενον, καὶ αἴτιον αὐτῇ γίνεσθαι τοῦ μὴ εὐοδοῦσθαι κατά τὴν πάροδον, ἀλλά βιαίαν ὑπομένειν ὲκ τοῦ ὲφελκομένου τὴν τάσιν· τοιοῦτόν τί μοι δοκεῖ καὶ τὸ περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἐννοεῖν ταῖς ὑλικαίς τε καὶ γεώδεσι προσπαθείαις ὲνειληθεῖσαν, κάμνειν καὶ διατείνεσθαι, τοῦμὲν Θεοῦ τὸ ἴδιον πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἕλκοντος· τοῦ δʼ ἀλλοτρίου, διὰ τὸ συμφυῆναί πως αὐτῇ, βιαίως ἀποξυρομένου (βό-65), καὶ τὰς δριμείας αὐτῇ καὶ ἀνυποστάτους ἀλγηδόνας ἐπάγοντος. — Γ. Οὐκοῦν, εἶπον, οὐχ ἡ θεία κρίσις, ὡς ἔοικε, κατά τδ προηγούμενον, τοῖς ἐξημαρτηκόσιν ἐπάγει τὴν κόλασιν, ἀλλά τὸ μὲν ὡς 6 λόγος ἀπέδειξεν, ἀγαθὸν ἐνεργεῖ μόνον τοῦ κακοῦ ἀποκρίνουσα, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῆς μακαριότητος κοινωνίανιὲπισπωμένη · ό δὲ τῆς συμφυΐας διασπασμὸς ὀδύνη τῷ ἑλκομένῳ γίνεται. — M. Οὕτω, φησὶν ἡ διδάσκαλος, καὶ 6 ὲμός ἐστι λόγος, καὶ ὅτι μέτρον τῆς ἀλγηδόνος ὴ τῆς κακίας ἐν ἑκάστῳ ποσότης ἐστίν. Οὐ γὰρ εἰκὸς ὲκ τοῦ ἴσου τὸν εἰς τοσοῦτον ὲν ἀπηγορευ μένοις γεγονότα κακοῖς, καὶ τὸν μετρίοις συνενεχθέντα πλημμελήμασιν, ἐν τῇ κρίσει τῆς μοχθηρᾶς ἕξεως ἀνιαθῆναι. Ἀλλά παρά τὸ ποσὸν τῆς ὕλης, ἢ πλεῖον ἢ ἔλαττον ἡ ὀδυνηρά ἐκείνη φλὸξ ὲξαφθήσεται, ὼς ἂν τὸ ὑποτρέφον ᾮ τοίνυν πολὺς 6 ὑλώδης ἔπεστι φόρτος, πολλὴν ἀνάγκη καὶ διαρκεστέραν ἐπʼ αὐτῷ γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀναλίσκουσαν φλόγα· ᾧ δὲ ἐπʼ ἔλαττον ἡ τοῦ πυρὸς δαπάνη ἐγκαταμέμικται, τοσοῦτον ὑποκαο ταβαίνει τῆς σφοδροτέρας τε καὶ δριμυτέρας ἐνεργείας

Kai hōsper tēn emmichtheisan tǭ chrysiǭ hylēn hoi dia pyros ekkatharountes hou monon ty nothon tǭ pyri tēkousin, alla kata pasan anankēn kai to katharon tǭ kibdēlǭ synkatatēketai, kakeinou de dapanōmenou touto menei ; houtō kai tēs kakias tǭ akoimētǭ pyri dapanōmenēs, anankē pasa kai tēn henōtheisan autę̄ psychēn en tǭ pyri einai, hōs an to katesparmenon nothon kai hylōdes, kai kibdēlon apanalōthę̄ tǭ aiōniǭ pyri dapanōmenon. Kai kathaper ei tini schoiniǭ pēlos tōn kollōdesterōn dia bathous periplastheiē, eita dia tinos leptou chōrēmatos hē archē diexachtheiē tēs schoinou, kai biaiōs tis epi ta entos ek tou akrou tēn schoinon ephelkoito, anankē pasa. tēn men hepesthai tǭ epispōmenǭ, ton de paraplasthenta pēlon ek tēs biaias dlkēs exō tēstrymalias menein tēs schoinou apoxyomenon, kai aition autę̄ ginesthai tou mē euodousthai kata tēn parodon, alla biaian hypomenein ek tou ephelkomenou tēn tasin; toiouton ti moi dokei kai to peri tēn psychēn ennoein tais hylikais te kai geōdesi prospatheiais eneilētheisan, kamnein kai diateinesthai, toumen Theou to idion pros heauton helkontos; tou dʼ allotriou, dia to symphyēnai pōs autę̄, biaiōs apoxyromenou (bo-65), kai tas drimeias autę̄ kai anypostatous algēdonas epagontos. — G. Oukoun, eipon, ouch hē theia krisis, hōs eoike, kata td proēgoumenon, tois exēmartēkosin epagei tēn kolasin, alla to men hōs 6 logos apedeixen, agathon energei monon tou kakou apokrinousa, kai pros tēn tēs makariotētos koinōnianiepispōmenē ; o de tēs symphyïas diaspasmos odynē tǭ helkomenǭ ginetai. — M. Houtō, phēsin hē didaskalos, kai 6 emos esti logos, kai hoti metron tēs algēdonos ē tēs kakias en hekastǭ posotēs estin. Ou gar eikos ek tou isou ton eis tosouton en apēgoreu menois gegonota kakois, kai ton metriois synenechthenta plēmmelēmasin, en tę̄ krisei tēs mochthēras hexeōs aniathēnai. Alla para to poson tēs hylēs, ē pleion ē elatton hē odynēra ekeinē phlox exaphthēsetai, ōs an to hypotrephon Ǭ toinyn polys 6 hylōdēs epesti phortos, pollēn anankē kai diarkesteran epʼ autǭ ginesthai tēn analiskousan phloga; hǭ de epʼ elatton hē tou pyros dapanē enkatamemiktai, tosouton hypokao tabainei tēs sphodroteras te kai drimyteras energeias

“And as those who refine gold from the matter mixed with it by fire not only melt the base metal in the fire, but the pure is necessarily melted together with the dross, and when that is consumed this remains, so too, when vice is consumed by the unsleeping fire, it is entirely necessary that the soul united with it should be in the fire too, until what was sown in it, base and material and counterfeit, has been used up, consumed by the eternal fire. And as, if clay of the stickier kind were plastered deeply around a rope, and then the end of the rope were passed through a narrow hole and someone pulled the rope violently from the end toward the inside, the rope must follow the one who pulls, while the clay plastered on it is scraped off by the violent pulling and remains outside the hole, and it becomes the cause of the rope’s not passing easily but undergoing a violent strain from the one pulling: something of this kind it seems to me we should think about the soul, entangled in material and earthy attachments, that it labours and is strained, God drawing his own to himself, while what is foreign, because it has grown together with it in some way, is violently scraped off and brings it sharp and unbearable pains.” Gregory: “Then,” I said, “it seems that the divine judgment does not primarily bring punishment on sinners, but, as the argument has shown, works only the good, separating from evil and drawing to the fellowship of blessedness; while the tearing apart of what had grown together becomes pain for the one who is drawn.” Macrina: “That is my account too,” said my teacher, “and also that the measure of the pain is the amount of vice in each. For it is not likely that one who has gone so far in forbidden evils and one who has fallen into moderate faults should be pained equally in the judgment of their wicked habit; but according to the amount of the material the painful flame will be kindled more or less, as long as there is something to feed it. One on whom a heavy material burden lies must necessarily have a great and long-lasting flame that consumes it; but for one in whom less of what fire consumes is mixed, the punishment falls short of the more violent and sharper activity …”

Chapter 101

101PG 46:101a–101d

ήκόλασις, ὅσον ἠλάττωται τῷ τῆς κακίας μέτρῳ τὸ ὑπερκείμενον. Χρὴ γὰρ πάντη καὶ πάντως ἐξαιρεθῆναί ποτε τὸ κακὸν ἐκ τοῦ ὂντος, καὶ ὅπερ ἐν τοῖς φθάσασιν εἴρηται, τὸ ὄντως μὴ ὃν, μηδʼ εἶναι ὅλως. Ἐπειδὴ γάρ ἔξω τῆς προαιρέσεως ἡ κακία εἶναι φύσιν οὐκ ἔχει, ὅταν πᾶσα προαίρεσις ἐν τῷ Θεῷ γένηται, εἰς παντελῆ ἀφανισμὸν ἡ κακία μὴ χωρήσει. τῷ μηδὲν αὐτῆς ὑπολειφθῆναι δοχεῖον. Γ. Ἀλλά τί κέρδος τῆς χρηστῆς ἐλπίδος, εἶπου ἐγὼ, τῷ λογιζομένῳ ὅσον ἐστὶ κακὸν καὶ ἐνιαυσσιαίαν μόνην ὑποσχεῖν ἀλγηδόνα, εί δʼ εἰς αἰώνιόν τι διάστημα ή ἄσχετος ἐκείνη ὀδύνη παραταθείην τίς ἐκ τῆς ὕστερον ἐλπίδος ὑπολέλειπται παο ραμυθία, πρὸς ὅλον αίῶνα συνδιαμετρεῖται ἡ κόλασιςς -Μ, Ὥστε προνοητέον ἦ καθόλου τῶν τῆς κακίας μολυσμάτων φυλάξαι τὴν ψυχὴν ἀμιγῆ τε καὶ ἀκοινάωητον ἢ εἰ τοῦτο πάντη ἀμήχανον διὰ τὸ ἔμπαθες τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν, ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα ἐν μετρίοις τισὶ καὶ εύθεραπεύτοις εἶναι τὰ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀποτεύγματα. Οἶδε γὰρ ἡ εὐαγγελικὴ διδασκαλία καὶ μυρίων ὀφειλέτην τινὰ ταλάντων-89), καὶ πεντακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ πεντήκοντα, καὶ κοδράντου τινὸς, ὅπερ τὸ ἔσχατόν ἐστιν ἐν νομίσμασι τὴν δὲ τοῦ Θεοῦ δικαίαν κρίσιν διὰ πάντων διεξιέναι, καὶ τῷ βάρει τοῦ ὀφλήματος συνεπιτείνουσαν τὴν ἀνάγκην τῆς ἀπαιτήσεως. καὶ οὐδὲ τῶν σμικροτάτων ὑπερορῶσαν. Τὴν δὲ ἀπόδοσιν τῶν ὀφλημάτων τὸ Εὑαγγέλιον εἶπεν οὐκ ἐκ χρημάτων διαλύσεως γίνεσθαι, ἀλλά παραδίδοσθαι τοῖς βασανισταῖς τὸν ὑπόχρεων, ἕως ἂν, φησὶν, ἀποδῷ πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον · ὅπερ οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν, ἢ διὰ τῆς βασάνου τὴν ἀναγκαίαν ὀφειλὴν ἀποτίσαι, τὸ ὄφλημα τῆς τῶν λυπηρῶν μετουσίας, ὧν παρά τὸν βίον ὑπόχρεως ἐγένετο, ἀμιγῆ τε καὶ ἄκρατον τοῦ ἐναντίου τὴν ἡδονὴν ὑπὸ ἀβουλίας ἐλόμενος, καὶ οὕτως, ἅπαν ἀποθέμενος τὺ ἀλλότριον ἑαυτοῦ, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἡ ἁμαρτία, καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῶν ὀφλημάτων αἰσχύνην ἀποδυσάμενος, ἐν ἐλευθερίᾳ τε καὶ παρῤησίᾳ γένηται. Ἦ δʼ ἐλευθερία ἐστὶν ἡ πρὸς τὸ ἀδέσποτόν τε καὶ αὐτοκρατὲς ἐξομοίωσις, ἡ κατʼ ἀρχὰς μὲν ἡμῖν παρὰ Θεοῦ δεδωρη μένη, συγκαλυφθείσα τῇτῶν ὀφλημάτων αἰσχύvn. Πᾶσα δʼ ἐλευθερία μία τίς ἐστι τῇ φύσει καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὴν οἰκείως ἔχει. Ἀκολούθως οῦν πᾶν τὸ ἐλεύθερον τῷ ὁμοίῳ συναρμοσθήσεται · ἀρετὴ δὲ ἀδέσποἀδέσποτον

ēkolasis, hoson ēlattōtai tǭ tēs kakias metrǭ to hyperkeimenon. Chrē gar pantē kai pantōs exairethēnai pote to kakon ek tou ontos, kai hoper en tois phthasasin eirētai, to ontōs mē hon, mēdʼ einai holōs. Epeidē gar exō tēs proaireseōs hē kakia einai physin ouk echei, hotan pasa proairesis en tǭ Theǭ genētai, eis pantelē aphanismon hē kakia mē chōrēsei. tǭ mēden autēs hypoleiphthēnai docheion. G. Alla ti kerdos tēs chrēstēs elpidos, eipou egō, tǭ logizomenǭ hoson esti kakon kai eniaussiaian monēn hyposchein algēdona, ei dʼ eis aiōnion ti diastēma ē aschetos ekeinē odynē paratatheiēn tis ek tēs hysteron elpidos hypoleleiptai pao ramythia, pros holon aiōna syndiametreitai hē kolasiss -M, Hōste pronoēteon ē katholou tōn tēs kakias molysmatōn phylaxai tēn psychēn amigē te kai akoinaōēton ē ei touto pantē amēchanon dia to empathes tēs physeōs hēmōn, hōs hoti malista en metriois tisi kai eutherapeutois einai ta tēs aretēs apoteugmata. Oide gar hē euangelikē didaskalia kai myriōn opheiletēn tina talantōn-89), kai pentakosiōn dēnariōn, kai pentēkonta, kai kodrantou tinos, hoper to eschaton estin en nomismasi tēn de tou Theou dikaian krisin dia pantōn diexienai, kai tǭ barei tou ophlēmatos synepiteinousan tēn anankēn tēs apaitēseōs. kai oude tōn smikrotatōn hyperorōsan. Tēn de apodosin tōn ophlēmatōn to Heuangelion eipen ouk ek chrēmatōn dialyseōs ginesthai, alla paradidosthai tois basanistais ton hypochreōn, heōs an, phēsin, apodǭ pan to opheilomenon ; hoper ouden heteron estin, ē dia tēs basanou tēn anankaian opheilēn apotisai, to ophlēma tēs tōn lypērōn metousias, hōn para ton bion hypochreōs egeneto, amigē te kai akraton tou enantiou tēn hēdonēn hypo aboulias elomenos, kai houtōs, hapan apothemenos ty allotrion heautou, hoper estin hē hamartia, kai tēn ek tōn ophlēmatōn aischynēn apodysamenos, en eleutherią te kai parrēsią genētai. Ē dʼ eleutheria estin hē pros to adespoton te kai autokrates exomoiōsis, hē katʼ archas men hēmin para Theou dedōrē menē, synkalyphtheisa tę̄tōn ophlēmatōn aischyvn. Pasa dʼ eleutheria mia tis esti tę̄ physei kai pros heautēn oikeiōs echei. Akolouthōs oun pan to eleutheron tǭ homoiǭ synarmosthēsetai ; aretē de adespoadespoton

“… of the punishment, as much as what lies upon it is lessened in the measure of vice. For evil must in every way and altogether one day be removed from existence, and, as was said before, what truly is not must not exist at all. For since vice cannot exist outside choice, when every choice comes to be in God, vice will pass into complete disappearance, no receptacle of it being left.” Gregory: “But what gain is there in this good hope,” I said, “for one who reckons how great an evil it is to undergo pain even for a single year? And if that intolerable pain is extended over an eternal interval, what consolation is left from the later hope, when the punishment is measured out along with a whole age?” Macrina: “So we must take care either to keep the soul altogether unmixed with and without share in the defilements of vice, or, if this is wholly impossible because of the passionate character of our nature, that our failures in virtue may be as moderate and easily cured as possible. For the teaching of the Gospel knows a debtor of ten thousand talents, and of five hundred denarii, and of fifty, and of a farthing, which is the least of coins; and that the just judgment of God passes through all, increasing the strictness of the demand with the weight of the debt, and not overlooking even the smallest. And the Gospel said that the payment of debts is not made by settlement in money, but that the debtor is handed over to the torturers until, it says, he pays all that is owed; which is nothing else than paying the necessary debt through torment, the debt of sharing in painful things, which he incurred during life when in his folly he chose pleasure unmixed and untempered with its opposite; and so, having put off all that is foreign to himself, which is sin, and stripped off the shame of his debts, he comes to be in freedom and boldness. And freedom is likeness to what has no master and rules itself, given to us by God at the beginning but covered over by the shame of our debts. And all freedom is by nature one and akin to itself. Consistently, then, everything free will be joined to its like; and virtue is without a master …”

Chapter 103

103PG 46:104a

γὰρ τὸ ἐλεύθερον. Ἀλλὰ μὴν ἡ Θεία φύσις ἡ πηγὴ πάσης ἐστὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς. Ἐν ταύτῃ ἄρα oi τῆς κακίας ἀπηλλαγμένοι γενήσονται, ἵνα, καθώς φησιν ὁ ’Λπὸστολος, ὁ Θεὸς τὰ πάντα ὲν πᾶσιν. Αὕτη γὰρ ὴ φωνὴ σαφῶς μοι δοκεί βεβαιοῦν τὴν προεξητασμένην διάνοιαν, ἡ λέγουσα, καὶ εἰς πάντα (Ι) γενέσθαι τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ἐν πᾶσι. Τῆς γὰρ ἐν τῷ παρόντι ζωῆς ποικίλως τε καὶ πολυειδῶς ἡμῖν ἐνεργουμένης, πολλὰ μέν ἐστιν ὧν μετέχομεν, οἷον χρόνου καὶ ἀέρος καὶ τόπου, βρτὶσεώς τε καὶ πόσεως, καὶ σκεπασμάτων, καὶ filiae, καὶ λύχνου, καὶ ἄλλων πρὸς τὴν χρείαν τοῦ βίου πολλῶν, ὧν οὐδέν ἐστιν ὁ Θεὸς · ἡ δὲ προσδοκωμένη μακαριότης μὲν οὐδενός ἐστιν ἐπιδεὴς, πάντα δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ ἀντὶ Ζιιιᾱιντων ὴ θεία γενήσεται φύσις, πῴς πᾶσαν χρείαν τῆς ζωῆς ἐκείνης ἑαυτὴν ἁρμοδίως ὲπιμερίζουσα. Καὶ τοῦτο δῆλόν ἔστιν ἐκ τῶν θείων λόγων, ὅτι καὶ τόπος γίνεται ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς ἀξίοις, καὶ οἶκος, καὶ ἔνδυμα. καὶ τροφὴ, καὶ πόσις, καὶ φῶς, καὶ πλοῦτος, καὶ βασιλεία, καὶ πᾶν νόημά τε καὶ ὄνομα τῶν πρὸς τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἡμῖν συντελούντων ζωήν. ὐ δὲ πάντα γινόμενος καὶ ὲν πᾶςι γίνεται. Ἕν τούτῳ δέ μοι δοκεῖ τὸν παντελῆ τῆς κακίας ἀςανισμὸν δογματίζειν ὁ λόγος. Εἰ γὰρ ὲν πᾶσι τοῖς οὖσιν ὀ Θεὸς ἔσται, ἡ κακία δηλαδὴ ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν οὐκ ἔσται. Εἰ γάρ τις ὑπόθοιτο κάκείνην εἶναι, πῶς σωθήσεται τὸ ἐν πᾶσι τὴν Θεὸν εἶναι ς Ἠ γὰρ ὑπεξαίρεσις ἐκείνης, ἐλλιπῆ τῶν πάντων ποιεῖ

gar to eleutheron. Alla mēn hē Theia physis hē pēgē pasēs esti tēs aretēs. En tautę̄ ara oi tēs kakias apēllagmenoi genēsontai, hina, kathōs phēsin ho ’Lpostolos, ho Theos ta panta en pasin. Hautē gar ē phōnē saphōs moi dokei bebaioun tēn proexētasmenēn dianoian, hē legousa, kai eis panta (I) genesthai ton Theon, kai en pasi. Tēs gar en tǭ paronti zōēs poikilōs te kai polyeidōs hēmin energoumenēs, polla men estin hōn metechomen, hoion chronou kai aeros kai topou, brtiseōs te kai poseōs, kai skepasmatōn, kai filiae, kai lychnou, kai allōn pros tēn chreian tou biou pollōn, hōn ouden estin ho Theos ; hē de prosdokōmenē makariotēs men oudenos estin epideēs, panta de hēmin kai anti Ziiiaintōn ē theia genēsetai physis, pǭs pasan chreian tēs zōēs ekeinēs heautēn harmodiōs epimerizousa. Kai touto dēlon estin ek tōn theiōn logōn, hoti kai topos ginetai ho Theos tois axiois, kai oikos, kai endyma. kai trophē, kai posis, kai phōs, kai ploutos, kai basileia, kai pan noēma te kai onoma tōn pros tēn agathēn hēmin syntelountōn zōēn. y de panta ginomenos kai en pasi ginetai. Hen toutǭ de moi dokei ton pantelē tēs kakias asanismon dogmatizein ho logos. Ei gar en pasi tois ousin o Theos estai, hē kakia dēladē en tois ousin ouk estai. Ei gar tis hypothoito kakeinēn einai, pōs sōthēsetai to en pasi tēn Theon einai s Ē gar hypexairesis ekeinēs, ellipē tōn pantōn poiei

“… for freedom is without a master. But the divine nature is the fountain of all virtue. Those freed from vice, then, will come to be in it, so that, as the Apostle says, God may be all in all. For this saying seems to me clearly to confirm the meaning examined earlier, which says that God becomes both all and in all. For while the present life is carried on in us in varied and manifold ways, there are many things we share in, such as time and air and place, food and drink, clothing and sunlight and lamplight, and many others for the needs of life, none of which is God; but the blessedness we expect needs none of these, and the divine nature will become all things to us and instead of all things, distributing itself suitably for every need of that life. And this is clear from the divine words, that God becomes for the worthy place and house and clothing and food and drink and light and wealth and kingdom, and every thought and name of what contributes to the good life for us. And he who becomes all comes to be in all. In this the saying seems to me to teach the complete disappearance of vice. For if God will be in all existing things, vice clearly will not be among existing things. For if one supposed that it too exists, how will God’s being in all be preserved? For its exception makes the inclusion of all defective …”

Chapter 105

105PG 46:105a–105d

τὴν περίληψιν. Ἀλλʼ ὁ ἐν τοϊς πᾶσιν ἐσόμενος, ἐντοῖς μή οὖσιν οὐκ ἔσται. - Γ. Τί οὖν χρὴ λέγειν, εἷπον, τοὺς μικροψύχως ταῖς συμβολαῖς διακειμένουςς-Μ, πρὸς αὐτοὺς, φησὶν ἡ διδάσκαλος,ὃτι Μάτην, ὧοῦτοι, δυπνασχετείτε καὶ δυσχεραίνετε τῷ είρμῷ τῆς ἀναγκαίας πραγμάτων ἀκολονθίας, ἀγνοοῦντες πρὸς ὅντινα σκοπὸν τὰ καθʼ ἐκαστον ἐν τῷ παντὶ οἰκονομούμενα φέρεται, ὅτι πάντα χρὴ τάξει τινὶ καὶ ἀκολουθίᾳ κατά τὴν τεχνικὴν τοῦ καθηγεμόνος σοφίαν τῇ θείᾳ προσοικειωθῆναι φύσει. Τούτου γὰρ ἕνεκεν ἡ λογικὴ φύσις ἦλθεν εἰς γένεσιν, ὡς τὸν πλοῦτον τῶν θείων ἀγαθῶν μὴ ἀργὸν εἶναιʼ ἀλλʼ οἷον ἀγγεῖά τινα προαιρετικά τῶν ψυχῶν δοχεᾶι, παρὰ τῆς τὸ πᾶν συστησαμένης σοφίας κατεσκάσθη, ἐφʼ ᾧτε εἶναί τι χώρημα δεκτικὸν ἀγαθῶν, τὸ ἀεὶ τῇ προσθήκῃ τοῦ είσχεομένου μεῖζον γινόμενον. ’

tēn perilēpsin. Allʼ ho en toïs pasin esomenos, entois mē ousin ouk estai. - G. Ti oun chrē legein, heipon, tous mikropsychōs tais symbolais diakeimenouss-M, pros autous, phēsin hē didaskalos,hoti Matēn, hōoutoi, dypnascheteite kai dyscherainete tǭ eirmǭ tēs anankaias pragmatōn akolonthias, agnoountes pros hontina skopon ta kathʼ ekaston en tǭ panti oikonomoumena pheretai, hoti panta chrē taxei tini kai akolouthią kata tēn technikēn tou kathēgemonos sophian tę̄ theią prosoikeiōthēnai physei. Toutou gar heneken hē logikē physis ēlthen eis genesin, hōs ton plouton tōn theiōn agathōn mē argon einaiʼ allʼ hoion angeia tina proairetika tōn psychōn docheai, para tēs to pan systēsamenēs sophias kateskasthē, ephʼ hǭte einai ti chōrēma dektikon agathōn, to aei tę̄ prosthēkę̄ tou eischeomenou meizon ginomenon. ’

“… of all. But he who will be in all will not be in what does not exist.” Gregory: “What, then,” I said, “should we say to those who are faint-hearted about these comparisons?” Macrina: “To them,” said my teacher, “we say: ‘In vain, sirs, do you chafe and fret at the connection of the necessary sequence of things, not knowing to what aim each thing in the universe is ordered and carried: that all things must, in a certain order and sequence, according to the skilful wisdom of the One who guides them, be made akin to the divine nature. For this reason rational nature came into being, so that the wealth of the divine goods might not be idle; but souls were constructed by the wisdom that established the universe as vessels with free choice, so to speak, so that there might be a capacity able to receive goods, always becoming greater by the addition of what is poured in …’”

Chapter 107

107PG 46:108a–108d

διάζευξις, μηδέ τοῦτό σοι ἀπʼ ἐλπίδος ἔσται. Ὀψει γὰρ τοῦτο τδ σωματικὸν περιβόλαιον τὸν νῦν διαλυθὲν τῷ Θανάτῳ ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν πάλιν ἐξυφαινόμενον, οὐ κατά τὴν παχυμερῆ ταύτην καὶ βαρεῖαν κατασκευὴν, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὸ λεπτότερόν τε καὶ ἀερῶδες, μετακλωσθέντος τοῦ νήματος, ὥστε σοι καὶ παρεῖναι τὺ ἀγαπώμενον, καὶ ἐν ἀμείνονι καὶ ἐρασμιωτέρῳ κάλλει πάλιν ἀποκαθίστασθαι. - Γ. ’Δλλʼ ἔοικέ πως, εἶπον, ἐξ ἀκολουθίας milia τό δόγμα τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐπεισεληλυθέναι τῷ λόγῳ, ὅ μοι δοκεῖ iam ἀληθὲς μὲν καὶ πιστὸν ἐκ τῆς τῶν Γραφῶν διδασκαλίας, ἵνα μὴ ἀμφιβάλλει· ἐπειδὴ πῶς ἡ ἀσθένεια τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης διανοίας, τοῖς χώρη-τοῖς ἡμῖν λογισμοῖς, μᾶλλον πρὸς τοιαύτην πίστιν ἐπιστηρίζεται, καλῶς ἂν ἔχοι μηδὲ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος παραδραμεῖν ἀθεώρητον. Ti οὖν χρὴ λέγειν, περισκεψώμεθα. M. Καὶ ἡ διδάσκαλος, Οί μὲν ἔξω, φησὶ, τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφίας ἐν διαφόροις ὑπολήψεσιν, ἄλλος ἀλα λως 5) μέρε ι τινὶ τοῦ κατά τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἐφήψαντο δόγματος, οὕτε διʼ ἀκριβείας τοῖς ἡμετέροις συνενεχθέντες, οὔτε πάντη τῆς τοιαύτης ἀποσφαλέντες ἐλπίδος. Τινές μὲν γὰρ ὑβρίζουσι τῇ κοινότητι τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀνά μέρος ἀνθρώπου τε καὶ ἀλόγου ψυχὴν διοριζόμενοι γίνεσθαι, μετενδυομένην τά σώματα, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀρέσκον ἀεὶ μεταβαίνουσαν, ἢ πτηνὸν, ἢ ένυδρον, ἥ χερσαῖόν τι ζῶον γινομένην μετά τὸν ἀνθρωπον, καὶ πάλιν ἀπὺ τούτων πρὸς τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ἐπανιέναι φύσιν. Ἕτεροι δὲ μέχρι τῶν θάμνων τὸν τοιοῦτον λῆρον ἐκτείνουσιν, ὡς καὶ τὸν ξυλώδη βίον αὐτῇ κατάλληλόν τε καὶ οἰκεῖον νομίζειν. Τοῖς δὲ τοῦτο δοκεῖ μόνον τὸ ἐξ ἀνθρώπου ἕτερον ἀνθρωπον ἀεὶ μεταλαμβάνειν, καὶ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν πάντοτε τὸν ἀνθρώπινον διεξάγεσθαι βίον, νῦν μὲν ἐν τούτοις, πάλιν δὲ ἐν ἑτέροις τῶν αὐτῶν ψυχῶν είς τὸ διηνειιὲς γινομένων. Ἡμεῖς δὲ καλῶς ἔχειν φαμὲν, ἐκ τῶν ἐκκλησιαστικῶν δογμάτων ὁρμώμενοι, τοσοῦτον παραδέξασθαι μόνον τῶν τοιαῦτα πεφιλοσοφηκότων, ὅσον συ μφωνοῦντας αὐτοὺς τρόπον τινὰ δεῖξαι τῷ τῆς ἀνας στάσεως δόγματι. Τὸ γὰρ λέγειν αὐτοὺς πάλιν τισὶν [47) ἐπεισκρίνεσθαι δόγμασιν μετά τὴν ἀπὺ τούτουʼδιάλυσιν ψυχην, ὀὗ λίαν τῆς ἐλπιζομένης ἡμῖν ἀναβιώσεως, ὅτι γὰρ ἡμέτερος λόγος ἐκτῶν τοῦ κόσμου στοιχείων, νῦν τε καὶ είσαῦὶις τὸ σῶμα ἡμῶν συνίστασθαι λέγει, καὶ τοῖς ἔξω·

diazeuxis, mēde touto soi apʼ elpidos estai. Opsei gar touto td sōmatikon peribolaion ton nyn dialythen tǭ Thanatǭ ek tōn autōn palin exyphainomenon, ou kata tēn pachymerē tautēn kai bareian kataskeuēn, allʼ epi to leptoteron te kai aerōdes, metaklōsthentos tou nēmatos, hōste soi kai pareinai ty agapōmenon, kai en ameinoni kai erasmiōterǭ kallei palin apokathistasthai. - G. ’Dllʼ eoike pōs, eipon, ex akolouthias milia to dogma tēs anastaseōs epeiselēlythenai tǭ logǭ, ho moi dokei iam alēthes men kai piston ek tēs tōn Graphōn didaskalias, hina mē amphiballei; epeidē pōs hē astheneia tēs anthrōpinēs dianoias, tois chōrē-tois hēmin logismois, mallon pros toiautēn pistin epistērizetai, kalōs an echoi mēde touto to meros paradramein atheōrēton. Ti oun chrē legein, periskepsōmetha. M. Kai hē didaskalos, Oi men exō, phēsi, tēs kathʼ hēmas philosophias en diaphorois hypolēpsesin, allos ala lōs 5) mere i tini tou kata tēn anastasin ephēpsanto dogmatos, houte diʼ akribeias tois hēmeterois synenechthentes, oute pantē tēs toiautēs aposphalentes elpidos. Tines men gar hybrizousi tę̄ koinotēti to anthrōpinon, tēn autēn ana meros anthrōpou te kai alogou psychēn diorizomenoi ginesthai, metendyomenēn ta sōmata, kai pros to areskon aei metabainousan, ē ptēnon, ē enydron, hē chersaion ti zōon ginomenēn meta ton anthrōpon, kai palin apy toutōn pros tēn anthrōpinēn epanienai physin. Heteroi de mechri tōn thamnōn ton toiouton lēron ekteinousin, hōs kai ton xylōdē bion autę̄ katallēlon te kai oikeion nomizein. Tois de touto dokei monon to ex anthrōpou heteron anthrōpon aei metalambanein, kai dia tōn autōn pantote ton anthrōpinon diexagesthai bion, nyn men en toutois, palin de en heterois tōn autōn psychōn eis to diēneiies ginomenōn. Hēmeis de kalōs echein phamen, ek tōn ekklēsiastikōn dogmatōn hormōmenoi, tosouton paradexasthai monon tōn toiauta pephilosophēkotōn, hoson sy mphōnountas autous tropon tina deixai tǭ tēs anas staseōs dogmati. To gar legein autous palin tisin [47) epeiskrinesthai dogmasin meta tēn apy toutouʼdialysin psychēn, hou lian tēs elpizomenēs hēmin anabiōseōs, hoti gar hēmeteros logos ektōn tou kosmou stoicheiōn, nyn te kai eisauiis to sōma hēmōn synistasthai legei, kai tois exō;

Macrina: “… separation, let not even this be without hope for you. For you will see this bodily covering, now dissolved by death, woven again from the same materials, not in this coarse and heavy construction, but with the thread spun into something finer and airier, so that what you love will be with you and will be restored again in a better and more lovely beauty.” Gregory: “But it seems,” I said, “that the doctrine of the resurrection has come into the discussion by the sequence of the argument. It seems to me true and trustworthy from the teaching of the Scriptures, so that I do not doubt it; but since the weakness of the human mind is somehow more strengthened in such faith by reasonings within our reach, it would be well not to pass this part over unexamined either. Let us consider, then, what must be said.” Macrina: And my teacher said: “Those outside our philosophy, in different suppositions, one in one way and another in another, have touched on some part of the doctrine of the resurrection, neither agreeing exactly with ours nor wholly missing such a hope. For some insult humanity by making it common with the brutes, defining that the same soul becomes in turn that of a man and of an irrational animal, changing bodies like clothes and always passing to what pleases it, becoming after the man a bird or a water creature or a land animal, and from these returning again to human nature. Others extend such nonsense as far as bushes, so as to think the life of trees suited and proper to it too. Others hold only that another man always takes the soul from a man, and that human life is always carried on through the same souls, now in these and again in others, forever. But we say, starting from the doctrines of the Church, that it is right to accept from those who have philosophized in this way only so much as shows them in some way agreeing with the doctrine of the resurrection. For their saying that the soul, after its dissolution from this body, enters again into certain bodies is not far from the revival we hope for. For our account too says that our body is constituted, both now and hereafter, from the elements of the world; and those outside …”

Chapter 109

109PG 46:109a–109d

θεν τδ ἷσον δοκεῖ. Οὐ γὰρ ἄλλην τινὰ τοῦ σώματος ἐπινοήσεις φύσιν ἔξω τῆς δρομῆς τῶν στοιχείων. Διαφέρει δὲ τοσοῦτον, ὅσον παρʼ ἡμῶν μὲν τὸ αὐτὸ λέγεσθαι πάλιν περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν συ μπήγνυσθαι σῶμα, ὲκ τῶν αὐτῶν στοιχείων συναρμοζόμενον · ὲκείνους δὲ οἴεσθαι πρὸς ἄλλα τινὰ σώματα λογικά τε καὶ ἄλογα, καὶ ἀναίσθητα τὴν ψυχὴν καταπίπτειν · οἷς τὸ μὲν ὲκ τῶν τοῦ κόσμου μερῶν εἶναι τὴν σύστασιν ὁμολογεῖται, διαφωνεῖ δὲ τὸ μὴ ὲκ τῶν αὐτῶν οἴεσθαι τῶν κατʼ ἀρχὰς ὲν τῇ διὰ σαρκὸς ζωῇ τῇ ψυχῇ προσφυέντων. Οὐκοῦν τὸ μὲν μὴ ἔξω τοῦ εἰκότος εἶναι τὸ πάλιν τὴν ψυχὴν ὲν σώματι γενέσθαι, παρὰ τῆς ἔξω φιλοσοφίας μεμαρτυρῆσθω· τὸ δὲ ἀσύστατον τοῦ ἐκείνων δόγματος καιρὸς ἂν εἴη διασκορπίσασβαι, καὶ διʼ αὐτῆς δὲ τῆς κατὰ τὸ εὔλογον ἁνακυπτούσης ἡμῖν ἀκολουθίας,φαο νερῶται ῥαδίως ἐστὶ δυνατὸν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. Τίς οὖν ό περὶ τούτων λόγος; Oi πρὸς διαφόρους φύσεις τὴν ψυχὴν μετοικίζοντες, συσχεῖν μοι δοκοῦσι τὰς τῆς φύσεως ἰδιότητας καὶ πάντα χρὴ (ει) καταμιγνύειν τε καὶ ἀναφύρειν πρὸς ἄλληλα, τὸ ἆλογον, τὸ λογικὸν, τὸ αἰσθητικὸν, τὸ ἀναίσθητον · εἰπερ ὲν ἀλλήλοις ταῦτα γένοιτο, μηδέ τινι φύσεως είρμῷ κατὰ τὸ ἀμετάπτωτον ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων διαστοιχιζόμενα. Τὸ γὰρ τὴν αὐτὴν ψυχὴν λέγειν, νῦν μὲν λογικήν τε καὶ διανοητικὴν. διὰ τῆς τοιᾶσδε τοῦ σώματος περιβολῆς γίνεσθαι· πάλιν δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἑρπετῶν φωλεύειν, ἢ τοῖς ὀρνέοις συναγελάζεσθαι, ἢ ἀχθοφορεῖν, ἢ σαρκοβορεῖν, ἢ ὑποβρύχιον εἶναι, ἢ καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀναίσθητον μεταπίπτειν, ριζουμένην τε καὶ ἀποδενδρουμένην, καὶ κλάδων smptiσεις ἀναβλαστάνουσαν. καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἢ ἄνθος, ἧ ἀκάνθην, ἢ τρόφιμόν τι φυομένην,ἢ δηλητήριον, οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν, ἢ ταύτὸν ἡγεῖσθαι τὰ πάντα, καὶ μίαν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν εἶναι τὴν φύσιν ὲν συγκεχυμέvn τινὶ καὶ ἀδιακρίτῳ κοινωνίᾳ πεφυρμένην, μηδεμιᾶς ἰδιότητος τὸ ἕτερον τοῦ ἑτέρου ἀποκρινούσης. '0 ξὰρ λέγων τὸ αὐτὸ ὲν παντὶ γίνεσθαι, οὐδὲν ἕτερον, ἢ ἓν εἶναι τὰ πάντα βούλεται, τῆς ἐμφαινομένης δια·φορᾶς τοῖς οὖσιν οὐδὲν πρὸς ἐπιμιξίαν τῶν ἀκοινωνήτων ἐμποδιζούσης· ὡς ἀνάγκην εῖναι, κᾶν τι τῶν ἰοβόλων, καὶ σαρκοβόρων θεάσηται, ὁμόφυ-

then td hison dokei. Ou gar allēn tina tou sōmatos epinoēseis physin exō tēs dromēs tōn stoicheiōn. Diapherei de tosouton, hoson parʼ hēmōn men to auto legesthai palin peri tēn psychēn sy mpēgnysthai sōma, ek tōn autōn stoicheiōn synarmozomenon ; ekeinous de oiesthai pros alla tina sōmata logika te kai aloga, kai anaisthēta tēn psychēn katapiptein ; hois to men ek tōn tou kosmou merōn einai tēn systasin homologeitai, diaphōnei de to mē ek tōn autōn oiesthai tōn katʼ archas en tę̄ dia sarkos zōę̄ tę̄ psychę̄ prosphyentōn. Oukoun to men mē exō tou eikotos einai to palin tēn psychēn en sōmati genesthai, para tēs exō philosophias memartyrēsthō; to de asystaton tou ekeinōn dogmatos kairos an eiē diaskorpisasbai, kai diʼ autēs de tēs kata to eulogon hanakyptousēs hēmin akolouthias,phao nerōtai rhadiōs esti dynaton tēn alētheian. Tis oun o peri toutōn logos? Oi pros diaphorous physeis tēn psychēn metoikizontes, syschein moi dokousi tas tēs physeōs idiotētas kai panta chrē (ei) katamignyein te kai anaphyrein pros allēla, to alogon, to logikon, to aisthētikon, to anaisthēton ; eiper en allēlois tauta genoito, mēde tini physeōs eirmǭ kata to ametaptōton apʼ allēlōn diastoichizomena. To gar tēn autēn psychēn legein, nyn men logikēn te kai dianoētikēn. dia tēs toiasde tou sōmatos peribolēs ginesthai; palin de meta tōn herpetōn phōleuein, ē tois orneois synagelazesthai, ē achthophorein, ē sarkoborein, ē hypobrychion einai, ē kai pros to anaisthēton metapiptein, rizoumenēn te kai apodendroumenēn, kai kladōn smptiseis anablastanousan. kai en toutois ē anthos, hē akanthēn, ē trophimon ti phyomenēn,ē dēlētērion, ouden heteron estin, ē tauton hēgeisthai ta panta, kai mian en tois ousin einai tēn physin en synkechymevn tini kai adiakritǭ koinōnią pephyrmenēn, mēdemias idiotētos to heteron tou heterou apokrinousēs. '0 xar legōn to auto en panti ginesthai, ouden heteron, ē hen einai ta panta bouletai, tēs emphainomenēs dia;phoras tois ousin ouden pros epimixian tōn akoinōnētōn empodizousēs; hōs anankēn einai, kan ti tōn iobolōn, kai sarkoborōn theasētai, homophy-

“… seem to think the same. For you will not conceive of any other nature of the body outside the concurrence of the elements. The difference is this: we say that the same body is compacted again around the soul, fitted together from the same elements; while they think that the soul falls into other bodies, rational and irrational and without sense. They agree that the constitution is from the parts of the world, but disagree in not thinking it is from the same elements that grew with the soul at the beginning in its life in the flesh. That it is not beyond what is probable for the soul to come to be in a body again, then, let it be witnessed by the outside philosophy; but it is time to examine the incoherence of their doctrine, and the truth can easily be made plain through the very sequence that emerges reasonably for us. What, then, is the account of these things? Those who move the soul into different natures seem to me to confuse the properties of nature and mix and jumble everything together, the irrational, the rational, the sentient, the insentient, if these come to be in one another, not separated from one another by any unchangeable sequence of nature. For to say that the same soul is now rational and thinking through such a covering of the body, and again lurks in holes with reptiles, or flocks with birds, or carries burdens, or eats flesh, or lives under water, or even falls to the insensible, taking root and becoming a tree and sprouting outgrowths of branches, and in them growing as a flower or a thorn or something nourishing or poisonous, is nothing else than to think all things the same, and that there is one nature in existing things, jumbled in a confused and undistinguished communion, no property separating one from another. For one who says that the same thing comes to be in everything wishes nothing else than that all things are one, the difference appearing in existing things in no way hindering the mixture of incompatible things; so that it would be necessary, if one sees one of the venomous or carnivorous animals, to think …”

Chapter 111

111PG 46:112a–112d

λον νομίζειν ἑαυτῷ καὶ συγγενὲς τὺ φαινόμενον, οὐδὲ τὸ κώνειον 6 τοιοῦτος ὡς ἀλλότριον τῆς ιδίας ὕψεται φύσεως εἴπερ βλέπει καὶ tv φυτοῖς τὸ ἀνθρώπινον ο ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀνυπόπτως ἑξει τὸν βότρυν τὸν ἑπὶ τῇ χρείᾳ τῆς ζωῆς γεωργούμενον. Καὶ γὰρ κα.) αὐτὸς τῶν φυομένων ἑστίν ο φυτά δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ τά τῶν ἀσταχύων γεννήματα, διʼ ὧν τρε· ξ φόμεθα. Πῶς οὗνὲπάξειτὴν δρεπάνην ἀσταχύων τομῇ; πῶς δὲ ἀποθλίψει τὸν βότρυν, ἢ ἀνορύξει τῆς ἀρούρας τὴν ἄκανθαν, ἢ τὸ ἄνθος δρέψει, ἢ θηρεύσει τοὺς ὄρνιθας. ἢ ἀπὸ ξύλων ἀναπαύσει πυρὰν, ἄδηλον δν εί μὴ κατά συγγενῶν, ἢ προγόνων, ῆόμοφύλων, ή χεὶρ φέρεται,,καʼί διὰ τοῦ σώματος αὐτῶν ἢτὺ πῦρ ἀνάπτεται, ἢ 6 κρατὴρ κιρνᾶται, ἢ ἡ τροφὴ παρασκευάζεται ; Τὸ γάρ οἴεσθαι διʼ ἑκάστου τούτων τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γίνεσθαι φυτὸν ἢ ζῶον, σημεῖα δὲ μὴ ἐπικεῖσθαι, ποῖον μὲν τὸ ἑξ ἀνθρώπου φυτὸν ἢ ζῶον, ποῖον δὲ τὺ ἑτέρως γινόμενον, πρὸς πάντα κατὰ τὸ ἶσον 6 τῇ τοιαύτῃ προειλημμένος ὑπολήψει διατεθήσεται, ὡς κατʼ ἀνάγκην, ἢ καὶ κατʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ὲν τῇ φύσει ζώντων ἀνθρώπων ἀπηνῶς ἔχειν, ἢ εἴπερ ἐπὶ τῶν ὁμοφύλων πρὸς φιλανθρωπίαν ἑκ φύσεως ῥέποι, ὁμοίως αὐτὸν διακεῖσθαι πρὸς πᾶν ἔμψυχον, κᾶν ἑν ἑρπετοῖς,, κᾶν tv θηρίοις τύχοι ἀλλὰ κᾶν tv ὕλῃ δένδρον γίνεται, 6 τὸ δόγμα τοῦτο παραδεξάμενος, δῆμον ἀνθρώπων τά δένδρα οἰήσεται. Τίς οὖνό τοιοῦτος βίος ἢ πρδς πάντα εὐλαβῶς διά τὸ ὁμόφυλον, ἢ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀπηνῶς διὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀδιαφορίαν ἔχοντος Οὐκοῦν ἀπόβλητος ὲκ τῶν εἰρημένων ό τοιοῦτος ἂν εἵη λόγος, πολλῶν καὶ ἄλλων τῆς τοιαύτης ἡμᾶς ὑπολήψεως κατά τὸ εὔλογον ἀπαγόνο των. Ἤκουσα γὰρ τῶν τοιαῦτα δογματιζόντων, ὅτι ἔθνη τινὰ τῶν ψυχῶν ἀποτίθεται tv ἰδιαζούσῃ τινὶ πολιτείᾳ πρὸς τὴν ὲν σώματι ζωὴν βιοτεύοντα, tv τῷ λεπτῷ τε καὶ εὐκινήτῳ τῆς φύσεως ἑαυτῶν τῇ τοῦ παντὸς συμπεριπολοῦντος δινήσει, ῥοπῇ δέ τινι τῇ πρὸς κακίαν msρορροούσας τὰς ψυχὰς tv σώματι γίνεσθαι· πρῶτον μὲν ἀνθρώποις, εἶθʼ οὕτως διὰ τῆς πρὸς τά ἄλογα τῶν παθῶν όειιλίας, μετά τού ἀνθρωί πίνου βίου ὲγχὼρησιν ἀποκτηνοῦσθαι, κάκεῖθεν μέχρι τῆς φυσικῆς ταύτης καὶ ἀναισθήτου καταπίπτειν

lon nomizein heautǭ kai syngenes ty phainomenon, oude to kōneion 6 toioutos hōs allotrion tēs idias hypsetai physeōs eiper blepei kai tv phytois to anthrōpinon o allʼ oude pros auton anypoptōs hexei ton botryn ton hepi tę̄ chreią tēs zōēs geōrgoumenon. Kai gar ka.) autos tōn phyomenōn hestin o phyta de hēmin kai ta tōn astachyōn gennēmata, diʼ hōn tre; x phometha. Pōs hounepaxeitēn drepanēn astachyōn tomę̄? pōs de apothlipsei ton botryn, ē anoryxei tēs arouras tēn akanthan, ē to anthos drepsei, ē thēreusei tous ornithas. ē apo xylōn anapausei pyran, adēlon dn ei mē kata syngenōn, ē progonōn, ēomophylōn, ē cheir pheretai,,kaʼi dia tou sōmatos autōn ēty pyr anaptetai, ē 6 kratēr kirnatai, ē hē trophē paraskeuazetai ? To gar oiesthai diʼ hekastou toutōn tēn psychēn tou anthrōpou ginesthai phyton ē zōon, sēmeia de mē epikeisthai, poion men to hex anthrōpou phyton ē zōon, poion de ty heterōs ginomenon, pros panta kata to ison 6 tę̄ toiautę̄ proeilēmmenos hypolēpsei diatethēsetai, hōs katʼ anankēn, ē kai katʼ autōn tōn en tę̄ physei zōntōn anthrōpōn apēnōs echein, ē eiper epi tōn homophylōn pros philanthrōpian hek physeōs rhepoi, homoiōs auton diakeisthai pros pan empsychon, kan hen herpetois,, kan tv thēriois tychoi alla kan tv hylę̄ dendron ginetai, 6 to dogma touto paradexamenos, dēmon anthrōpōn ta dendra oiēsetai. Tis ouno toioutos bios ē prds panta eulabōs dia to homophylon, ē kai pros tous anthrōpous apēnōs dia tēn epi tōn allōn adiaphorian echontos Oukoun apoblētos ek tōn eirēmenōn o toioutos an heiē logos, pollōn kai allōn tēs toiautēs hēmas hypolēpseōs kata to eulogon apagono tōn. Ēkousa gar tōn toiauta dogmatizontōn, hoti ethnē tina tōn psychōn apotithetai tv idiazousę̄ tini politeią pros tēn en sōmati zōēn bioteuonta, tv tǭ leptǭ te kai eukinētǭ tēs physeōs heautōn tę̄ tou pantos symperipolountos dinēsei, rhopę̄ de tini tę̄ pros kakian msrorroousas tas psychas tv sōmati ginesthai; prōton men anthrōpois, eithʼ houtōs dia tēs pros ta aloga tōn pathōn oeiilias, meta tou anthrōi pinou biou enchōrēsin apoktēnousthai, kakeithen mechri tēs physikēs tautēs kai anaisthētou katapiptein

“… what appears akin and related to himself; nor will such a man look on hemlock as foreign to his own nature, if he sees the human in plants too; nor will he be free from suspicion even toward the grape cultivated for the needs of life, for it too is among the things that grow; and the products of the ears of grain by which we are fed are plants to us. How, then, will he set the sickle to the cutting of the ears? How will he press the grape, or dig the thorn out of the field, or pluck the flower, or hunt birds, or light a fire from wood, when it is uncertain whether his hand is not moving against kinsmen or ancestors or those of his own race, and whether it is through their body that the fire is kindled or the bowl mixed or the food prepared? For if one thinks that through each of these the soul of a man becomes a plant or an animal, while there are no marks set on them to show which plant or animal comes from a man and which came about otherwise, one prepossessed by such a supposition will be disposed equally toward all, so that necessarily either he is harsh even toward the human beings living by nature, or, if he inclines by nature to love toward those of his own race, he is similarly disposed toward every living thing, even reptiles and wild beasts; indeed, if he goes into a wood, one who has accepted this doctrine will think the trees a people of human beings. What, then, would the life of such a person be, either cautious toward everything because of kinship, or harsh toward human beings too because of his indifference toward the others? Such an account, then, is to be rejected from what has been said, many other things too leading us reasonably away from such a supposition. For I have heard those who teach such things say that nations of souls are kept in a commonwealth of their own before life in the body, living in the fineness and mobility of their nature together with the whirling of the universe; and that by some inclination to vice the souls lose their wings and come to be in bodies, first in human beings, and then, through fellowship with the irrational passions, after leaving human life, become brutes, and from there fall as far as this natural and insensible life …”

Chapter 113

113PG 46:113a–113d

ζωῆς, mea (τῇ φύσει λεπτὸν καὶ εὐκίνητον, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἡ ψυχὴ, πρῶτον μὲν ἐμβριθές τε καὶ κατωφερὲς γίνεσθαι τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις σώμασι διὰ κακίας είσοικιζόμενον· εἶτα τῆς λογικῆς δυνάμεως ἀποσβεσθείσης τοῖς ἀλόγοις ἐμβιοτεύειν · ἐκεῖθεν δὲ καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης τῶν αἰσθήσεων χάριτος ἀφαιη ρεθείσης, τὴν ἀναίσθητον ταύτην ζωὴν τὴν ἐν φυτοῖς μεταλαμβάνειν· ἀπὸ τούτου δὲ πάλιν διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ’ἀνιέναι βαθμῶν, καὶπρὸς οὐράνιον χῶρον amneίστασθαι. Τὸ δὲʼ τοιοῦτον δόγμα τοῖς καὶ μετρίως κρίνεικ. ἐπεσκεμμένοις αὐτόθεν ἐλέγχεται, μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ὲνοὲαυτοίς στάσιν. Εἰ γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐρανίας ζωῆς διὰ κακίας ἐπὶ τὸν ξυλώδη βίονή ψυχὴ κατασύρεται, άπὸ τούτου δὲ πάλιν διʼ ἀρετῆς ἐπὶ τὸν οὐράνιον ἀνατρέχει, εὑρίσκεται ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ἀπορῶν, ὅ τι προτιμότερον οίεται, εἴτε τὴν ξυλίνην, εἴτε τὴν οὐρανίαν ζωήν. Κύκλος γάρ τίς ἐστι διὰ τῶν ὁμοίων περιχωρῶν, ἀεὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, ὲν ᾧπερ ἂν ᾗ, ἀστατούσης. Ei γὰρ ἐκ τῆς ἀσωμάτου ζωῆς πρὸς τὴν σωματικὴν ἀναπίπτει, καὶ ὲκ ταύτης πρὸς τὴν ἀναίσθητον· ἐκεῖθεν δὲ πάλιν πρὸς τὴν ἀσώματον ἀνατρέχει, οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἢ ἀδιάκριτος κακῶν τε καὶ ἀγαθῶν σύγχυσις παρά τοῖς ταῦτα δογματίζουσιν ὑπονοείται. Οὐτε γὰρ ἡούρανίσ. διαγωγὴ ὲν τῷ μακαρισμῷ διαμένει, εἴπερ κακία τῶν ὲ,κεί ζώντων καῦἀπτεται · οὔτε τὰ ξύλα τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀμοιρή. σει, εἴπερ ἐντεῦθεν μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν παλινδρομεῖν οἴονται τὴν ψυχὴν, ἐκεῖθεν δὲ τοῦ κατά κακίαν ἀνάρχεσθαι. Εί γὰρ ὲν τῷ οὐρανῷ ὴ ψυχὴ συμπεριπολοῢσα τῇ κακίᾳ συμπλέκεται, καὶ διὰ ταύτης ἐπὶ τὸν ὑλώδη καθελκυσθείσα βίον, ἀν·ωοείται πάλιν ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὴν ὲν seu διαγωγήν · ἄρα τὺ ἔμπαλιν παρʼ ἐκείνων κατασκευάζεται, τδ τὴν μὲν ὑλικὴν ζωὴν κακίας εἶναι κάθαρσιν, τὴν δὲ-ἀπλανῆ περιφορὰν κακῶν ἀρχηγὸν καὶ αἰτίαν ταῖς ψυχαῖς γίνεσθαι, εἰπερ ἐντεῦθεν διʼ ἀρετῆς πτεροφυήσασαι μετεωροποροῦσιν, ἐκεῖθεν δὲ διὰ κακίας τῶν πτερῶν ἐκπιπτόντων χαμαιπετεῖς πρὸσγειοι γίνονται, τῇ παχύτητι τῆς ὑλικῆς καταμιγνύμεναι φύσεως. Καὶ οὐ μέχρι τούτων ἵσταται τῶν τοιούτων δογμάτων ἡ ἀτοπία, τῷ ἀντεστράφθαι πρὸς τούναντίον τάς ὑπολήψεις. Ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ

zōēs, mea (tę̄ physei lepton kai eukinēton, hoper estin hē psychē, prōton men embrithes te kai katōpheres ginesthai tois anthrōpinois sōmasi dia kakias eisoikizomenon; eita tēs logikēs dynameōs aposbestheisēs tois alogois embioteuein ; ekeithen de kai tēs toiautēs tōn aisthēseōn charitos aphaiē retheisēs, tēn anaisthēton tautēn zōēn tēn en phytois metalambanein; apo toutou de palin dia tōn autōn ’anienai bathmōn, kaipros ouranion chōron amneistasthai. To deʼ toiouton dogma tois kai metriōs krineik. epeskemmenois autothen elenchetai, mēdemian echein enoeautois stasin. Ei gar apo tēs ouranias zōēs dia kakias epi ton xylōdē bionē psychē katasyretai, apo toutou de palin diʼ aretēs epi ton ouranion anatrechei, heurisketai ho logos autōn aporōn, ho ti protimoteron oietai, eite tēn xylinēn, eite tēn ouranian zōēn. Kyklos gar tis esti dia tōn homoiōn perichōrōn, aei tēs psychēs, en hǭper an hę̄, astatousēs. Ei gar ek tēs asōmatou zōēs pros tēn sōmatikēn anapiptei, kai ek tautēs pros tēn anaisthēton; ekeithen de palin pros tēn asōmaton anatrechei, ouden heteron ē adiakritos kakōn te kai agathōn synchysis para tois tauta dogmatizousin hyponoeitai. Oute gar hēouranis. diagōgē en tǭ makarismǭ diamenei, eiper kakia tōn e,kei zōntōn kauaptetai ; oute ta xyla tēs aretēs amoirē. sei, eiper enteuthen men epi to agathon palindromein oiontai tēn psychēn, ekeithen de tou kata kakian anarchesthai. Ei gar en tǭ ouranǭ ē psychē symperipoloÿsa tę̄ kakią sympleketai, kai dia tautēs epi ton hylōdē kathelkystheisa bion, an;ōoeitai palin enteuthen epi tēn en seu diagōgēn ; ara ty empalin parʼ ekeinōn kataskeuazetai, td tēn men hylikēn zōēn kakias einai katharsin, tēn de-aplanē periphoran kakōn archēgon kai aitian tais psychais ginesthai, eiper enteuthen diʼ aretēs pterophyēsasai meteōroporousin, ekeithen de dia kakias tōn pterōn ekpiptontōn chamaipeteis prosgeioi ginontai, tę̄ pachytēti tēs hylikēs katamignymenai physeōs. Kai ou mechri toutōn histatai tōn toioutōn dogmatōn hē atopia, tǭ antestraphthai pros tounantion tas hypolēpseis. Allʼ oude

“… so that what is by nature fine and mobile, which the soul is, first becomes heavy and downward-tending, settling into human bodies through vice; then, when its rational power has been quenched, lives in the irrational creatures; and from there, when even this gift of the senses has been taken away, takes on this insensible life in plants; and from this goes up again by the same steps and is restored to the heavenly region. Such a doctrine is refuted at once for those who have examined it even moderately, as having no stability in itself. For if the soul is dragged down by vice from the heavenly life to the life of a tree, and from this runs back up again by virtue to the heavenly, their argument is found at a loss as to which it thinks more honourable, the life of wood or the heavenly. For there is a circle going round through the same things, the soul never being stable wherever it is. For if it falls from the incorporeal life to the bodily, and from this to the insensible, and from there runs back again to the incorporeal, those who teach this suppose nothing else than an indiscriminate confusion of evil and good. For neither does the heavenly way of life remain in blessedness, if vice touches those who live there, nor will trees be without a share of virtue, if they think the soul runs back from here to the good, and from there begins vice. For if the soul, revolving in heaven, is entangled with vice and, dragged down by it to the material life, is drawn up again from here to the life on high, then the opposite is established by them: that the material life is a purification from vice, while the unerring revolution becomes the leader and cause of evils for souls, if from here they grow wings through virtue and travel aloft, while from there, their wings falling off through vice, they become earthbound, mixed with the coarseness of material nature. And the absurdity of such doctrines does not stop at this, that their suppositions are turned into their opposites; but not even …”

Chapter 115

115PG 46:116a–116b

αὑτὴ παγία διαμένει μέχρι πάντων αὐτοῖς ἡ ὑπόνοια. Εἰ γὰρ ἄτρεπτον τὴν οὐράνιον λέγουσι φύσιν, πῶς χώραν ἔχει ὲν τῷ ἀτρέπτῳ τδ πάθος; Καὶ εί ἐμπαθὴς ὴ κάτω φύσις, πῶς ὲν τῷ παθητῷ κατορθοῦται ἡ ἀπάθειας Ἀλλά qauροῦσι τὰ ἄμικτα, καὶ ἐνοῦσι τά ἀκοινώνητα, ἐν πάθει τὸ ἄτρεπτον, καὶ ἐν τῷ στρεπτῷ πάλιν καθορῶντες τὴν ἀπάθειαν. Καὶ οὐδὲ τούτοις είσαεὶ διαμένουσιν· ἀλλʼ ὅθεν τὴν ψυχὴν διὰ κακίας ἀπῴκησαν, ἐκεῖσε πάλιν αὐτὴν ὡς ἀσφαλῆ καὶ ἀκήρατον ζωὴν ὲκ τῆς ὑλικῆς ἀνοικίζουσιν, ὥσπερ ἐπιλαθόμενοι τὸ ἐκεῖθεν αὐτὴν ἡ κακία βρύσασα, τῇ κάτω καταμιχθῆναι φύσει. Ἦ τε οὖν διαβολὴ τοῦ τῇδε βίου, καὶ ὁ τῶν οὐρανίων ἔπαινος ὲν ἀλλήλοις συγχέονται, καὶ ἀνω· φεροῦνται, τοῦ μὲν διαβεβλημένου κατά τὴν ἐκείνων δόξαν πρὸς τὸ καλὸν καθηγουμένου ο τοῦ δὲ πρὸς κρείττονος ὑπειλημμένου τὴν ἀφορμὴν ἐνδιδόντος τῇ ψυχῇ τῆς πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον ῥοπῆς. Ούκοὖν ἐκβλητέα τῶν τῆς ἀληθείας δογμάτων πᾶσα πεπλανημένη τε καὶ ἀστατούσα περ). τῶν τοιούτων ὑπόληψις· μήθʼ ὅσοι καταβαίνειν ἐκ γυναικείων σωμάτων πρὸς τὴν ἀνδρώδη ζωὴν τάς ψυχάς δοκείη τὸ ἔμπαλιν ὲν γυναιξὶ γίνεσθαι τάς τῶν ἀνδρικῶν σωμάτων χωρισθείσας ψυχὰς, ἢ καὶ πρὸς ἄνδρας ἐξ ἀνδρῶν μεταβαίνειν, καί γυναῖκας ὲκ γυ·ναικῶν γίνεσθαι λέγουσιν, ὠς τῆς ἀληθείας ἐστο χασμένους ἀκολουθήσωμεν. '0 μὲν γὰρ πρότερος >ὐ μόνον τῷ (Μʼ) άστατος καὶ ἀπατηλὸς εἶναι ἀπεδοκιμάσθη ὁ λόγος, αὐτὸς ὲν ἑαυτῷ πρὸς τὰς ἐναντίας ὑπολήψεις περιτρεπόμενος, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ἀσεβῶς ἔχει, μηδὲν τῶν ὄντων είς γένεσιν ἄγεσθαι δογματίζων, καὶ κακίας τῇ ἑκάστου φύσει τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐνδιδούσης. Εἰ γὰρ οὔτε ἄνθρωποι, οὔτε φυτὰ, οὔτε βοσκήματα, μὴ ψυχῆς ἀνωθεν ἐπὶ ταῦτα ἐμπεσούσης φύονται· ή δὲ πτῶσις διὰ κακίας γίνεται, ἄρα κατάρχειν οἴονται τὴν κακίαν τῆς τῶν ὄντων συστάσεως. Καί πως συμβαίνει κατὰ τὸν αύτὸν χρόνον ἀμφότεραμὸ), καὶ ἄνθρωπον ἐκ γάμου φύεσθαι, καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν κατάπτωσιν τῇ τοῦ γά-

hautē pagia diamenei mechri pantōn autois hē hyponoia. Ei gar atrepton tēn ouranion legousi physin, pōs chōran echei en tǭ atreptǭ td pathos? Kai ei empathēs ē katō physis, pōs en tǭ pathētǭ katorthoutai hē apatheias Alla qaurousi ta amikta, kai enousi ta akoinōnēta, en pathei to atrepton, kai en tǭ streptǭ palin kathorōntes tēn apatheian. Kai oude toutois eisaei diamenousin; allʼ hothen tēn psychēn dia kakias apǭkēsan, ekeise palin autēn hōs asphalē kai akēraton zōēn ek tēs hylikēs anoikizousin, hōsper epilathomenoi to ekeithen autēn hē kakia brysasa, tę̄ katō katamichthēnai physei. Ē te oun diabolē tou tę̄de biou, kai ho tōn ouraniōn epainos en allēlois syncheontai, kai anō; pherountai, tou men diabeblēmenou kata tēn ekeinōn doxan pros to kalon kathēgoumenou o tou de pros kreittonos hypeilēmmenou tēn aphormēn endidontos tę̄ psychę̄ tēs pros to cheiron rhopēs. Oukoun ekblētea tōn tēs alētheias dogmatōn pasa peplanēmenē te kai astatousa per). tōn toioutōn hypolēpsis; mēthʼ hosoi katabainein ek gynaikeiōn sōmatōn pros tēn andrōdē zōēn tas psychas dokeiē to empalin en gynaixi ginesthai tas tōn andrikōn sōmatōn chōristheisas psychas, ē kai pros andras ex andrōn metabainein, kai gynaikas ek gy;naikōn ginesthai legousin, ōs tēs alētheias esto chasmenous akolouthēsōmen. '0 men gar proteros >y monon tǭ (Mʼ) astatos kai apatēlos einai apedokimasthē ho logos, autos en heautǭ pros tas enantias hypolēpseis peritrepomenos, allʼ hoti kai asebōs echei, mēden tōn ontōn eis genesin agesthai dogmatizōn, kai kakias tę̄ hekastou physei tēn archēn endidousēs. Ei gar oute anthrōpoi, oute phyta, oute boskēmata, mē psychēs anōthen epi tauta empesousēs phyontai; ē de ptōsis dia kakias ginetai, ara katarchein oiontai tēn kakian tēs tōn ontōn systaseōs. Kai pōs symbainei kata ton auton chronon amphoteramo), kai anthrōpon ek gamou phyesthai, kai tēs psychēs tēn kataptōsin tę̄ tou ga-

“… this supposition itself remains firm for them throughout. For if they call the heavenly nature unchangeable, how does passion have room in what is unchangeable? And if the nature below is subject to passion, how is freedom from passion achieved in what is passible? But they mix what cannot be mixed and unite what is incompatible, seeing the unchangeable in passion and freedom from passion again in what changes. And they do not even remain in this; but where they exiled the soul from because of vice, there they settle it again from the material life, as in a safe and undefiled life, as if forgetting that vice, springing up there, made it mingle with the nature below. So the condemnation of life here and the praise of heavenly things are confused with one another and turned upside down, what is condemned in their opinion leading to the good, while what was supposed better gives the soul the occasion for its inclination to the worse. Every mistaken and unstable supposition about such things, then, must be cast out from the doctrines of truth; nor should we follow, as aiming at the truth, those who say that souls go down from women’s bodies to manly life, or conversely that souls separated from men’s bodies come to be in women, or pass from men to men and from women to women. For the former account was rejected not only because it is unstable and deceptive, turning round in itself to contrary suppositions, but also because it is impious, teaching that none of existing things is brought into being unless vice gives the beginning to the nature of each. For if neither men nor plants nor cattle grow unless a soul falls on them from above, and the fall comes about through vice, then they think vice begins the constitution of existing things. And somehow both things happen at the same time, a man growing from marriage and the soul’s fall coinciding with the zeal of mar…”

Chapter 117

117PG 46:117a–117b

μου συμβαίνειν σπουδῇ. Καὶ τὸ ἐτι τούτου παραλογὼτερον, εί ἔαρι τὰ πολλά τῆς ἀλόγου φύσεως συνδυάζεται. 'Ap‘ οὖν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν δτι καὶ τῇ ἀνω περιφορᾷ τὸ ἔαρ ἐμφύεσθαι, τὴν κακίαν ποιεῖ. ὥστε συμβαίνει ὁμοῦ τε τοῦ κακοῦ τὰς ψυχὰς πληρουμένας πίπτειν, καὶ τὰς γαστέρας τῶν ἀλόγων κυΐσκεσθαι ; Τί δʼ ἀν εἴπῃ τις περὶ τοῦ γεωπόνου τοῦ καταπηγνύοντος τῇ γῇ τὰς τῶν φυτῶν ἁποο σπάδας; Πῶς ή τούτου χεὶρ συγκατέχωσε τῷ φυτῷ τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην ψυχὴν, συντρεχούσης πτερορρυήη σεως τῇ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πρὸς τὴν φυτείαν ὁρμῇ ἶ Τὸ αὐτὸ τοίνυν ἄτοπον καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου τῶν λόγων, ἐπὶ τὺ οἴεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν τὰς συνόδους ὲν συζυγίᾳ ζώντων περιεργάσασθαι, ἢ τὰς λοχείας ἐπιτηρεῖν, ἵνα τοῖς φυομένοις σώμασιν ἐπεισκριθῶσιν.’“Ει δὲ ἀπείποι ὲ ἀνηρ τʼδν γάμον, {es γυνὴ ἑαυτὴν τῆς τῶν ὀδυνῶν ἀνάγκης ἐλευθερὼσειεν· ἄρʼ οὗ βαρήσει τὴν ψυχὴν ὴ κακία; Οὐκοῦν ὁ γάμος τῇ ἀνω κακίᾳ τὸ κατά τῶν ψυχῶν ὲνδώσιμον δίδωσιν, ἢ καὶ δίχα τούτου καθάπτεται τῆς ψυχῆς ἡ πρὸς τὸ ἐναντίον σχέσις. Οὐκοῦν ἄοικος ὲν τῷ μέσῳ καὶ ἀλῆτις ή ψυχὴ πεπλανήσεται, τῶν μὲν οὐρανίων ἀπορρυεῖσαο σώματος δὲ ἂν οὕτω τύχοι πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν ἀμοιρήσασα. Εἶτα καὶ πῶς διά τούτων ἐπιστατεῖν τὸ Θεῖον τῶν ὄντων ὑπονοήσουσι, τῇ τυχαίᾳ ταύτῃ καὶ ἀλόγῳ τῶν ψυχῶν καταπτώσει τὰς ἀρχὰς τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης ἀνατιθέντες ζωῆς; Ἀνάγκη γάρ πᾶσα τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ τὰ μετά ταύτην συμφώνως ἔχειν. El γάρ ὲκ συντυχίας αὐτομάτου τινὸς ό βίος ἤρξατο, τυχέα πάντως καὶ ἡ κατʼ αὐτῶν διέξοδος γίνεται. Καὶ μάτην τῆς θείας δυνάμεως οί τοιοῦτοι τὰ ὄντα ἐξάπτουσιν, οἱ μὴ βουλήματι θείῳ τὰ ὲν τῷ κόσμῳ φύεσθαι λέγοντες, ἀλλʼ εἰς πονηράν τινων συντυχίαν τάς ἀρχὰς τῶν γινομένων ἀνάγοντες, ὡς οὐκ ἂν συστάσης τῆς ὀνθρωπίνης ζωῆς μὴ τοῦ κακοῦ δόντος τῇ ζωῇ τὸ ἑνδόσιμον.Είοῦν ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῦ βίου τοιαύτη, δηλαδὴ καὶ τὰ ἐφεξῆς κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν κινηθήσεται. Οὐ γὰρ ἄν τις κακοιῖικαλὸν, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ τὸ ἐναντίον φύεσθαι λέγοι. Ἀλλὰ κατά τὴν τοῦ σπέρματος φύσιν, καὶτοὺς καρποὺς ἀναμένομεν. Οὐκοῦν πάσης τῆς ζωῆς ἡ αὐτόματος αὕτη καὶ συντυχικὴ κίνησις ἠγεμονεύεξβξὲὃ), μηδεμιᾶς προνοίας διὰ τῶν ὄντων οίχού- σης ο σης (ον).

mou symbainein spoudę̄. Kai to eti toutou paralogōteron, ei eari ta polla tēs alogou physeōs syndyazetai. 'Ap‘ oun estin eipein dti kai tę̄ anō periphorą to ear emphyesthai, tēn kakian poiei. hōste symbainei homou te tou kakou tas psychas plēroumenas piptein, kai tas gasteras tōn alogōn kyïskesthai ? Ti dʼ an eipę̄ tis peri tou geōponou tou katapēgnyontos tę̄ gę̄ tas tōn phytōn hapoo spadas? Pōs ē toutou cheir synkatechōse tǭ phytǭ tēn anthrōpinēn psychēn, syntrechousēs pterorryēē seōs tę̄ tou anthrōpou pros tēn phyteian hormę̄ i To auto toinyn atopon kai epi tou heterou tōn logōn, epi ty oiesthai tēn psychēn tas synodous en syzygią zōntōn periergasasthai, ē tas locheias epitērein, hina tois phyomenois sōmasin epeiskrithōsin.’“Ei de apeipoi e anēr tʼdn gamon, {es gynē heautēn tēs tōn odynōn anankēs eleutherōseien; arʼ hou barēsei tēn psychēn ē kakia? Oukoun ho gamos tę̄ anō kakią to kata tōn psychōn endōsimon didōsin, ē kai dicha toutou kathaptetai tēs psychēs hē pros to enantion schesis. Oukoun aoikos en tǭ mesǭ kai alētis ē psychē peplanēsetai, tōn men ouraniōn aporryeisao sōmatos de an houtō tychoi pros hypodochēn amoirēsasa. Eita kai pōs dia toutōn epistatein to Theion tōn ontōn hyponoēsousi, tę̄ tychaią tautę̄ kai alogǭ tōn psychōn kataptōsei tas archas tēs anthrōpinēs anatithentes zōēs? Anankē gar pasa tę̄ archę̄ kai ta meta tautēn symphōnōs echein. El gar ek syntychias automatou tinos o bios ērxato, tychea pantōs kai hē katʼ autōn diexodos ginetai. Kai matēn tēs theias dynameōs oi toioutoi ta onta exaptousin, hoi mē boulēmati theiǭ ta en tǭ kosmǭ phyesthai legontes, allʼ eis ponēran tinōn syntychian tas archas tōn ginomenōn anagontes, hōs ouk an systasēs tēs onthrōpinēs zōēs mē tou kakou dontos tę̄ zōę̄ to hendosimon.Eioun hē archē tou biou toiautē, dēladē kai ta ephexēs kata tēn archēn kinēthēsetai. Ou gar an tis kakoiiikalon, oude ex agathou to enantion phyesthai legoi. Alla kata tēn tou spermatos physin, kaitous karpous anamenomen. Oukoun pasēs tēs zōēs hē automatos hautē kai syntychikē kinēsis ēgemoneuexbxeo), mēdemias pronoias dia tōn ontōn oichou- sēs o sēs (on).

“… riage. And what is still more absurd, most of the irrational creatures mate in spring. Can one say, then, that spring, coming on in the revolution above, produces vice, so that souls fall filled with evil at the same time as the wombs of irrational creatures conceive? And what would one say about the farmer who plants cuttings of plants in the earth? How has his hand buried a human soul together with the plant, the shedding of wings coinciding with the man’s impulse to plant? The same absurdity attends the other account too, thinking that the soul busies itself about the unions of living things in pairs or watches for births, so as to enter the bodies being born. And if the man renounces marriage, and the woman frees herself from the necessity of labour pains, will vice not weigh down the soul? Then either marriage gives the signal to the vice above against souls, or even without it the attachment to the opposite takes hold of the soul. Then the soul will wander homeless and vagrant in the middle, having fallen from heaven and perhaps having no body to receive it. Then too, how will they suppose by this that the divine presides over existing things, ascribing the beginnings of human life to this accidental and irrational fall of souls? For what follows must necessarily agree with the beginning. If life began from some spontaneous chance, its course too will certainly be by chance. And in vain do such people make existing things depend on the divine power, when they say that the things in the world grow not by divine will but refer the beginnings of what comes to be to an evil chance, as though human life could not have come to exist unless evil had given the signal to life. If, then, the beginning of life is such, clearly what follows will move according to the beginning; for no one would say that good grows from evil or the opposite from good; but we expect the fruits according to the nature of the seed. This spontaneous and chance movement, then, would rule the whole of life, no providence passing through existing things.”

Chapter 119

119PG 46:120a–120d

Ιιάντα γάρ πάντως ἐπὶ τῷ φέροντι κείσεται, καί οὐδὲν ὁ βίος διοίσει τῶν ἀνερματίστων πλοίων, ταῖς αὐτομάτοις συντυχίαις, οἷόν τισι κύμασιν. άλλοτε πρὸς ἀλλην καλῶν ἢ φαύλων σὺν τύχῃ μεθορμιζόμενος. Οὐ γὰρ ἔστι τὸ ἐξ ἀρετῆς ἐγγενέσθαι κέρδος, οἷς ἡ φύσις ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων (Ἵ 5) τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχει. Ei μὲν γὰρ θεόθεν οἰκονομεῖται ἡμῶν η ζωὴ, τὸ δὲ κακίαν κατάρχειν τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν συνομολογεῖται. Είδέ διʼ ἐκείνης φυόμεθα, πάντη τε καὶ πάντως κατʼ αὐτὴν βιοτεύσομεν. Λῆρος οὖν διὰ τούτων ἀποδειχθήσεται, τά μετὰ τὸν τῇδε βίον δικαιωτήρια ’ καὶ ἡ πρὸς ἀξίαν ἀνταπόδοσις, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν τῆς κακίας λέγεται καὶ πεπίστευται. Πῶς γὰρ δυνατὸν ἔξω ταύτης εἶναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν διʼ ἐκείνης φύντα; Πῶς δὲ καὶ ὁρμή τις ἐγένετο προαιρετικὴ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ πρὸς τὸν κατʼ ἀρετὴν βίον, οῦή φύσις ἐκ κακίας, ὡς λέγουσι, τὴν ἀρχὴν ἔχει; Ὠς γὰρ οὐκ ἐπιχειρεί τι τῶν ἀλόγων ἀνθρωπικῶς φθέγξασθαι, τῇ δὲ συντρόφῳ κα). κατὰ φύσιν κεχρημένα φωνῇ, 0662μίαν ἡγεῖται ζημίαν ἀμοιροῦντα τῷ λόγῳ ' κατά τὸν αὑτὸν τρόπον, καὶ οἷς ἡ κακία νομίζεται εἶναι τῆς ζωῆς ἀρχὴ κα). αἰτία, οὐκ ἂν είς ἐπιθυμίαν,ἔλθοιεν τῆς ἀρετῆς, ὡς ἔξω τῆς φύσεως αύτῶν οὔσης. Ἀλλά μὴν πᾶσι τοῖς κεκαθαρμένοις ἐκ λογισμῶν τὴν ψυχὴν διὰ σπουδῆς τε καὶ ἐπιθυμίας ὁ κατʼ ἀρετὴν βίος ἐστίν. Ἀρα διὰ τούτων σαφῶς ἀποδείκνυται, τὺ μὴ πρεσβυτέραν εἶναι τῆς ζωῆς τὴν κακίαν, μήτʼ ἐκεῖθεν τὰς πρώτας ἀρχὰς ἐσχηκέναι τὴν φύσιν, ἀλλὰ κατάρχειν ἡμῶν τῆς ζωῆς τὴν τὸ πᾶν οίκονομοῦσαν τοῦ Θεοῦ σοφίαν. Ἐλθοῦσαν δὲ, είς γένεσιν τὴν ψυχὴν κατά τὸν ἀρέσκοντα τρόπον τῷ κτίσαντι, τότε κατʼ ἐξουσίαν αὐτὴν αἱρεῖσθαι τὸ κατά γνώμην ἐκ τῆς προαιρετικῖκ δυνάμεως, ὂ τί περ ἂν ἐθέλει τοῦτο καὶ γινομένην. Μάθοιμεν δʼ ἀν τὸν λόγον ἐκ τοῦ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ύποδείγματος, ᾧ τδ μὲν.ὁρᾷν ἐστιν ἐκ φύσεως τὸ δὲ μὴ ὁρᾷν ἐκ προαιρέσεως ἢ καὶ πάθους. Γένοιτο γὰρ ἄν ποτε καὶ τὸ παρά φύσιν ἀντὶ τῆς φύσεως, ἢ ἑκουσίως τινὸς τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν μύοντος, ἢ ἐκ πάθους στερηθέντος τῆς ὅψεως. Οὕτως ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ θεόθεν μὲν εἶναι τὴν σύστασιν, μηδεμιᾶς δὲ νοουμένης περὶ τὸ Θεῖον κακίας, ἔξω τῆς κατʼ αὐτὴν ἀνάγκης εἶναιʼ γενομένην δὲ οὕτως τῇ) ίδία γνώμη πρὸς-το δοκοῦν ἄγεσθαι, Vi) ἐκ προαιρέσεως πρὸς τὸ καλὸν ἐπιμύουσαν, ἢ ἐξ ἐπι-ν βουλῆς τοῦ συνοικοῦντος ἡμῶν τῇ ζωῇ πολέμου τὸν ὀφθαλμὸν βλαπτομένην, κα). ἐν τῷ τῆς ἀπάτης

Iianta gar pantōs epi tǭ pheronti keisetai, kai ouden ho bios dioisei tōn anermatistōn ploiōn, tais automatois syntychiais, hoion tisi kymasin. allote pros allēn kalōn ē phaulōn syn tychę̄ methormizomenos. Ou gar esti to ex aretēs engenesthai kerdos, hois hē physis ek tōn enantiōn (Hi 5) tēn archēn echei. Ei men gar theothen oikonomeitai hēmōn ē zōē, to de kakian katarchein tēs zōēs hēmōn synomologeitai. Eide diʼ ekeinēs phyometha, pantē te kai pantōs katʼ autēn bioteusomen. Lēros oun dia toutōn apodeichthēsetai, ta meta ton tę̄de bion dikaiōtēria ’ kai hē pros axian antapodosis, kai hosa alla pros anairesin tēs kakias legetai kai pepisteutai. Pōs gar dynaton exō tautēs einai ton anthrōpon ton diʼ ekeinēs phynta? Pōs de kai hormē tis egeneto proairetikē tǭ anthrōpǭ pros ton katʼ aretēn bion, ouē physis ek kakias, hōs legousi, tēn archēn echei? Ōs gar ouk epicheirei ti tōn alogōn anthrōpikōs phthenxasthai, tę̄ de syntrophǭ ka). kata physin kechrēmena phōnę̄, 0662mian hēgeitai zēmian amoirounta tǭ logǭ ' kata ton hauton tropon, kai hois hē kakia nomizetai einai tēs zōēs archē ka). aitia, ouk an eis epithymian,elthoien tēs aretēs, hōs exō tēs physeōs autōn ousēs. Alla mēn pasi tois kekatharmenois ek logismōn tēn psychēn dia spoudēs te kai epithymias ho katʼ aretēn bios estin. Ara dia toutōn saphōs apodeiknytai, ty mē presbyteran einai tēs zōēs tēn kakian, mētʼ ekeithen tas prōtas archas eschēkenai tēn physin, alla katarchein hēmōn tēs zōēs tēn to pan oikonomousan tou Theou sophian. Elthousan de, eis genesin tēn psychēn kata ton areskonta tropon tǭ ktisanti, tote katʼ exousian autēn haireisthai to kata gnōmēn ek tēs proairetikik dynameōs, o ti per an ethelei touto kai ginomenēn. Mathoimen dʼ an ton logon ek tou tōn ophthalmōn ypodeigmatos, hǭ td men.horąn estin ek physeōs to de mē horąn ek proaireseōs ē kai pathous. Genoito gar an pote kai to para physin anti tēs physeōs, ē hekousiōs tinos ton ophthalmon myontos, ē ek pathous sterēthentos tēs hopseōs. Houtōs estin eipein, kai tę̄ psychę̄ theothen men einai tēn systasin, mēdemias de nooumenēs peri to Theion kakias, exō tēs katʼ autēn anankēs einaiʼ genomenēn de houtōs tę̄) idia gnōmē pros-to dokoun agesthai, Vi) ek proaireseōs pros to kalon epimyousan, ē ex epi-n boulēs tou synoikountos hēmōn tę̄ zōę̄ polemou ton ophthalmon blaptomenēn, ka). en tǭ tēs apatēs

“For everything will certainly lie with the one who carries it along, and life will differ in nothing from ships without ballast, carried now to one harbour, now to another, of good or bad fortune, by spontaneous chances as by waves. For there can be no gain from virtue for those whose nature has its beginning from the opposite. For if our life is governed by God, it is admitted that vice cannot begin our life; but if we grow through vice, we shall live entirely and altogether according to it. The tribunals after life here, and repayment according to worth, and all else that is said and believed for the abolition of vice, will then be shown by this to be nonsense. For how can a man who grew through vice be outside it? And how could there be any impulse of choice in man toward the life of virtue, if his nature has its beginning from vice, as they say? For as none of the irrational creatures attempts to speak like a human being, but, using the voice natural to it and bred with it, thinks it no loss to lack speech, in the same way those for whom vice is thought to be the beginning and cause of life would not come to desire virtue, as being outside their nature. But for all who have purified their soul by reasoning, the life of virtue is a matter of zeal and desire. By this, then, it is clearly shown that vice is not older than life, and that nature did not have its first beginnings from it, but that the wisdom of God, which governs the universe, begins our life. And when the soul has come into being in the manner pleasing to the Creator, then it chooses by its own authority, from its power of choice, whatever it wishes, and becomes that. We may learn the point from the example of the eyes, for which seeing is from nature and not seeing from choice or from affliction. For what is against nature may sometimes come in place of nature, either when someone closes his eye of his own will or is deprived of sight by affliction. So one may say that the soul has its constitution from God, and, since no vice is conceived in the divine, it is outside the necessity of vice; but having come into being in this way, it is led by its own judgment to what it thinks good, either closing its eye to the good by choice, or having its eye harmed by the plotting of the enemy who dwells with our life, and living in the darkness of deceit …”

Chapter 121

121PG 46:121a–121d

βιοτεύουσαν σκότει, καὶ τὸ ἔμπαλιν καθαρῶς πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν βλέπουσαν, πόρρω γίνεσθαι τῶν σκοτεινῶν παθημάτων. Πότε οὖν ἐρεῖ τις γινομένην, καὶ πῶς; Ἀλλέ τὴν μὲν ζήτησιν τὴν περὶ τοῦ πῶς τὰ καθʼ ἔκαστον γέγονεν, ἐξαιρετέον πάντη τοῦ λόγου. Οὔτε γὰρ περὶ τῶν προχείρων ἡμῖν είς κατανόησιν, ῶν τὴν ἀντίληψιν διʼ αἰσθήσεως ἔχομεν, δυνατὸν ἂν γένοιτο τῴ διερευνωμένῳ λόγῳ, τὸ πῶς ὑπέστη τὸ φαινόμενον κατανοῆσαι, ὡς μήτε τοῖς θεοφορουμένοις καὶ ἁγίοις ἀνδράσι τὸ τοιοῦτον ληπτὸν νομισθῆναι. Πίστει γὰρ νοοῦμεν, φησὶν ὁ Ἀπόστολος (ὅ), κατηρτίσθαι τοὺς αίῶνας ῥήματι Θεοῦ, είς τὸ μὴ ὲμμαινομένων τὰ ὁρώμενα γεγονέναι· οὐκ ἂν, ὡς οἴομαι, τοῦτο είπὼν, εἴπερ ᾤετο γνωστὸν, εἶναι διὰ τῶν λογισμῶν τὸ ζητούμενον. Ἀλλʼ ὅτι μὲν θελήματι θείῳ κατήρτισται αὑτός τε ὁ αἰὼν, καὶ πάντα ὅσα ὲν αὐτῷ γεγένηται (ὁστισοῦν ἂν εἴη οὗτος ὁ αίὼν, ᾧ παραθεωρείται πᾶσα ὁρατὴ τε καὶ ἀόρατος κτίσις), τοῦτο πεπιστευκέναι φησὶν ὁ Ἀπόστολος, τὸ δὲ πῶς ἀφῆκεν ἀδιερεύνητον. Οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐφικτὸν τὸ τοιοῦτον οἶμαι τοῖς ἀναζητοῦσιν εἶναι, πολλὰς ἀμηχανίας τοῦ περὶ τούτων ζητήματος ἡμῖν προδεικνύντος, πῶς ὲκ τῆς ἑστώσης φύσεως τὸ κινούμενον ὲκ τῆς ἁπλῆς τε καὶ ἀδιαστάτου τὸ διαστηματικόν τε καὶ σύνθετον; ’Ᾱρα ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς ὑπερκειμένης οὖσίας; Ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὁμολογεί τὸ έτερογενὲς ζ 10) ἔχειν πρὸς ὲακείνην τὰ ὄντα, ἀλλʼ ἑτέρωθεν πόθεν. Καὶ μὴν οὐδὲν ἔξωθεν τῆς θείας φύσεως ὁλόγος βλέπει. Ἦ γὰρ ἂν διασχισθείη πρὸς διαφόρους ἁρχὰς ὴ ὑπόληψις, εἴτι τῆς ποιητικῆς αἰτίας ἔξω νομισθείη, παρτ οῦὴ τεχνικὴ σοφία, τὰς πρὸς τὴν κτίσιν παρασκευὰς ἐρανίζεται. Ἐπεὶ οῦν ἓν μὲν τῶν ὄντων τὸ αἴτιον, οὐχ ὁμογενῆ δὲ τῇ ὑπερκειμένη φύσει τὰ διʼ ἐκείνης παραχθέντα είς γένεσιν · ίση δὲ καθʼ ἑκάτερον ὲν τοῖς ὑπονοουμένοις ἡ ἀτοπία, τό τε ὲκ τῆς φύσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν κτίσιν οίεσθαι, καὶ τὸ ἐξ ἑτέρας τινὸς οὐσίας ὑποστῆναι τὰ πάντα · ἦ γὰρ καὶ τὺ Θείον ὲν τοῖς τῆς κτίσεως ἰδιώμασιν εῖναι ὑπονοηθήσεται, εἴπερ ὁμογενῶς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἔχοι τὰ γεγονότα· 1) τις ὑλικὴ φύσις ἔξω τῆς θείας οὐσίας ἀντεξαχθήσεται τῷ

bioteuousan skotei, kai to empalin katharōs pros tēn alētheian blepousan, porrō ginesthai tōn skoteinōn pathēmatōn. Pote oun erei tis ginomenēn, kai pōs? Alle tēn men zētēsin tēn peri tou pōs ta kathʼ ekaston gegonen, exaireteon pantē tou logou. Oute gar peri tōn procheirōn hēmin eis katanoēsin, ōn tēn antilēpsin diʼ aisthēseōs echomen, dynaton an genoito tǭ diereunōmenǭ logǭ, to pōs hypestē to phainomenon katanoēsai, hōs mēte tois theophoroumenois kai hagiois andrasi to toiouton lēpton nomisthēnai. Pistei gar nooumen, phēsin ho Apostolos (ho), katērtisthai tous aiōnas rhēmati Theou, eis to mē emmainomenōn ta horōmena gegonenai; ouk an, hōs oiomai, touto eipōn, eiper ǭeto gnōston, einai dia tōn logismōn to zētoumenon. Allʼ hoti men thelēmati theiǭ katērtistai hautos te ho aiōn, kai panta hosa en autǭ gegenētai (hostisoun an eiē houtos ho aiōn, hǭ paratheōreitai pasa horatē te kai aoratos ktisis), touto pepisteukenai phēsin ho Apostolos, to de pōs aphēken adiereunēton. Oude gar ephikton to toiouton oimai tois anazētousin einai, pollas amēchanias tou peri toutōn zētēmatos hēmin prodeiknyntos, pōs ek tēs hestōsēs physeōs to kinoumenon ek tēs haplēs te kai adiastatou to diastēmatikon te kai syntheton? ’Ara ex autēs tēs hyperkeimenēs ousias? Allʼ ouch homologei to eterogenes z 10) echein pros eakeinēn ta onta, allʼ heterōthen pothen. Kai mēn ouden exōthen tēs theias physeōs hologos blepei. Ē gar an diaschistheiē pros diaphorous harchas ē hypolēpsis, eiti tēs poiētikēs aitias exō nomistheiē, part ouē technikē sophia, tas pros tēn ktisin paraskeuas eranizetai. Epei oun hen men tōn ontōn to aition, ouch homogenē de tę̄ hyperkeimenē physei ta diʼ ekeinēs parachthenta eis genesin ; isē de kathʼ hekateron en tois hyponooumenois hē atopia, to te ek tēs physeōs tou Theou tēn ktisin oiesthai, kai to ex heteras tinos ousias hypostēnai ta panta ; ē gar kai ty Theion en tois tēs ktiseōs idiōmasin einai hyponoēthēsetai, eiper homogenōs pros ton Theon echoi ta gegonota; 1) tis hylikē physis exō tēs theias ousias antexachthēsetai tǭ

“… and, conversely, looking purely at the truth, comes to be far from the passions of darkness. When, then, someone will say, does it come into being, and how? But the inquiry into how each thing came to be must be removed from the discussion altogether. For not even about the things readily open to our understanding, which we perceive through sense, would it be possible for searching reason to understand how what appears came to exist, so that such a thing was not thought within the grasp even of inspired and holy men. ‘For by faith we understand,’ says the Apostle, ‘that the ages were framed by the word of God, so that what is seen came to be from things that do not appear’; he would not have said this, I think, if he had thought that what is sought could be known by reasonings. But the Apostle says he has believed that the age itself, and all that has come to be in it (whatever this age is, in which the whole visible and invisible creation is seen), was framed by the divine will; but the how he left unsearched. For I think such a thing is not attainable by those who search, since the question about these things shows us many perplexities: how the moving comes from the stable nature, and the extended and composite from the simple and unextended. From the transcendent substance itself? But what exists does not admit being of a different kind from it. From elsewhere, then? But reason sees nothing outside the divine nature. For our conception would be split into different principles if anything were thought to be outside the making cause, from which the skilful wisdom collected its materials for creation. Since, then, the cause of existing things is one, while the things brought into being through it are not of the same kind as the transcendent nature, and the absurdity is equal either way in the suppositions, both to think that creation is from the nature of God and that all things came to exist from some other substance (for either the divine will be supposed to be in the properties of creation, if the things that came to be are of the same kind as God, or some material nature outside the divine substance will be set up against God …”

Chapter 123

123PG 46:124a–124d

Βεῷ κατά τδ ἀγέννητον τῇ ἀῑδιότητι τοῦ ὄντος παρισουμένη · ὅπερ δή καὶ Μανιχαϊοι φαντασθέντες,ὶ καί τινες τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς φιλοσοφίας ταῖς ἴσαις ὅπονοίαις συνενεχθέντες, δόγμα τὴν φαντασίαν ταύτην πεποίηνται. Ὠς ἀν μάλιστα οὖν ἐκφύγοιμεν τὴν ἀφʼ eumρου ἀτοπίαν ὲν τῇ ζητήσει τῶν ὄντων, κατὰ τὺ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου ὑπόδειγμα, ἀπολυπραγμόνητον τὸν λόγον τὸν περὶ τοῦ, πῶς ἕκαστον ἐστιν, καταλείψομεν, τοσοῦτον παρασημαινόμενοι μόνον, ὃτι ἡ ὁρμὴ τῆς θείας προαιρέσεως, ὅταν ἐθέλει, πρᾶγμα γίνεται, καὶ οὑσιοὺται τὸ βούλευμα εὐθὺς ἡ φύσις γινόμενον, τῆς παντοδυνάμου ἐξουσίας, ὅπερ ἂν,σοφῶς τε κα). τεχνικῶς ἐθέλῃ, μὴ ἀνυπόστατον ποιούσης τὸ θέλημα. Ἢ δὲτοῦ θελήματος ὓπαρξις ούσία ἐστί. Διχῆ δὲ διακρινομέ· νων τῶν ὄντων, είς τὺ νοερόν τε καὶ σωματικόνο ἡ μὲν τῶν νοερῶν κτίσις οὑ δοκεῖ πως ἀπᾴδειν τῆς τοῦ ἀσωμάτου φύσεως, ἀλλʼ ὲκ τοῦ σύνεγγυς εῖναι τὸ ἀειδές τε καὶ ἀναφὲς καὶ ἀδιάστατον δεικνύουσα. Ὅπερ δὴ καὶ περὶ τὴν ὑπερκειμένην φύσιν ὑπονοῶν τις οὑχ ἁμαρτήσεται. Τῆς δὲ σωματικῆς κτίσεως ἐν ἀκοινωνήτοις ὡς πρὸς τδ Θεῖον τοῖς ίδιώμασι θεωρουμένης· καὶ ταύτην μάλιστα τὴν πολλὴν ἀμηχανίαν ἐμποιούσης τῷ λόγῳ, μὴ δυναμένου κατιδεῖν, πῶς ὲκ τοῦ ἀοράτου τὸ ὁρώμενον; ἐκ τοῦ ἀναφοῦς rb στερρὸν καὶ ἀντίτυπον, ὲκ τοῦ ἀορίστου τὺ ὡρισμένον, ὲκ τοῦ ἀπόσου τε καὶ ἀμεγέθου τὸ πάντως μέτροις τισὶ τοῖς κατά τὸ ποσὸν θεωρουμένοις περιειρο γόμενον; Καὶ τὰ καθʼ ἕκαστον ὃσα περὶ τὴν σωματι κήν καταλαμβάνεται φύσιν, περ). ὧν τοσοῦτόν φαμεν, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ τῶν περὶ τὸ σῶμα θεωρουμένων σῶμά ἐστιν, οὑ σχῆμα, οὑ χρῶμα, ού βάρος, ού διάστημα, οὑ ἁτηλικότης, οὑκ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἐν ςποιότητι θεωρουμένων οὐδὲν, ἀλλά τούτων ἕκαστον λόγος ἐστίνʼ ἡ δὲ πρὸς ἄλληλα συνδρομὴ τούτων καὶ ἓνωσις σῶμα γίνεται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν αί συμπληρωματικα). τοῦ σώματος ποιότητες νῷ κα ε ταλαμδάνονται καὶ οὑκ αἰσθήσει, νοερὸν δὲ τὸ Θεῖον, τίς πόνος τῶν νοητῶν τά νοήματα κατεργάσασοαις Ὦν ἡ πρὸς ἄλληλα συνδρομὴ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ε ημῖν ἀπεγέννησε φύσιν. Ἀλλά ταῦτα μὲν ἔξω τιῡ

Beǭ kata td agennēton tę̄ aidiotēti tou ontos parisoumenē ; hoper dē kai Manichaïoi phantasthentes,i kai tines tēs Hellēnikēs philosophias tais isais hoponoiais synenechthentes, dogma tēn phantasian tautēn pepoiēntai. Ōs an malista oun ekphygoimen tēn aphʼ eumrou atopian en tę̄ zētēsei tōn ontōn, kata ty tou Apostolou hypodeigma, apolypragmonēton ton logon ton peri tou, pōs hekaston estin, kataleipsomen, tosouton parasēmainomenoi monon, hoti hē hormē tēs theias proaireseōs, hotan ethelei, pragma ginetai, kai housioutai to bouleuma euthys hē physis ginomenon, tēs pantodynamou exousias, hoper an,sophōs te ka). technikōs ethelę̄, mē anypostaton poiousēs to thelēma. Ē detou thelēmatos hyparxis ousia esti. Dichē de diakrinome; nōn tōn ontōn, eis ty noeron te kai sōmatikono hē men tōn noerōn ktisis hou dokei pōs apądein tēs tou asōmatou physeōs, allʼ ek tou synengys einai to aeides te kai anaphes kai adiastaton deiknyousa. Hoper dē kai peri tēn hyperkeimenēn physin hyponoōn tis houch hamartēsetai. Tēs de sōmatikēs ktiseōs en akoinōnētois hōs pros td Theion tois idiōmasi theōroumenēs; kai tautēn malista tēn pollēn amēchanian empoiousēs tǭ logǭ, mē dynamenou katidein, pōs ek tou aoratou to horōmenon? ek tou anaphous rb sterron kai antitypon, ek tou aoristou ty hōrismenon, ek tou aposou te kai amegethou to pantōs metrois tisi tois kata to poson theōroumenois perieiro gomenon? Kai ta kathʼ hekaston hosa peri tēn sōmati kēn katalambanetai physin, per). hōn tosouton phamen, hoti ouden ephʼ heautou tōn peri to sōma theōroumenōn sōma estin, hou schēma, hou chrōma, ou baros, ou diastēma, hou hatēlikotēs, houk allo ti tōn en spoiotēti theōroumenōn ouden, alla toutōn hekaston logos estinʼ hē de pros allēla syndromē toutōn kai henōsis sōma ginetai. Epei oun ai symplērōmatika). tou sōmatos poiotētes nǭ ka e talamdanontai kai houk aisthēsei, noeron de to Theion, tis ponos tōn noētōn ta noēmata katergasasoais Ōn hē pros allēla syndromē tēn tou sōmatos e ēmin apegennēse physin. Alla tauta men exō tiy

“… as unbegotten, made equal to the eternity of Being; which indeed the Manichees imagined, and some of the Greek philosophy, carried along by like suppositions, have made this fancy a doctrine). So that we may best escape the absurdity on either side in our inquiry into existing things, following the Apostle’s example we shall leave the question how each thing exists uninquired into, pointing out only this: that the impulse of the divine choice, when it wills, becomes fact, and the purpose at once becomes nature and is given substance, the all-powerful authority not leaving unrealized whatever it wills wisely and skilfully; and the existence of the will is substance. Since existing things are divided in two, into the intellectual and the bodily, the creation of intellectual things does not seem in any way out of keeping with the incorporeal nature, but shows its nearness in being formless, intangible, and unextended; and one who supposes this about the transcendent nature too will not be wrong. But since bodily creation is seen in properties that have no communion with the divine, it produces the greatest perplexity for reason, which cannot see how the visible comes from the invisible, the solid and resistant from the intangible, the limited from the unlimited, from what has no quantity or magnitude what is certainly bounded by measures seen in quantity, and each of the other things grasped about bodily nature. About these we say only this: that nothing seen about the body is body by itself, not shape, not colour, not weight, not extension, not magnitude, nor anything else seen as a quality; but each of these is a principle (a thought); and their concurrence and union with one another becomes body. Since, then, the qualities that complete the body are grasped by mind and not by sense, and the divine is intellectual, what labour is it for the intelligible to produce the thoughts, whose concurrence with one another has produced for us the nature of the body? But these things …”

Chapter 125

125PG 46:125a–125d

προκειμένου παρεξετάσθη. Τὸ δὲ ζητούμενον ἦν, η ei προῦφεστήκασιν αξ ψυχαὶ τῶν σωμάτων. πότε ἢ πῶς γίνονται. Καὶ τούτου χάριν ἡμῖν περὶ τοῦ πῶς ζήτησιν ὡς ἀνέφικτον οὖσαν ἀπολυπραγμόνητον ἀφῆκεν ὁ λόγος. Περὶ τοῦ πότε τὰς ἀρχὰς αἱ ψυχαὶ τῆς ὑπάρξεως ἔχουσιν, ὡς ἀκόλουθον ὃν tot: προεξητασμένοις, ζητεῖν καταλείπεται. El. γὰρ δοθείη τὸ πρὸ τοῦ σώματος ὲν ἰδιαζούσῃ τινὶ καταστάσει τὴν ψυχὴν βιοτεύειν ἀνάγκη πᾶσα τὰς ἀτόπους ὲκείνας δογματοποιεας ἰσχὺν ἔχειν νομιζειν τῶν διὰ κακίας τὰς ψυχὰς εἰσοικιζόντων τοῖς σώμασιν. Ἀλλὰ μὴν ἐφυστεριζειν τὰς ψυχὰς τὴν γένεσιν, καὶ νεωτέρας τῆς τῶν σωμάτων εἶναι συμπλάσεως, οὐδεὶς ἂν τῶν εὖ φρονούντων ὑπονοήσειεν, φανεροῦ πᾶσιν ὕντος ὅτι οὐδὲν τῶν ..ων..ι-υννοινεηι, Vw-.."....-., -.ην ν-- ---ρ - ν ἀψύχων κινητικὴν τε καὶ· αὐξητικὴν ὲν αὐτῷ δύναμιν ἔχει. Τῶν δʼ ἐν νηδύϊ ἐντρεφομένων, οὔτε ἓοῗῦξησις, οὔτε ή τοπικὴ κίνησίς ἐστιν ἀμφί- ος.

prokeimenou parexetasthē. To de zētoumenon ēn, ē ei prouphestēkasin ax psychai tōn sōmatōn. pote ē pōs ginontai. Kai toutou charin hēmin peri tou pōs zētēsin hōs anephikton ousan apolypragmonēton aphēken ho logos. Peri tou pote tas archas hai psychai tēs hyparxeōs echousin, hōs akolouthon hon tot: proexētasmenois, zētein kataleipetai. El. gar dotheiē to pro tou sōmatos en idiazousę̄ tini katastasei tēn psychēn bioteuein anankē pasa tas atopous ekeinas dogmatopoieas ischyn echein nomizein tōn dia kakias tas psychas eisoikizontōn tois sōmasin. Alla mēn ephysterizein tas psychas tēn genesin, kai neōteras tēs tōn sōmatōn einai symplaseōs, oudeis an tōn eu phronountōn hyponoēseien, phanerou pasin hyntos hoti ouden tōn ..ōn..i-ynnoineēi, Vw-.."....-., -.ēn n-- ---r - n apsychōn kinētikēn te kai; auxētikēn en autǭ dynamin echei. Tōn dʼ en nēdyï entrephomenōn, oute heoïyxēsis, oute ē topikē kinēsis estin amphi- os.

“… were examined outside the subject. What was sought was whether souls exist before bodies, and when or how they come to be. And for this reason the argument left the inquiry about how uninvestigated, as being beyond reach. It remains to seek when souls have the beginning of their existence, as following from what was examined earlier. For if it were granted that the soul lives in a state of its own before the body, it would necessarily follow that those absurd doctrines have force which settle souls in bodies because of vice. But no sensible person would suppose that souls are later in their genesis and younger than the forming of bodies, since it is plain to all that nothing … of what is soulless has in itself a power of motion and growth. But of those nourished in the womb neither growth nor local motion is doubtful …”

Chapter 127

127PG 46:128a–128b

ἀνθρωπίνης συστάσεως, πρὸς λόγον τῆς σωματικῆς ποσότητος, καὶ η τῆς ψυχῆς διαφαίνεται δῦναιμις· πρῶτον μὲν διά τοῦ θρεπτικοῦ καὶ αὐξητικοῦ τοτς ἔνδοθεν πλασσομένοις ἐγγινομένη. Μετά ταῦτα δὲ τὴν αἰσθητικὴν χάριν τοῖς εἰς φῶς προελθοῦσιν ἐπάγουσα, εἷθʼ οὕτω, καθάπερ τινὰ καρπὸν, αὐξηθένο τος ἠδη τοῦ φυτοῦ, μετρίως τὴν λογικὴν ἐμφαίνουσα δύναμιν, οὐ πᾶσαν κατὰ τὸ ἀθρόον, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀναδρομῇ τοῦ φυτοῦ διʼ ἀκολούθου προκοπῆς συναυί ξανομένην. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν τδ ἐκ τῶν ἐμψύχων είς ἀφορμὴν ἐμψύχου συστάσεως ἀποσπώμενον, νεκρδν εἶναι οὔ δύναται (ὴ γὰρ νεκρότης κατά ψυχῆς στέρησιν γίνεταιο οὐκ ἂν δὴ προσλάβῃ τὴν ἕξιν ἠ στέρησις )° ἐκ τούτων καταλαμβάνομεν τὸ κοινὴν τῷ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων συνισταμένῳ συγκρίματι, τὴν είς τὸ εἶναι πάροδον γίνεσθαι, οὔτε τούτου προτερεύοντος, οὔτʼ ἐκείνου ἐφυστερίζοντοςο στᾶσιν δέ ποτε τῆς τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν ψυχίῦν αὐξήσεως, ἀναγκαίως προορᾷ ὁ λόγοςξ Ὠς ἂν μὴ διαπαντὸς ῥέοι ἡ φύσις, ἀεὶ διὰ τῶν ἐπιγινομένων ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσω χεομένη, καὶ οὐδέποτε τῆς κινήσεως λήγουσα. Τὴν δὲ αἰτίαν τοῦ δεῖν πάντως στάσιμόν ποτεψκαὶ την ἡμετέραν γίνεσθαι φύσιν, ταύτην οἰόμεθα, ὅτι πάσης τῆς νοητῆς φύσεως ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ πληρώματι ἑστώσης, εἰκός ποτε καὶ τδ ἀνθρώπινον εἰς πέρας ἐλθεῖν, οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο τῆς νοητῆς ἠλλοτρίωται ξρύζ σεωςομως μὴ πάντοτε δοκεῖν ἐν τῷ λείποντι καθορᾶσθαι. ᾝ γάρ ἀεὶ τῶν ἐπιγινομένων προσθήκη, κατηγορία τοῦ ἐλλείποντος ἔχειν τὴν φύσιν-γίνεται. Ἐπειδὰν οὖν είς τὸ οἰκεῖον πλήρωμα τδ ἀνθρώπινον φθάσῃ, στήσεται πάντως ήηῤοῦδης (ο) αὕτη τῆς φύσεως κίνησις, είς τδ ἀναγκαίον καταντὴέ σασα πέρας, καί τις ἑτέρα κατάστασις τὴν ζωὴν διαδέχεται, τῆς νῦν ἐν γενέσει καὶ φθορᾷ διεξαγομένης κεχωρισμένη. Μὴ οὔσης γὰρ γενέσεως, κατὰ πᾶσαν ἀνάγκην οὐδὲ τὸ φθειρόμενον ἔσται. El γὰρ πρὸ τῆς διαλύσεως σύνθεσις ἄρχεται, σύνθεσιν δέ φαμεν τὴν διὰ γενέσεως πάροδον ο ἀκόλουθον πάντως μὴ καθηγουμένης τῆς συνθέσεως, μηδὲ τὴν διά λυσιν ἕπεσθαι. Οὐκοῦν ἑστῶσά τις κα). ἀδιάλυτος ἡ μετά ταῦτα ζωὴ διʼ ἀκολουθίας προφαίνεται ), οὔτε ὑπὸ γενέσεως, ἀλλοῖον μένη.

anthrōpinēs systaseōs, pros logon tēs sōmatikēs posotētos, kai ē tēs psychēs diaphainetai dynaimis; prōton men dia tou threptikou kai auxētikou tots endothen plassomenois enginomenē. Meta tauta de tēn aisthētikēn charin tois eis phōs proelthousin epagousa, heithʼ houtō, kathaper tina karpon, auxētheno tos ēdē tou phytou, metriōs tēn logikēn emphainousa dynamin, ou pasan kata to athroon, alla tę̄ anadromę̄ tou phytou diʼ akolouthou prokopēs synaui xanomenēn. Epeidē toinyn td ek tōn empsychōn eis aphormēn empsychou systaseōs apospōmenon, nekrdn einai ou dynatai (ē gar nekrotēs kata psychēs sterēsin ginetaio ouk an dē proslabę̄ tēn hexin ē sterēsis )° ek toutōn katalambanomen to koinēn tǭ ex amphoterōn synistamenǭ synkrimati, tēn eis to einai parodon ginesthai, oute toutou protereuontos, outʼ ekeinou ephysterizontoso stasin de pote tēs tou arithmou tōn psychiyn auxēseōs, anankaiōs proorą ho logosx Ōs an mē diapantos rheoi hē physis, aei dia tōn epiginomenōn epi to prosō cheomenē, kai oudepote tēs kinēseōs lēgousa. Tēn de aitian tou dein pantōs stasimon potepskai tēn hēmeteran ginesthai physin, tautēn oiometha, hoti pasēs tēs noētēs physeōs en tǭ idiǭ plērōmati hestōsēs, eikos pote kai td anthrōpinon eis peras elthein, oude gar touto tēs noētēs ēllotriōtai xryz seōsomōs mē pantote dokein en tǭ leiponti kathorasthai. Hę̄ gar aei tōn epiginomenōn prosthēkē, katēgoria tou elleipontos echein tēn physin-ginetai. Epeidan oun eis to oikeion plērōma td anthrōpinon phthasę̄, stēsetai pantōs ēēroudēs (o) hautē tēs physeōs kinēsis, eis td anankaion katantēe sasa peras, kai tis hetera katastasis tēn zōēn diadechetai, tēs nyn en genesei kai phthorą diexagomenēs kechōrismenē. Mē ousēs gar geneseōs, kata pasan anankēn oude to phtheiromenon estai. El gar pro tēs dialyseōs synthesis archetai, synthesin de phamen tēn dia geneseōs parodon o akolouthon pantōs mē kathēgoumenēs tēs syntheseōs, mēde tēn dia lysin hepesthai. Oukoun hestōsa tis ka). adialytos hē meta tauta zōē diʼ akolouthias prophainetai ), oute hypo geneseōs, alloion menē.

“… of the human constitution, the power of the soul too shows itself in proportion to the bodily quantity: first arising in those being formed within through the nourishing and growing power, then bringing the gift of sense to those who have come out into the light, and then, like a fruit when the plant has already grown, showing the rational power moderately, not all at once, but growing along with the plant’s rising by a sequence of progress. Since, then, what is taken from living beings as the beginning of a living constitution cannot be dead (for deadness comes by privation of soul, and privation would not come before the possession), we gather from this that the compound made of both has a common passage into being, neither the one coming first nor the other later. But reason necessarily foresees a halt one day to the increase in the number of souls, so that nature may not always be flowing, always poured forward through those who come after and never ceasing its motion. And we think the reason why our nature too must certainly one day become stable is this: since the whole intelligible nature stands in its own fullness, it is likely that humanity too will one day come to an end; for this too is not estranged from the intelligible nature; so that it may not always seem to be seen in want. For the continual addition of those born afterward becomes a charge that the nature has something lacking. When, then, humanity reaches its own fullness, this flowing movement of nature will certainly stop, having come to its necessary end, and another state will succeed life, separated from the present one carried on in birth and corruption. For when there is no birth, there will by every necessity be nothing that perishes either. For if composition comes before dissolution (and by composition we mean the passage through birth), it certainly follows that if composition does not go before, dissolution will not follow. The life after this, then, appears by consequence to be stable and indissoluble, not altered by birth …”

Chapter 129

129PG 46:129a–129b

ιʼ. Ἐγὼ δέ ταῦτα διεξελθούσης διδασκάλον, ἐπειδὴ τοῖς πολλοῖς παρακαθημένοις ἐδόκει τὸ προσῆκον ἐσχηκέναι πέρας ὁ λόγος, φοὸηθεὶς μὴ ούκ ἔτι ὁ διαλύων -ἡμῖν τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως παρὰ τῶν ἔξωθεν προφερόμενα, εἴτι ἐκ τῆς ἀρρωστίας ἡ διδάσκαλος πάθοι, ὅ δὴ καὶ ἐγένετο οὔπω, φημὶ, τοῦ κυριωτάτου τῶν κατὰ δόγμα ζητουμένων ὀ λόγος· 1Ιλψατο. Φησὶ γὰρ ἡ θεόπνευστος Γ ραφὴ, κατά τε τὴν νέαν καὶ ἁρχαίαν διδασκαλίαν, πάντως ποτὲ τάξει τινὶ ἶ καὶ εἱρμῶ τῆς φύσεως ήμῶν κατὰ τὴν παροδικὴν τοῦ χρόνου κίνησιν διεξιούσης, στήσεσθαι μὲν τὴν ῥοώδη ταύτην φορὰν τὴν διὰ τῆς τῶν ἐπι· γινομένων διαδοχῆς προϊοῦσαν, τῆς δὲ τοῦ παντὸς συμπληρώσεως μηκέτι τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον ἐπαύξησιν προδεχομένης, ἅπαν τὸ τῶν ψυχῶν πλήρωμα, πάλιν ἐκ τοῦ ἀειδοῦς καὶ ἐσκεδασμένου πρὸς τὸ συνεστὸς καὶ φαινόμενον ἐπανελεύσεσθαι, τῶν αὐτῶν στοιχείων κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν εἱρμὸν πρὸς ἄλληλα πάλιν ἀναδραμόντων. Ἦ δὲ τοιαύτη τῆς ζωῆς κατάστασις, περὶτῶν τῆς θείας διδασκαλίας Γραφῶν ἀνάστασις λέγεται, τῇ τοῦ γεώδους ἀνορθώσει, πάσης τῆς τῶν στοιχείων κινήσεως συνονομαζομένης. -Μ. Τί οὖν, φησὶ, τούτων ἀμνημόνευτον ἐν τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἐστίν; —- Γ. Αὐτὸ, φημὶ, τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἀναστάσεως. _

iʼ. Egō de tauta diexelthousēs didaskalon, epeidē tois pollois parakathēmenois edokei to prosēkon eschēkenai peras ho logos, phooētheis mē ouk eti ho dialyōn -hēmin ta peri tēs anastaseōs para tōn exōthen propheromena, eiti ek tēs arrōstias hē didaskalos pathoi, ho dē kai egeneto oupō, phēmi, tou kyriōtatou tōn kata dogma zētoumenōn o logos; 1Ilpsato. Phēsi gar hē theopneustos G raphē, kata te tēn nean kai harchaian didaskalian, pantōs pote taxei tini i kai heirmō tēs physeōs ēmōn kata tēn parodikēn tou chronou kinēsin diexiousēs, stēsesthai men tēn rhoōdē tautēn phoran tēn dia tēs tōn epi; ginomenōn diadochēs proïousan, tēs de tou pantos symplērōseōs mēketi tēn epi to pleion epauxēsin prodechomenēs, hapan to tōn psychōn plērōma, palin ek tou aeidous kai eskedasmenou pros to synestos kai phainomenon epaneleusesthai, tōn autōn stoicheiōn kata ton auton heirmon pros allēla palin anadramontōn. Ē de toiautē tēs zōēs katastasis, peritōn tēs theias didaskalias Graphōn anastasis legetai, tę̄ tou geōdous anorthōsei, pasēs tēs tōn stoicheiōn kinēseōs synonomazomenēs. -M. Ti oun, phēsi, toutōn amnēmoneuton en tois eirēmenois estin? —- G. Auto, phēmi, to dogma tēs anastaseōs. _

Gregory: When my teacher had gone through this, since it seemed to the many sitting by that the discussion had reached its fitting end, I was afraid that there would no longer be anyone to resolve for us the objections brought by those outside against the resurrection, if anything should happen to my teacher from her illness, as indeed it did. “The discussion,” I said, “has not yet touched the most important of the questions of doctrine. For the inspired Scripture says, both in the new and in the ancient teaching, that when our nature has passed through the passing movement of time in a certain order and sequence, this flowing course, which proceeds through the succession of those born afterward, will certainly stop one day; and when the completion of the universe no longer admits increase, the whole fullness of souls will return from the invisible and scattered to the compacted and visible, the same elements running together again in the same order. And such a state of life is called resurrection in the Scriptures of divine teaching, the whole movement of the elements being named together with the raising up of what is earthy.” Macrina: “What, then,” she said, “of these things has not been mentioned in what was said?” Gregory: “The very doctrine of the resurrection,” I said.

Chapter 131

131PG 46:132a–132d

ιδ πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς. ι Πάντα ὲν πᾶσιν ἐνεργοῦσαν τοῦ πνεύματος δύναμιν, ζωοποιεῖν τε λέγων, οἷς ἂν ἐγγένηται, καὶ ἀφιστᾷν τῆς ζωῆς πάλιν ὧν ἂν-98) ἀπογένηται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν τῇ ἀναχωρήσει τοῦ πνεύματος τὴν τῶν ζώντων ἔκλειψιν, τῇ δὲ τούτου ( ‘2) παρουσίᾳ τὸν τῶν ἐκλειπόντων ἀνακαινισμὸν γίνεσθαι λέγει, προηγεῖται δὲ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ λόγου τάξιν τῶν ἀνακαινιζομένων ἡ ἔκλειψις· τούτῳ ἐκείνῳ φαμὲν τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν καταγγέλλεσθαι τῇ Ἐκκλησία μυστήριον, τῷ προφητικῷ πνεύματι τοῦ Δαβὶδ τὴν χάριν ταύτην προεκφωνήσαντος. Ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐτέρωοέν φησιν t. αὐτὸς οὗτος προφήτης, ὅτι ό τοῦ παντὸς Θεὸς, ὁ τῶν ὅντων Κύριος ὲπέφανεν ἡμῖν ἐπ). τῷ συστήσασθαι τὴν ἑορτὴν ἐν τοῖς πυκάζουσι τὴν τῶν Σκηνοπηγίων ἑορτην διὰ της ἢτοῦ πυκασμοῦ λέξεως ἐρμηνεύων, ἢ πάλαι μὲν ἐκ τῆς παραδόσεως τοῦ Μωῦσέως νενόμιστο· προφητικῶς, οἶμαι, τὰ μέλλοντα τοῦ νομοθέτου προαγορεύοντος· ἀεὶ δὲ γενόμενος, οὔπω ἐγεγόνει. Προεδηλοῦτο μὲν γὰρ τοῖς τῶν γινομένων αἰνίγμασι τυπικῶς ή ἀλήθεια αὓτη δὲ ἠ ἀλη- Οὴς σκηνοπηγία οὔπω ἦν, ἀλλὰ τούτου χάριν, κατᾶ τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον, ὁ Θεὸς τῶν ὅλων καὶ Κύριος ἐαυτὸν ὲπέφανεν ἡμῖν, ὡς ἂν συσταίη τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει ἡ τοῦ διαλυθέντος ἡμῶν οἰκητηρίου σκηνοπηγία, πάλιν διὰ τῆς συνόδου τῶν στοιχείων σωματικῶς πυκαζομένη. Τὴν γὰρ περιβολὴν καὶ τὸν ἐκ ταύτης κόσμον ἡ τοῦ πυκασμοῦ λέξις κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἔμφασιν διασημαίνει. Ἐχει δὲ ἡ ῥῆσις τῆς ψαλμῳδίας τοῦτον τὸν τρόπονʼ Θεδς Κύριος καὶ ὲπέφανεν ἡμῖν συστήσασθαι ἑορτὴν ὲν τοῖς πυκάζουσιν ἕως τῶν κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου. Ὅπερ δοκεί μοι προαναφωνεῖν διʼ αἰνίγματος, τὸ μίαν ἑορτὴν πάσῃ τῇ λογικῇ κτίσει συνίστασθαι τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων τοῖς ὑπερέχουσιν ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀγαθῶν συνόδῳ συγχορευόντων. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐν τῇ τυπικῇ τοῦ ναοῦ κατασκευῇ, οὐ πᾶσιν ἐφεῖτο τῆς ἔξωθεν περιβολῆς ἐντὸς γενέσθαι, ἀλλά περικέκριτο τῆς εἰσόδου πᾶν ὅσον ἐθνικδν καὶ ἀλλόφυλον, τῶν τε αὖ ἐντὺς γινομένων, οὐ με· τῆν ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου πᾶσι τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ ἐνδότερον παρόδου, μή τινι καραρωτέρᾳ διαίτῃ, καί τισι περιρρανο τηρίοις ἀφαγνισθεϊσι· πάλιν δὲ κα). ἐν αὐτοῖς τούτοις ού πᾶσι βάσιμος ἦν ό ἔνδον ναὸς, ἀλλὰ

id prosōpon tēs gēs. i Panta en pasin energousan tou pneumatos dynamin, zōopoiein te legōn, hois an engenētai, kai aphistąn tēs zōēs palin hōn an-98) apogenētai. Epei oun tę̄ anachōrēsei tou pneumatos tēn tōn zōntōn ekleipsin, tę̄ de toutou ( ‘2) parousią ton tōn ekleipontōn anakainismon ginesthai legei, proēgeitai de kata tēn tou logou taxin tōn anakainizomenōn hē ekleipsis; toutǭ ekeinǭ phamen to kata tēn anastasin katangellesthai tę̄ Ekklēsia mystērion, tǭ prophētikǭ pneumati tou Dabid tēn charin tautēn proekphōnēsantos. Alla kai eterōoen phēsin t. autos houtos prophētēs, hoti o tou pantos Theos, ho tōn hontōn Kyrios epephanen hēmin ep). tǭ systēsasthai tēn heortēn en tois pykazousi tēn tōn Skēnopēgiōn heortēn dia tēs ētou pykasmou lexeōs ermēneuōn, ē palai men ek tēs paradoseōs tou Mōyseōs nenomisto; prophētikōs, oimai, ta mellonta tou nomothetou proagoreuontos; aei de genomenos, oupō egegonei. Proedēlouto men gar tois tōn ginomenōn ainigmasi typikōs ē alētheia hautē de ē alē- Oēs skēnopēgia oupō ēn, alla toutou charin, kata ton prophētikon logon, ho Theos tōn holōn kai Kyrios eauton epephanen hēmin, hōs an systaiē tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ physei hē tou dialythentos hēmōn oikētēriou skēnopēgia, palin dia tēs synodou tōn stoicheiōn sōmatikōs pykazomenē. Tēn gar peribolēn kai ton ek tautēs kosmon hē tou pykasmou lexis kata tēn idian emphasin diasēmainei. Echei de hē rhēsis tēs psalmǭdias touton ton troponʼ Theds Kyrios kai epephanen hēmin systēsasthai heortēn en tois pykazousin heōs tōn keratōn tou thysiastēriou. Hoper dokei moi proanaphōnein diʼ ainigmatos, to mian heortēn pasę̄ tę̄ logikę̄ ktisei synistasthai tōn hypodeesterōn tois hyperechousin en tę̄ tōn agathōn synodǭ synchoreuontōn. Epeidē gar en tę̄ typikę̄ tou naou kataskeuę̄, ou pasin epheito tēs exōthen peribolēs entos genesthai, alla perikekrito tēs eisodou pan hoson ethnikdn kai allophylon, tōn te au entys ginomenōn, ou me; tēn ek tou isou pasi tēs epi to endoteron parodou, mē tini kararōterą diaitę̄, kai tisi perirrano tēriois aphagnistheïsi; palin de ka). en autois toutois ou pasi basimos ēn o endon naos, alla

Macrina: “… the face of the earth.’ He says that the power of the Spirit, working all in all, gives life to those in whom it comes to be and removes from life again those from whom it departs. Since, then, he says that the failing of the living comes about by the withdrawal of the Spirit, and the renewal of those who have failed by its presence, and in the order of the saying the failing of those renewed comes first, we say that by this the mystery of the resurrection is proclaimed to the Church, the prophetic spirit of David having foretold this grace. And elsewhere this same prophet says that the God of all, the Lord of existing things, appeared to us to establish the feast with thick branches, interpreting the feast of Tabernacles by the word ‘thick branches.’ This feast had long been customary from the tradition of Moses, the lawgiver, I think, foretelling the future prophetically; and though it was always being kept, it had not yet taken place. For the truth was foreshown figuratively in the riddles of what was done, but this true pitching of tabernacles had not yet come. For this reason, according to the prophetic word, the God and Lord of all showed himself to us, so that the pitching of the tabernacle of our dissolved dwelling might be established for human nature, being covered again bodily, thick with branches, through the coming together of the elements. For the word ‘thick branches’ by its proper sense signifies the covering and the adornment from it. The saying of the psalm runs thus: ‘God is the Lord, and he has appeared to us; establish the feast with thick branches, up to the horns of the altar.’ This seems to me to foretell in a riddle that one feast is being established for the whole rational creation, the lesser dancing together with the higher in the gathering of good things. For in the figurative construction of the temple not all were allowed within the outer enclosure, but every Gentile and foreigner was kept from entering; and of those who came within, not all had equal share in the passage further in, unless purified by a purer way of life and certain sprinklings; and again even among these the inner temple was not accessible to all, but …”

Chapter 133

133PG 46:133a–133b

τοῖς ἱερεῦσι μόνοις νόμιμον ἦν κατὰ χρείαν isρουργίας ἐντὸς τοῦ καταπετάσματος γίνεσθαι, τὸ δὲ ἀπόκρυφόν τε καὶ ἄδυτον τοῦ ναοῦ, ὲν ᾧ τὺ θυσιαστήριον ἵδρυτο κεράτων τισὶ προσβολαῖς κεκαλλωπισμένον, καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἀνεπίβατον ἦν, πλὴν ἐνὸς τοῦ προτεταγμένου τῆς ἱερωσύνης, ὼς ἀει-’.αξ τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ κατά τινα νόμιμον ἡμέραν, μόνος πορῤητοτέραν τινά καὶ μυστικωτέραν προσάγων ,ερουργίαν ἐπὶ τδ ἐντὸς παρεδύετο. Τοσαύτης οὖν οὕσης περὶ τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον διαφορᾶς, ὅτι τις ε ίκὼν καὶ μίμημα τῆς νοητῆς ἦν καταστά· τεως, τοῦτο τῆς σωματικῆς παρατηρήσεως διδασκούς 7ης, ὅτι οὔτε πᾶσα ἡ λογικὴ φύσις τῷ ναῷ τοῦ θεοῦ, τουτέστι τῇ ὁμολογία τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ προσιγγίζει· ἀλλʼ οἱ πρὸς τὰς ψευδεῖς ὑπολήψεις πεπλανημένοι ἐκτός εἱσι τοῦ θείου περισχοινίσματος. Tt?» δὲ διὰ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὲντὸς γεγενημένων προτιμοτέρων τῶν ἄλλων, οἱ περιῤῥαντηρίοις καὶ ἁγνείαις προκαθαιρόμενοι, καὶ τούτων οἱ ἀφιερωθέντες ἥδη τὸ πλέον ἔχουσιν, ὥστε τῆς ὲσωτερικῆς ἀξιοῦσθαι μυσταγωγίας, ὼς δʼ ἀν τις ἐπὶ τὸ φανερώτερον προάγοι τὴν τοῦ αἰνίγματος ἔμφασιν. Ταῦτα ἐστι μαθεῖν τοῦ λόγου διδάσκοντος, ὅτι τῶν λογικῶν δυνάμεων, αἱ μέν τινές εἰσιν οἷον τὸ ἅγιον Ouσιαστήριον ἐν τῷ ἀδύτῳ τῆς θεότητος καθιδρυμένοι· αἱ δέ τινες πάλιν καὶ τούτων ὲν ἐξοχῇ θεωροῦνται, κεράτων δίκην προβεβλημέναι, καὶ ἄλλαι περὶ ὲκείνας κατά τινα τάξεως ἀκολουθίαν προτερεύουσί τε καὶ δευτερεύουσι. Τὸ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος διὰ τὴν ὲγγινομένην κακίαν ἔξω τῆς θείας περιβολῆς ἀπεώσθη· ὅπερ τῷ περιράντρῳ λουτρῷ καθηράμενον ὲντδς γίνεται. Ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ μέλλει ποτὲ τὰ μετά ταῦτα παραφράγματα λύεσθαι, διʼ ὧν ἡμᾶς ἡ κακία πρὸς τὰ ἐντὸς τοῦ καταπετάσματος ἀπετείχισεν, ὃταν σκηνοπηχθῇ πάλιν διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἡμῶν ἡ φύσις, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ κατά κακίαν ἐγγινομένη (τι) διαφθορὰ ὲξαφανισθῇ τῶν ὄντων, τότε κοινὴ συστήσεται ἡ περὶ τὸν Θεὸν ἑορτὴ τοῖς διά τῆς ἀναστάσεως πυκασθεῖσιν, ὡς μίαν τε καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν προκεῖσθαι πᾶσι τὴν εὐφροσύνην· μηκέτι διαφορᾶς τινος τῆς τῶν ῑτων μετουσίας, τὴν λογικὴν φύσιν διατεμνούσης, ἀλλά τῶν νῦν ἔξω διὰ τὴν κακίαν ὄντων ἐντὸς τῶν ἀδύτων τῆς θείας μακαριότητος ποτε γενησομένων, καὶ τοῖς κέρασι τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, τουτέστι, ταῖς ὲξεχούσαις τῶν ὑπερκοσμίων δυνάμεσιν ἑαυτοὺς

tois hiereusi monois nomimon ēn kata chreian isrourgias entos tou katapetasmatos ginesthai, to de apokryphon te kai adyton tou naou, en hǭ ty thysiastērion hidryto keratōn tisi prosbolais kekallōpismenon, kai autois tois hiereusin anepibaton ēn, plēn enos tou protetagmenou tēs hierōsynēs, ōs aei-’.ax tou eniautou kata tina nomimon hēmeran, monos porrētoteran tina kai mystikōteran prosagōn ,erourgian epi td entos paredyeto. Tosautēs oun housēs peri ton naon touton diaphoras, hoti tis e ikōn kai mimēma tēs noētēs ēn katasta; teōs, touto tēs sōmatikēs paratērēseōs didaskous 7ēs, hoti oute pasa hē logikē physis tǭ naǭ tou theou, toutesti tę̄ homologia tou megalou Theou prosingizei; allʼ hoi pros tas pseudeis hypolēpseis peplanēmenoi ektos heisi tou theiou perischoinismatos. Tt?» de dia tēs homologias entos gegenēmenōn protimoterōn tōn allōn, hoi perirrhantēriois kai hagneiais prokathairomenoi, kai toutōn hoi aphierōthentes hēdē to pleon echousin, hōste tēs esōterikēs axiousthai mystagōgias, ōs dʼ an tis epi to phanerōteron proagoi tēn tou ainigmatos emphasin. Tauta esti mathein tou logou didaskontos, hoti tōn logikōn dynameōn, hai men tines eisin hoion to hagion Ousiastērion en tǭ adytǭ tēs theotētos kathidrymenoi; hai de tines palin kai toutōn en exochę̄ theōrountai, keratōn dikēn probeblēmenai, kai allai peri ekeinas kata tina taxeōs akolouthian protereuousi te kai deutereuousi. To de tōn anthrōpōn genos dia tēn enginomenēn kakian exō tēs theias peribolēs apeōsthē; hoper tǭ perirantrǭ loutrǭ kathēramenon entds ginetai. Allʼ epeidē mellei pote ta meta tauta paraphragmata lyesthai, diʼ hōn hēmas hē kakia pros ta entos tou katapetasmatos apeteichisen, hotan skēnopēchthę̄ palin dia tēs anastaseōs hēmōn hē physis, kai pasa hē kata kakian enginomenē (ti) diaphthora exaphanisthę̄ tōn ontōn, tote koinē systēsetai hē peri ton Theon heortē tois dia tēs anastaseōs pykastheisin, hōs mian te kai tēn autēn prokeisthai pasi tēn euphrosynēn; mēketi diaphoras tinos tēs tōn itōn metousias, tēn logikēn physin diatemnousēs, alla tōn nyn exō dia tēn kakian ontōn entos tōn adytōn tēs theias makariotētos pote genēsomenōn, kai tois kerasi tou thysiastēriou, toutesti, tais exechousais tōn hyperkosmiōn dynamesin heautous

“… it was lawful only for the priests to go within the veil as the service required; while the hidden and inaccessible part of the temple, in which the altar stood adorned with projecting horns, was not to be entered even by the priests themselves, except by the one at the head of the priesthood, who slipped in alone once a year on a certain appointed day, bringing a more secret and mystical service. Since there was such distinction in this temple, because it was an image and imitation of the intelligible state, the bodily observance taught this: that not the whole rational nature draws near to the temple of God, that is, to the confession of the great God; but those who have wandered into false suppositions are outside the divine enclosure; and of those who have come within through confession, those purified beforehand by sprinklings and purifications are more honoured than the others, and of these, those already consecrated have more, so as to be counted worthy of the inner initiation, as one might bring the sense of the riddle to greater clarity. One can learn this from the word’s teaching: that of the rational powers some are set like the holy altar in the sanctuary of the Godhead; others again among these are seen in prominence, projecting like horns; and others around them come first and second in an order of sequence; while the human race, because of the vice that came about, was driven outside the divine enclosure, and is brought within when purified by the washing of sprinkling. But since the barriers by which vice walled us off from what is within the veil will one day be dissolved, when our nature has its tabernacle pitched again through the resurrection and all the corruption that came about through vice has disappeared from existing things, then a common feast around God will be established for those covered thick through the resurrection, so that one and the same joy is set before all, no longer any difference in sharing equal things dividing the rational nature, but those who are now outside because of vice will one day be within the sanctuary of the divine blessedness, and will join themselves to the horns of the altar, that is, to the prominent ones among the supramundane powers.”

Chapter 135

135PG 46:136a–136d

συναπτόντων. Ὅπερ δὴ γυμνότερόν φησιν 6 Ἀπόστολος, τὴν τοῦ παντὸς πρὸς τὸ ἀγαθὸν συμφωνίαν διερμηνεύων, ὅτι αὖτῷ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψει ἐπουρανίων καὶ ὲπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται, δτι Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς είς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρός · ἀντὶ μὲν τῶν κεράτων λέγων τὸ ἀγγελικόν τε καὶ ἐπουράνιον, διὰ δὲ τῶν λοιπῶν σημαίνων τὴν μετʼ ἐκείνους νοουμένην κτίσιν ἡμᾶς, οὓς πάντας μία καὶ σύμφωνος ἑορτὴ κατακρατήσει. Ἑορτή ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ ὅντως ὖντος ὁμολογία τε καὶ ἐπίγνωσις. Ἔστι δὲ, φησὶ, καὶ ἄλλα πολλά τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς πρὸς σύστασιν τοῦ κατά τὴν ἀνάστασιν δόγματος ἀναλέξασθαι.’0 τε γὰρ Ἑζεκιὴλ τῷ προφητικῷ πνεύματι τὸν ὲν τῷ μέσῳ πάντα χρόνον, καὶΙ τὸ ὲν τούτῳ διάστημα ὕπερδας, ἐπʼ αὑτοῦ ἵσταται τοῦ καιροῦ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῇ προγνωστικῇ δυνάμει καὶ τὸ ἐσόμενον ὡς ἢδη τεθεαμένος ὑπʼ ὄψιν ἄγει τῷ διηγήματι. Πεδίον μέγα καὶ είς ἄπειρον εἶδε διηπλωμένον, ὀστέων σωρείαν ἐπὶ τούτῳ πολλὴν, ἄλλων ἀλλαχῆ πρὸς τὸ ωμὸἀν διερριμμένων · εἶτα θείᾳ. δυνάμει πρὸς τὰ συγγενῆ καὶ ίδια συγκινουμένων, κα) ταῖς οἰκείαις ἁρμονίαις ἐμφυομένων. Εἶτα νεύροις καὶ capit καὶ δέρμασι καλυπτομένων (ὅπερ ἡ ψαλμῳδία πυκαζομένων λέγει), καὶ πνεῦμα ζωοποιοῦν τε καὶ διεγεῖρον άπαν τὸ κείμενον. Τὴν δὲ τοῦ Ἀποστόλου κατά τὴν ἀνάστασιν θαυμάτων διασκευὴν, ὼς πρόχειρον οὖσαν τοῖς ὲντυγχάνουσιν, τί ἄν τις λέγοι; Ὅπως ὲν κελεύσματί τινι καὶ σαλπίγγων ἤχει φησὶν ό λόγος ὲν ἀκαρεῖ τοῦ χρόνου ἆπαν ἀθρόως τὸ τεθνηκός τε καὶ κείμενον, εἰς ἀθανάτου φύσιν ὑπαμειφθήσεσθαι; Ἀλλά καὶ τὰς εὐαγγελικάς φωνὰς, ὡς προδήλους ἅπασιν οὔσας, παρήσαμεν. Οὐ γὰρ μόνῳ λόγῳ φησὶν ὀ Κύριος τοὺς νεκροὺς ἀναστήσεσθαι, ἀλλά καὶ αὐτὴν ἐνεργεῖ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, ἀπὸ τῶν ὲγγυτέρων ἡμῖν καὶ ἦττον ἀπιστεῖσθαι δυο ναμένων τῆς θαυματοποιίας ἀρξάμενος. Πρῶτον μὲν

synaptontōn. Hoper dē gymnoteron phēsin 6 Apostolos, tēn tou pantos pros to agathon symphōnian diermēneuōn, hoti autǭ pan gony kampsei epouraniōn kai epigeiōn kai katachthoniōn, kai pasa glōssa exomologēsetai, dti Kyrios Iēsous Christos eis doxan Theou Patros ; anti men tōn keratōn legōn to angelikon te kai epouranion, dia de tōn loipōn sēmainōn tēn metʼ ekeinous nooumenēn ktisin hēmas, hous pantas mia kai symphōnos heortē katakratēsei. Heortē estin hē tou hontōs yntos homologia te kai epignōsis. Esti de, phēsi, kai alla polla tēs hagias Graphēs pros systasin tou kata tēn anastasin dogmatos analexasthai.’0 te gar Hezekiēl tǭ prophētikǭ pneumati ton en tǭ mesǭ panta chronon, kaiI to en toutǭ diastēma hyperdas, epʼ hautou histatai tou kairou tēs anastaseōs tę̄ prognōstikę̄ dynamei kai to esomenon hōs ēdē tetheamenos hypʼ opsin agei tǭ diēgēmati. Pedion mega kai eis apeiron eide diēplōmenon, osteōn sōreian epi toutǭ pollēn, allōn allachē pros to ōmoan dierrimmenōn ; eita theią. dynamei pros ta syngenē kai idia synkinoumenōn, ka) tais oikeiais harmoniais emphyomenōn. Eita neurois kai capit kai dermasi kalyptomenōn (hoper hē psalmǭdia pykazomenōn legei), kai pneuma zōopoioun te kai diegeiron apan to keimenon. Tēn de tou Apostolou kata tēn anastasin thaumatōn diaskeuēn, ōs procheiron ousan tois entynchanousin, ti an tis legoi? Hopōs en keleusmati tini kai salpingōn ēchei phēsin o logos en akarei tou chronou apan athroōs to tethnēkos te kai keimenon, eis athanatou physin hypameiphthēsesthai? Alla kai tas euangelikas phōnas, hōs prodēlous hapasin ousas, parēsamen. Ou gar monǭ logǭ phēsin o Kyrios tous nekrous anastēsesthai, alla kai autēn energei tēn anastasin, apo tōn engyterōn hēmin kai ētton apisteisthai dyo namenōn tēs thaumatopoiias arxamenos. Prōton men

“The Apostle says this more plainly, explaining the harmony of the universe in the good, that to him every knee will bow, of those in heaven and on earth and under the earth, and every tongue will confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father; meaning by the horns the angelic and heavenly, and signifying by the rest the creation understood as coming after them, us, all of whom one harmonious feast will hold. The feast is the confession and recognition of Him who truly is. There are also many other passages of holy Scripture,” she said, “that one could gather for establishing the doctrine of the resurrection. For Ezekiel, by the prophetic spirit, passing over the whole intervening time and the interval in it, stands at the very moment of the resurrection by his power of foreknowledge, and, as having already seen what will be, brings it before our eyes in his narrative. He saw a great plain spread out without limit, and a great heap of bones on it, scattered here and there at random; then, by divine power, moving to what was akin and their own and growing into their proper joints; then covered with sinews and flesh and skin (which the psalm calls being covered with thick branches); and a spirit giving life and raising up all that lay there. And why should one speak of the Apostle’s description of the wonders at the resurrection, since it is ready to hand for readers: how, at a command and the sound of trumpets, the word says, in an instant of time all at once everything dead and lying will be changed into an immortal nature? We have passed over the sayings of the Gospel too, as plain to all. For the Lord does not only say by word that the dead will rise, but works the resurrection itself, beginning his miracles from things nearer to us and less able to be disbelieved. First …”

Chapter 137

137PG 46:137a–137d

γὰρ ιν τοῖς ὲπιθανασίοις τῶν νοσημάτων τὴν ζυοσνσιδν δείκνυσι δύναμιν, ἀπελαύνων προστάγματι καὶλόγῳ τὰ πάθη εἶτα ἀρτιθανὲς ἐγείρει παιδίον, εἷτα νεανίαν τοῖς τάφοις ἤδη προσκομιζὸμενσνιίῆς σσροῦ διαναστήσας τῇ μητρὶ δίδωσι· μετὰ ταῦτοδιαὶιέπτωκότα ἤδη τετραημέρῳ χρόνῳ τὸν Λά- Cum νικρὲιν ἐξάγει τοῦ τάφου φωνῇ λ καὶ προστάγματι ζωοποιήσας τὸν κείμενον · εἶτα τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἄνθρωπον ἥλοις καὶ λόγχῃ διαπεπαρμένον ὲκ νεκρῶν διὰ τρίτης ἡμέρας διανίστησι, τοὺς τύπους τῶν ἥλων καὶ τὴν πληγὴν τῆς λόγχης ek μαρτυρίαν τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐπαγόμενος. Περὶ ᾦν οὐδὲν οἶμαι χρῆναι διεξιέναι, μῆ μιᾶς ἀμφιβολίας ἐν τοῖς τὰ προγεγραμμένα παραδεδειγμένοις εἰπούσης. Γ. Ἀλλʼ οὗ τοῦτο, εἷπον ἐγὼ, τὸ ζητούμενον ἦνʼ τύτὰρ ἔσεσθαί ποτε τὴν ἀνάστασιν, καὶ τὸ ὑπαχθησεσοαι τῇ ἀδεκάστῳ κρίσει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, διά τε τῶν γραφιῑῶν ἀποδείξεων, καὶτῶν ήδη προεξητασμένων, οἱ mihi. τῶν ἀκουόντων συνθήσονται. Ὑπόλοιπον ἂν atq σκοπεῖν, φησιν, εί ὥσπερ τὺ νῦν καὶτὸ nmmum ἐσται. Ὅπερ εἰ ὄντως εἴη, φευmh εἷπον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς ἀναστῷσεως εῐνάι. Εἰ γὰρ οἷα γίνεται, ὅταν λήγετιιι eoi ζῇν τὰ ἀνθρώπινα σώματα, τοιαῦτα τῇ ζωῇ πάλιν ἀποκαθίσταται · ἄρα τις ἀτέλεστος συμφορὰ διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοίς ἀνορώποις ὲλπίζεται. Τίγὰρἃ ἐλεεινότερον γένοιτο θέαμα, ἢ ὅταν ἐν δσχάτῳ γήρᾳ καταρριγνυθέντα τὰ σώματα μεταθηιηθῇ πρὸς τὸ εἰδεχθὲς τε καὶ ἄμορφον, τῆς μὲν modum; περιεσκληκὸτος τοῦ δέρματος Τῶν δὲ δὴ νεύρων συνεσπασμένων διὰ τὸ μηκέτι τῇ φυσικῇ ἰκμάδι ὕποπιαίνεσθαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο παντὸς συνελκομὲνου τοῦ σώματος, ἄτοπόν τι καὶ ἐλεεινὸν θέαμα γῖνεται, τῆς μὲν κεφαλῆς ἐπὶ τὸ γόνυ συγκεκλιμένης τῆς δι χειρὸς ἔνθεν καὶ ἔνθεν πρὸς μὲν τὴν κατὰ φύσιν ἐνέργειαν ἀπρακτούσης, ἐντρομῆς δὲ κατὰ ἰδ ἀκούσιον ἀεὶ κραδαινομένης. Οἴα δὲ πάλιν τῶν ταῖς χρονίαις νόσοις ὲκτετηκὸτων τὰ mima-ca; ’Δ τοσοῦτον διαφέρει τῶν γυμνωθέντων ὀστέων, ὅσον ἑπικαλύφθαι δοκεῖ λεπτῷ, καὶ ὲκδεδαπανημένῳ ἤδη τῷ δέρματι. Οἴα δὲ καὶ τῶν ὲν ταῖς ὑδερι-

gar in tois epithanasiois tōn nosēmatōn tēn zyosnsidn deiknysi dynamin, apelaunōn prostagmati kailogǭ ta pathē eita artithanes egeirei paidion, heita neanian tois taphois ēdē proskomizomensniiēs ssrou dianastēsas tę̄ mētri didōsi; meta tautodiaiieptōkota ēdē tetraēmerǭ chronǭ ton La- Cum nikrein exagei tou taphou phōnę̄ l kai prostagmati zōopoiēsas ton keimenon ; eita ton heautou anthrōpon hēlois kai lonchę̄ diapeparmenon ek nekrōn dia tritēs hēmeras dianistēsi, tous typous tōn hēlōn kai tēn plēgēn tēs lonchēs ek martyrian tēs anastaseōs epagomenos. Peri ǭn ouden oimai chrēnai diexienai, mē mias amphibolias en tois ta progegrammena paradedeigmenois eipousēs. G. Allʼ hou touto, heipon egō, to zētoumenon ēnʼ tytar esesthai pote tēn anastasin, kai to hypachthēsesoai tę̄ adekastǭ krisei ton anthrōpon, dia te tōn graphiiōn apodeixeōn, kaitōn ēdē proexētasmenōn, hoi mihi. tōn akouontōn synthēsontai. Hypoloipon an atq skopein, phēsin, ei hōsper ty nyn kaito nmmum estai. Hoper ei ontōs eiē, pheumh heipon tois anthrōpois tēn elpida tēs anastǭseōs einai. Ei gar hoia ginetai, hotan lēgetiii eoi zę̄n ta anthrōpina sōmata, toiauta tę̄ zōę̄ palin apokathistatai ; ara tis atelestos symphora dia tēs anastaseōs tois anorōpois elpizetai. Tigara eleeinoteron genoito theama, ē hotan en dschatǭ gērą katarrignythenta ta sōmata metathēiēthę̄ pros to eidechthes te kai amorphon, tēs men modum? periesklēkotos tou dermatos Tōn de dē neurōn synespasmenōn dia to mēketi tę̄ physikę̄ ikmadi hypopiainesthai, kai dia touto pantos synelkomenou tou sōmatos, atopon ti kai eleeinon theama ginetai, tēs men kephalēs epi to gony synkeklimenēs tēs di cheiros enthen kai enthen pros men tēn kata physin energeian apraktousēs, entromēs de kata id akousion aei kradainomenēs. Oia de palin tōn tais chroniais nosois ektetēkotōn ta mima-ca? ’D tosouton diapherei tōn gymnōthentōn osteōn, hoson hepikalyphthai dokei leptǭ, kai ekdedapanēmenǭ ēdē tǭ dermati. Oia de kai tōn en tais hyderi-

“… he shows his life-giving power in deadly diseases, driving away the afflictions by command and word; then he raises a child just dead; then he raises a young man already being carried to the tomb from the bier and gives him to his mother; after this he brings Lazarus, already decayed after four days, out of the tomb, giving life to the one lying there by voice and command; then he raises his own man, pierced with nails and spear, from the dead on the third day, bringing the marks of the nails and the wound of the spear as witness of the resurrection. About these I think there is no need to go through anything, since no doubt remains for those who have accepted what is written.” Gregory: “But that was not what was in question,” I said. “Most of those who hear will agree, both from the proofs of Scripture and from what has already been examined, that there will one day be a resurrection and that man will be brought to the impartial judgment. What remains to consider,” I said, “is whether the body will be such as it is now. If it really is, I said, people should flee the hope of the resurrection. For if human bodies are restored to life such as they are when they cease to live, then an endless misfortune is expected for people through the resurrection. For what could be a more pitiable sight than when bodies, shrivelled in extreme old age, are changed into what is hideous and shapeless, the flesh withered away, the skin hardened, the sinews contracted because no longer fattened by natural moisture, and so the whole body drawn together; an absurd and pitiable sight arises, the head bent down toward the knee, the hands on either side idle for their natural activity and always shaking with involuntary trembling? And what of the bodies of those wasted by long diseases, which differ from bare bones only in seeming to be covered with thin and already consumed skin? And what of those swollen with dropsical …”

Chapter 139

139PG 46:140a–140d

ἀρρωστίαις ἐξῳδηκότων, τῶν δὲ τῇ ἱερᾷ νόσῳ κεκρατημένων τὴν ἀσχήμονα λώβην τίς ἂν ὑπʼ ὄψιν ἀγάγοι λόγος, ὡς ’κατʼ ὀλίγον αὐτοῖς πάντα τὰ μέλη τὰ ὀργανικά τε καὶ αἰσθητὰ προσιοῦσα ἡ σηπεδὼν ὲπιὸὀσκεται ; τῶνδὲ ὲν σεισμοῖς, ἢ πολὲμοις, ἢ ἐξ ἑτέρας τινὸς αἰτίας ἠκροτηριασμένων, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ θανάτου χρόνον τινὰ ὲν τῇ συμφορᾷ ταύτῃ ὲπιῦιούντων, ἢ τῶν ἀπὸ γενέσεως λὼδῃ τινὶ συναποτελεσθέντων ὲν διαστρόφοιςτοίς μέλεσι, περιὸν. τι ἄν τις λέγοις Περὶ τῶν ἀρτιγενῶν νηπίων τῶν τε ἐκτιθεμένων, καὶ τῶν καταπνιγομένων, καὶ τῶν κατά τὺ αὑτὸματον ἀπολλυμένων, τί ἔστι λογίσασθαι, εἰ τὰ τοιαῦτα πάλιν πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν ἐπαναγοιτο, ἄρα ὲναπομένῃ τῇ νηπιότητι, καὶ τι ἀθλιώτερον; ς ’ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον ἥξει τῆς ἡλικίας, καὶ ποίῳ γάλακτι πάλιν ἡ φύσις αὐτὰ τιθηνήσεταιςὭστε ει μὲν διὰ πάντων ταύτὸν ἡμῖν τὺ σῶμα πάλιν ἀναβιώσεται, συμφορὰ ἔσται τὸ προσδοκώμενον ο εἰ δὲ μὴ ταύτὸν, ἄλλος τις ὁ ἐγειρόμενος ἔσται παρὰ τὸν κείμενον. Ei γὰρ πέπτωκε μὲν τὸ παιδίον, ἀνίσταται δὲ τέλειος, ἢ τὸ ἔμπαλιν, πῶς εστιν εἰπεῖν αὐτὸν ἀνωροῶσθαι τὸν κείμενον, ὲν τῇ τῆς ἡλικίας διαφορᾷ τοῦ πεπτωκότος ὑπηλλαγμένου ὄντος· ἀντὶ γὰρ τοῦ παιδίου τέλειον, καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου τὸν ἀκμηστὸν τις ὀρῶν, ἕτερον ἀνθʼ ἑτέρου τεθέαται, καὶ ἀντὶ τοῦ λελωβημένου τὸν ἄρτιον, καὶ ἀντὶτοῦ ἐκτετηκότος τὸν εὔσαρκον, καὶτὰ ἄλλα πάντα ὡσαύτως, ἵνα μὴ, τὰ καθʼ ἕκαστον τις διεξιὼν, ὕχλον ὲπεισάγῃ τῷ λόγῳς Εἰ μὴ οὖν τοιοῦτον ἁναδιώσῃ τὸ σῶμα πάλιν, οἷον ἦν ὅτε τῇ γῇ κατεμίγνυτο, οὐ τὸ τεθνηιὺν ἀναστήσεται, ἀλλʼ εἰς ἄλλον ἄνθρωπον ἡ γῆ διαπλασοὴσεται. Τί οὖν πρὸς ἐμὲ ἠ ἀνάστασις, ει ἀντʼ ἐμοῦ τις ἄλλος ἀναβαὒσεται; Πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἐπιγνοίην αὐτὸς ἐμαυτὸν, βλέπων ὲν ἐμαυτῷ (l) οὐκ ὲμαυτόν; Οὖ γὰρ ἂν εἴην ἀὶηθῶς ἐγὼ, ει μὴ διὰ πάντων εῐην ὁ αὐτὸς ἐμαυτῷ. Καθάπερ γὰρ κατὰ τὸν παρόντα βίον ει τινος ἔχοιμι διὰ μνήμης τὸν χαρακτῆρα, ὑποκείσθω δὲ κατὰ τὸν λόγον ψεδνὸς ὁ τοιοῦτος εἶναι, προχιιλὴς, ὐποσιμδς, λευκόχρους, γλαυκόμματος, ιν που λιᾷ τῇ τριχὶ, καὶ ῥυσῴ τῷ σώματι εἶτα ζητῶν τὸν τοιοῦτον

arrōstiais exǭdēkotōn, tōn de tę̄ hierą nosǭ kekratēmenōn tēn aschēmona lōbēn tis an hypʼ opsin agagoi logos, hōs ’katʼ oligon autois panta ta melē ta organika te kai aisthēta prosiousa hē sēpedōn epioosketai ? tōnde en seismois, ē polemois, ē ex heteras tinos aitias ēkrotēriasmenōn, kai pro tou thanatou chronon tina en tę̄ symphorą tautę̄ epiuiountōn, ē tōn apo geneseōs lōdę̄ tini synapotelesthentōn en diastrophoistois melesi, perion. ti an tis legois Peri tōn artigenōn nēpiōn tōn te ektithemenōn, kai tōn katapnigomenōn, kai tōn kata ty hautomaton apollymenōn, ti esti logisasthai, ei ta toiauta palin pros tēn zōēn epanagoito, ara enapomenę̄ tę̄ nēpiotēti, kai ti athliōteron? s ’allʼ epi to akron hēxei tēs hēlikias, kai poiǭ galakti palin hē physis auta tithēnēsetaisŌste ei men dia pantōn tauton hēmin ty sōma palin anabiōsetai, symphora estai to prosdokōmenon o ei de mē tauton, allos tis ho egeiromenos estai para ton keimenon. Ei gar peptōke men to paidion, anistatai de teleios, ē to empalin, pōs estin eipein auton anōroōsthai ton keimenon, en tę̄ tēs hēlikias diaphorą tou peptōkotos hypēllagmenou ontos; anti gar tou paidiou teleion, kai anti tou presbyterou ton akmēston tis orōn, heteron anthʼ heterou tetheatai, kai anti tou lelōbēmenou ton artion, kai antitou ektetēkotos ton eusarkon, kaita alla panta hōsautōs, hina mē, ta kathʼ hekaston tis diexiōn, hychlon epeisagę̄ tǭ logǭs Ei mē oun toiouton hanadiōsę̄ to sōma palin, hoion ēn hote tę̄ gę̄ katemignyto, ou to tethnēiyn anastēsetai, allʼ eis allon anthrōpon hē gē diaplasoēsetai. Ti oun pros eme ē anastasis, ei antʼ emou tis allos anabausetai? Pōs gar an epignoiēn autos emauton, blepōn en emautǭ (l) ouk emauton? Ou gar an eiēn aiēthōs egō, ei mē dia pantōn eiēn ho autos emautǭ. Kathaper gar kata ton paronta bion ei tinos echoimi dia mnēmēs ton charaktēra, hypokeisthō de kata ton logon psednos ho toioutos einai, prochiilēs, yposimds, leukochrous, glaukommatos, in pou lią tę̄ trichi, kai rhysǭ tǭ sōmati eita zētōn ton toiouton

“… diseases; and the shameful mutilation of those overcome by the sacred disease, what word could bring before the eyes, how the rot, advancing little by little, feeds on all their organic and sentient members? And what could one say about those maimed in earthquakes or wars or from some other cause, who live in this misfortune for some time before death, or those born with some mutilation in twisted limbs? About newborn infants, those exposed, those smothered, and those who die of themselves, what can one reckon, if such are brought back to life? Will they remain in infancy, and what could be more wretched? Or will they reach full age, and with what milk will nature nurse them again? So if our body comes to life again the same in all respects, what we expect will be a misfortune; but if not the same, the one raised will be someone other than the one who lies dead. For if a child has fallen but a grown man rises, or the opposite, how can one say that the one who lay dead has been raised, when the one who fell has been changed in the difference of age? For one who sees a grown man instead of the child, and one in his prime instead of the old man, has seen one instead of another; and one whole instead of the mutilated, and well-fleshed instead of the wasted, and so with all the rest, so that one need not burden the discussion by going through each. If, then, the body does not come to life again such as it was when it was mingled with the earth, the dead will not rise, but the earth will be formed into another man. What, then, is the resurrection to me, if another will come to life instead of me? How could I recognize myself, seeing in myself not myself? For I would not truly be I, unless I were in every respect the same as myself. For as in the present life, if I have in memory the features of someone, and let it be supposed for argument that he is bald, with thick lips, snub-nosed, pale, grey-eyed, grey-haired, and wrinkled, then looking for him …”

Chapter 141

141PG 46:141a–141b

τσιοῦτον, ἐντύχοιμι νέῳ, κομήτῃ, γρυπῷ. μελανοχροΐ, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα τοῦ κατὰ τὴν μορφὴν χαρακτῆρος ἑτέρως ἔχοντι. Ἆρα τοῦτον εἰδὼς ἐκεῖνον οἰήσομαι ; μᾶλλον δὲ τὶ χρὴ ταῖς ἐλάττοσι τῶν ὲνστάσεων ὲνδιατρίὸειν τον ἰσχυρότερον ἀφιέμενον; Τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι ῥοῇ τινι προσέοικεν ἢ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις, ἀπὸ γενέσεως εἰς Θάνατον ἀεὶ 8ιά τινος κινήσεως προϊοῦσα, τότε τῆς κινήσεως λήγουσα, ὅταν καὶ τοῦ εἶναι παύσεται ; Ἦ δὲ κίνησις αὕτη οὐ τοπικὴ τίς ἐστι μετάστασις (οὐ γὰρ ἑκδαίνει ἑαυτὴν ἡ φύσις), anser ἀλλοιώσεως ’ὂ λέγεται, οὖδέποτε ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ μένει · (πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἐν ταύτότητι φυλαχθείη τὸ ἀλλοιούμενον; ) ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς θρυαλλίδος πῦρ, τῷ μὲν δοκεῖν ἀεὶτὸ αὐτὸ φαίνεται (τὸ γὰρ συνεχὲς ἀεὶ τῆς κινήσεως ἀδιάσπαστον αὑτὸ καὶ ἡνωμένον πρὸς ἑαυτὸ δείκνυσι), τῇ δὲ ἀληθείᾳ πάντως πάντοτε ἔαυτδνᾼῌλι) αὐτὸ διαδεχόμενον, οὐδέποτε αὐτὸ μένει (ἡ γὰρ ἐξελκυσοεῖσα διὰ τῆς θερμότητος ἰκμὰς, ὁμοῦ τε ὲξεφλογώθη καὶ εἰς λίγνην ἐκκαυοεῖσα {Laterum-1101;, κα). ἀεὶ τῇ ἀλλοιωτικῇ δυνάμει ὴ τῆς φλογὸς κίνησις ἐνεργεῖται, εἰς λίγνην διʼ εαυτῆς anuos“ τὺ ὑποκείμενον) ' ὥσπερ τοί- ’νυν δὶς κατὰ ταύτὸν τῆς φλογὸς θίγον-τα, οὐκ ἔστι τῆς αὐτῆς τὸ ὣς ἆψασθαι - (τὸ γὰρ ὀξὺ τῆς ἁλλοιώσεως οὐκ ἀναμένει τὸν ὲκ δευτέρου πάλιν ἐπιθιγγάνοντα, κᾶν ὡς τάχιστα τοῦτο ποιῇ), ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ καινή τε καὶ πρόσφατος ἐστιν ἠ φλὸξ πάντοτε γινομένη, καὶ ἀεὶ ἑαυτὴν διαδεχομένη, καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐπὶ τοῦ αὑτοῦ μένουσα· τοιοῦτον τι καὶ ἧτερὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἡμῶν φύσιν ἐστί. Τὸ γὰρ ἐπίρρυτον τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν, καὶ τὸ ἀπόρρυτον διὰ τῆς ἀλλοιωδ τικῆς κινήσεως ἀεὶ πορευόμενον, τότε κινούμενον ἵσταται, ὅταν καὶ τῆς ζωῆς ἀπολήξῃ · ἕως δʼ ἂν ὲν τῷ ζῇν ᾗ, στάσιν οὐκ ἔχει. Ἣ γὰρ πληροῦται, ἢ διαπνέεται, ἢ διʼ ἑκατέρων πάντως εἰσαεὶ διεξάγεται. Ει τοίνυν οὐδὲ τίῷ χθιζῷ τις ὁ αὑτός ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ ἕτερος τῇ ἀπαλλαγῇ γίνεται, ’ὅταν ὲπαναγάγῃ ’πάλιν τὸ σῶμα ἡμῶν πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν ἡ ἀνάστασις, δῆμός τις ἀνθρώπων πάντως ὁ εἷς γενήσεται, ὡς ἂν μηδὲν ἐλλείποι τοῦ ἀνισταμένου τδ βρέφος, τὸ νήπιον, ’ὁ παῖς, τὺ μειράκιον, ὸὰνὴρ, ὁ πατὴρ, ὁπρεσβύτης, καὶ τὰ διὰ μέσον πάντα. Σωφροσύνης δὲ καὶ ἀκολασίας διὰ σαρκὸς ἐνεργουμένης, τῶν δὲ ὑπομεα

tsiouton, entychoimi neǭ, komētę̄, grypǭ. melanochroï, kai ta loipa panta tou kata tēn morphēn charaktēros heterōs echonti. Ara touton eidōs ekeinon oiēsomai ? mallon de ti chrē tais elattosi tōn enstaseōn endiatrioein ton ischyroteron aphiemenon? Tis gar ouk oiden, hoti rhoę̄ tini proseoiken ē anthrōpinē physis, apo geneseōs eis Thanaton aei 8ia tinos kinēseōs proïousa, tote tēs kinēseōs lēgousa, hotan kai tou einai pausetai ? Ē de kinēsis hautē ou topikē tis esti metastasis (ou gar hekdainei heautēn hē physis), anser alloiōseōs ’o legetai, oudepote epi tou autou menei ; (pōs gar an en tautotēti phylachtheiē to alloioumenon? ) allʼ hōsper to epi tēs thryallidos pyr, tǭ men dokein aeito auto phainetai (to gar syneches aei tēs kinēseōs adiaspaston hauto kai hēnōmenon pros heauto deiknysi), tę̄ de alētheią pantōs pantote eautdnĄĘ̄li) auto diadechomenon, oudepote auto menei (hē gar exelkysoeisa dia tēs thermotētos ikmas, homou te exephlogōthē kai eis lignēn ekkauoeisa {Laterum-1101?, ka). aei tę̄ alloiōtikę̄ dynamei ē tēs phlogos kinēsis energeitai, eis lignēn diʼ eautēs anuos“ ty hypokeimenon) ' hōsper toi- ’nyn dis kata tauton tēs phlogos thigon-ta, ouk esti tēs autēs to hōs apsasthai - (to gar oxy tēs halloiōseōs ouk anamenei ton ek deuterou palin epithinganonta, kan hōs tachista touto poię̄), allʼ aei kainē te kai prosphatos estin ē phlox pantote ginomenē, kai aei heautēn diadechomenē, kai oudepote epi tou hautou menousa; toiouton ti kai hēteri tēn tou sōmatos hēmōn physin esti. To gar epirryton tēs physeōs hēmōn, kai to aporryton dia tēs alloiōd tikēs kinēseōs aei poreuomenon, tote kinoumenon histatai, hotan kai tēs zōēs apolēxę̄ ; heōs dʼ an en tǭ zę̄n hę̄, stasin ouk echei. Hē gar plēroutai, ē diapneetai, ē diʼ hekaterōn pantōs eisaei diexagetai. Ei toinyn oude tiǭ chthizǭ tis ho hautos estin, allʼ heteros tę̄ apallagę̄ ginetai, ’hotan epanagagę̄ ’palin to sōma hēmōn pros tēn zōēn hē anastasis, dēmos tis anthrōpōn pantōs ho heis genēsetai, hōs an mēden elleipoi tou anistamenou td brephos, to nēpion, ’ho pais, ty meirakion, oanēr, ho patēr, hopresbytēs, kai ta dia meson panta. Sōphrosynēs de kai akolasias dia sarkos energoumenēs, tōn de hypomea

“… such a one, I met a young man, long-haired, hook-nosed, dark-skinned, and differing in all the rest of the features of his form, would I, seeing this one, think him to be that one? But rather, why should I linger on the lesser objections and pass over the stronger? For who does not know that human nature is like a stream, always advancing by a kind of motion from birth to death, and ceasing from motion only when it ceases to exist? This motion is not a change of place (for nature does not step out of itself), but proceeds by alteration, and never remains in the same state (for how could what is altered be kept in sameness?); but as the fire on a wick seems always to appear the same (for the continuity of its motion shows it unbroken and united with itself), but in truth always succeeds itself and never remains the same (for the moisture drawn up by the heat is at once set ablaze and burned into smoke, and the motion of the flame is always worked by its altering power, turning what underlies it into smoke through itself); as, then, one who touches the flame twice in the same place cannot touch the same flame twice (for the quickness of the alteration does not wait for one who touches it a second time, however quickly he does it), but the flame is always new and fresh, always coming to be and succeeding itself and never remaining the same: something of this kind is the nature of our body too. For what flows into our nature and what flows out of it, always proceeding by the altering motion, stops moving only when it ceases from life; while it is in life it has no rest; for it is either being filled or exhaled, or always carried on by both. If, then, a person is not the same even as yesterday, but becomes another by the change, when the resurrection brings our body back to life the one man will certainly become a whole crowd of people, so that nothing may be lacking to the one who rises: the baby, the infant, the child, the boy, the man, the father, the old man, and all the stages between. And since self-control and licentiousness are exercised through the flesh, and of those who endure …”

Chapter 143

143PG 46:144a–144d

νὸντων ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐσεβείας τὰς ἀλγεινὰς τῶν κολάσεων, τῶν τε αὖ μαλακιζομένων πρὸς ταῦτα διὰ τῆς σωματικῆς αἰσθήσεως, ἑκατέρων τούτων ἐπιδεικνυμένων, πῶς ἔστι παρὰ τὴν κρίσιν διασωθῆναι τὸ δίκαιον ; Ἦ τοῦ αὐτοῦ νῦν μὲν πεπλημμεληκότος, αὖθις δὲ διὰ μεταμελείας ἑαυτὸν ὲκκαθάραντος, κᾶν οὕτω τύχῃ πάλιν ἐπὶ τδ πλημμελὲς ὁλισθήσαντος, ὑπαμειφθέντος δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀκολουθίαν τῆς φύσεως, καὶ τοῦ μεμολυσμένον καὶ 106 ἀμολύντου σώματος, καὶ μήθʼ ἑτέρουβό) τούτων είς τὸ διηνεκὲς ὲξαρκέσαντος, ποῖον τῷ ἀκολάστῳ σῶμα συγκολασθήσεται, τὸ ρικνωοὲν ὲν τῷ γήρᾳ πρὸς τῷ Θανάτῳ; Ἀλλʼ ἕτερον ῆν τοῦτο παρὰ τὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν κατειργασμένον, ἀλλʼ ὅπερ κατεμολύνθη τῷ πείθεις καὶ ποῦ 6 πρεσβύτηςς Ἢ γὰρ οὐκ ἀναστήσεται οὗτος, καὶ οὐκ ἐνεργὸς ὴ ἀνάστασις · ἢ οὗτος ἐγερθήσεται, καὶ διαφεύξεται τὴν δίκην 661:0κείμενος. “ Είπω τι κα) · ἄλλο τῶν προφερομένων ἡμῖν παρά τῶν οὐ δεδεγμένων τὸν λόγον. Οὐδὲν, φησὶν, ἄπρακτον τῶν ὲν τῷ σώματι μορίων ἡφύσις ἐποίησε. Τὰ μὲν γὰρ τὴν 106 ζῇν αίτίαν καὶ δύναμιν ἑν ἡμῖν ἔχει, ὧν ἄνευ συστῆναι διὰ σαρκὸς ζωὴν ἡ μῶν, οὐκ ἐνδέχεται, οἷον, καρδία, ἧπαρ, ἐγκέφαλος, πνεύμων, γαστὴρ, καὶτὰ λοιπὰ σπλάγχνα ο τὰ δὲ τῇ αἱ· σθητικῇ κινήσει ἀποκεκλήρωται ο τὰ δὲτῆς παρεκτιο κῆς καὶ μεταβατικῆς ἐνεργείας ἐστίνʼ ἄλλα δὲ πρὸς τὴν διαδοχὴν τῶν ἐπιγινομένων ἐπιτηδείως ἔχει. El μὲν οὖν ὲν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἡμῖν 6 μετὰ ταῦτα βίος ἔσται, πρὸς οὐδὲν ἠ μετάστασις γίνεταιο εἰδὲ ἀληθὴς 6 λόγος (ὥσπερ οὖν ἐστιν ἀληθὴς), 6 μήτε γάμον ὲμπολιτεύεσθαι τῷ μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν βίῳ διοριζόμεvoc, μήτε διὰ βρώσεως καὶ πόσεως τὴν τότε διακρατεῖσθαι ζωὴν, τίς ἔσται χρῆσις τῶν μερῶν τοῦ σώμαι τος, οὐκέτι τῶν διʼ ἃ νῦν ἐστιτὰ μέλη κατὰ τὴν ζωὴν ἐκείνην ὲλπιζομένωνς Εἰ γὰρ 106 γάμου χάριν τὰ πρὸς τὸν γάμον ἐστὶ μέλη, ὅταν ἐκεῖνος μὴ ᾖ, οὐδὲ τῶν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον δεόμεθα. Οὕτω πρὸς τὸ ἔργον αί χεῖρες, καὶπρὸς τὸν δρόμον οί πόδες, καὶ πρὸς τὴν παραδοχὴν (AM) τῶν σιτίων τὸ στόμα, καὶ οἱ ὀδόντες πρὸς τὴν τῆς τροφῆς ὑπηρεσίαν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν πέψιν τὰ σπλάγχνα, καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀποβολὴν τῶν ἀχρειωθέντων αἱ ὲξοδικοὶ τῶν πόρων. Ὅταν οὖν ἐκεῖνα μὴ ᾖ, τὰ διʼ ἐκεῖνα γινομένα πῶς ἢ

nontōn hyper tēs eusebeias tas algeinas tōn kolaseōn, tōn te au malakizomenōn pros tauta dia tēs sōmatikēs aisthēseōs, hekaterōn toutōn epideiknymenōn, pōs esti para tēn krisin diasōthēnai to dikaion ? Ē tou autou nyn men peplēmmelēkotos, authis de dia metameleias heauton ekkatharantos, kan houtō tychę̄ palin epi td plēmmeles holisthēsantos, hypameiphthentos de kata tēn akolouthian tēs physeōs, kai tou memolysmenon kai 106 amolyntou sōmatos, kai mēthʼ heteroubo) toutōn eis to diēnekes exarkesantos, poion tǭ akolastǭ sōma synkolasthēsetai, to riknōoen en tǭ gērą pros tǭ Thanatǭ? Allʼ heteron ēn touto para to tēn hamartian kateirgasmenon, allʼ hoper katemolynthē tǭ peitheis kai pou 6 presbytēss Ē gar ouk anastēsetai houtos, kai ouk energos ē anastasis ; ē houtos egerthēsetai, kai diapheuxetai tēn dikēn 661:0keimenos. “ Eipō ti ka) ; allo tōn propheromenōn hēmin para tōn ou dedegmenōn ton logon. Ouden, phēsin, aprakton tōn en tǭ sōmati moriōn hēphysis epoiēse. Ta men gar tēn 106 zę̄n aitian kai dynamin hen hēmin echei, hōn aneu systēnai dia sarkos zōēn hē mōn, ouk endechetai, hoion, kardia, hēpar, enkephalos, pneumōn, gastēr, kaita loipa splanchna o ta de tę̄ hai; sthētikę̄ kinēsei apokeklērōtai o ta detēs parektio kēs kai metabatikēs energeias estinʼ alla de pros tēn diadochēn tōn epiginomenōn epitēdeiōs echei. El men oun en tois autois hēmin 6 meta tauta bios estai, pros ouden ē metastasis ginetaio eide alēthēs 6 logos (hōsper oun estin alēthēs), 6 mēte gamon empoliteuesthai tǭ meta tēn anastasin biǭ diorizomevoc, mēte dia brōseōs kai poseōs tēn tote diakrateisthai zōēn, tis estai chrēsis tōn merōn tou sōmai tos, ouketi tōn diʼ ha nyn estita melē kata tēn zōēn ekeinēn elpizomenōns Ei gar 106 gamou charin ta pros ton gamon esti melē, hotan ekeinos mē ę̄, oude tōn pros ekeinon deometha. Houtō pros to ergon ai cheires, kaipros ton dromon oi podes, kai pros tēn paradochēn (AM) tōn sitiōn to stoma, kai hoi odontes pros tēn tēs trophēs hypēresian, kai pros tēn pepsin ta splanchna, kai pros tēn apobolēn tōn achreiōthentōn hai exodikoi tōn porōn. Hotan oun ekeina mē ę̄, ta diʼ ekeina ginomena pōs ē

“… endure the painful punishments for godliness, and of those who are soft toward them through bodily sensation, since both show themselves in this, how can justice be preserved at the judgment? Or, when the same man has now sinned and then purified himself by repentance and then perhaps slipped back into sin, and both the defiled and the undefiled body have been changed by the sequence of nature, and neither of them has lasted continuously, what kind of body will be punished along with the licentious man? The one shrivelled in old age near death? But this was other than the one that did the sin. The one defiled by passion, then? And where is the old man? For either this one will not rise, and the resurrection is not effective; or this one will be raised, and the guilty one will escape justice. Let me say something else too of what is brought against us by those who have not accepted the doctrine. Nature, they say, made none of the parts in the body idle. Some have in us the cause and power of living, without which our life through the flesh cannot exist, such as the heart, liver, brain, lungs, stomach, and the other inner organs; others are allotted to the movement of sense; others belong to the activity of handling and moving about; others are fitted for the succession of offspring. If, then, the life afterward is to be in the same things, the change is for nothing; but if the saying is true (as indeed it is) which lays down that marriage has no place in the life after the resurrection, and that life then is not sustained by food and drink, what use will there be for the parts of the body, when the things for which the members now exist are no longer hoped for in that life? For if the members for marriage exist for marriage, when that is not, we do not need what is for it either. So the hands are for work, the feet for running, the mouth for receiving food, the teeth for serving nourishment, the inner organs for digestion, and the passages for expelling what is useless. When those things are not, how or …”

Chapter 145

145PG 46:145a–145d

με ὑπὲρ τινος ἔσται, ὼς ἀνάγκην εἶναι, ει μὲν εῖη περιττά τά σώματα πρὸς οὐδὲν πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν ὲκείνην συνεργεῖν μέλλοντα, μηδὲ εἷναί τι τῶν νῦν συμπληρούντων ἡμῖν τὸ σῶμα (ὲν ἀλλοις γὰρ ἡ ζωὴ), καὶ οὐκέτι τὸ τοιοῦτον ἀνάστασιν ὀνομάσειε, τῶν καθʼ ἕκαστον μελῶν διὰ τὴν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ζωῇ ἀχρηστίαν οὑ συνανισταμένων τῷ σώματι; Εί δὲ διά πάντων ἔσται τούτων ἐναργὴς ἡ ἀνάστασις, μάταια ἡμῖν καὶ ἀνόνητα ’ πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν ἐκείνην δημιουργήσει ό ἐνεργῶν,τὴν ἀνάστασιν. Ἀλλά μὴν καὶ εἶναι πιστεύειν χρὴ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, καὶ μὴ ματαίαν εἶναι. Οὐκοῦν προσεκτέον τῷ λόγῳ, ὅπως ἀν ἡμῖν διά πάντων ἐν τῷ δόγματι τὸ εἰκὸς διασώ- Μ. Ἐμοῦ δὲ ταῦτα διεξελθόντος, Οὐκ ἀγεννῶς, φησὶν ἡ διδάσκαλος, κατά τὴν λεγομένην ῥητορικὴν τῶν τῆς ἀναστάσεως δογμάτων κατεπεχείρησας, πιθανῶς τοῖς ἀνασκευαστικοῖς τῶν λόγων ὲν κύκλῳ περιδραμὼν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὥστε τοὺς μὴ λίαν ὲπεσκεμμένους τὺ τῆς ἀληθείας μυστήριον παθεῖν ἀν πως τὸ κατά τὸ εἰκὸς πρὸς τὸν λόγον, κα). οἰηθῆναι μὴ ἔξω τοῦ δέον ο τος ὲπῆχθαι τοῖς εἰρημένοις τὴν ὲπαπόρησιν. Ἔχει δὲ οὐχ οὕτω, φησὶν,ή ἀλήθεια, κᾶν ἀδυνάτως ἔχωμεν ἑκ τῶν όμοίων ἀντιρητορεύειν τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλʼ ό μὲν ἀληθὴς περ) τούτων λόγος ὲν τοῖς ἀποκρύφοις σοφίας θησαυροῖς τεταμίευται, τότε είς τὸ ὲμα φανὶς ἥξων, ὅταν ἔργῳ τὸ τῆς ἀναστάσεως διδαχθῶμεν μυστήριον, ὅτε οὐκέτι δεήσει ῥημάτων ἡμῖν πρὸς τὴν ἐλπιζομένων φανέρωσιν. Ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ὲν νυκτὶ πολλῶν κινουμένων τοῖς διαγρυπνοῦσι λόγοις περὶ τῆς τοῦ ἡλίου λαμπηδόνος, οἵα ἐστὶν, ἀργὴν ποιεῖτὴν τοῦ λόγου ὑπογραφὴν προφανεῖσα μόνον τῆς ἀκτῖνοςή χάρις, οὕτω πάντα λογισμὸν στοχαστικῶς τῆς μελλούσης καταστάσεως ἐφαπτόμενον, ἀντʼ οὐδενὸς ὑποδείκνυσιν, ὅτε γένηται ἡμῖν ὲν τῇ πείρα τὸ προσδοκώμενον. Ἐπειδὴ δὲ χρὴ μὴ παντάπασιν άνεξετάστους ὲαθῆναι τὰς ἀντυπεν. εχθείσας ἡμῖν ἐνστάσεις, οὑτωσὶ τὸν πε ρ). τούτων λόγον διαληψόμεθα. Νοῆσαι χρὴ πρῶτον τίςό σκοπὸς τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν δόγματος, καὶ ὅτου χάριν καὶ εἴρηται τοῦτο παρά τῆς ἀγίας φωνῆς καὶ πεπίστευται. Οὐκοῦν, ὡς ἀν τις ὅρῳ τινὶ τί τοιοῦτον περιλαβὼν ὑπογράψειεν, οὕτως ἐροῦμεν

me hyper tinos estai, ōs anankēn einai, ei men eiē peritta ta sōmata pros ouden pros tēn zōēn ekeinēn synergein mellonta, mēde heinai ti tōn nyn symplērountōn hēmin to sōma (en allois gar hē zōē), kai ouketi to toiouton anastasin onomaseie, tōn kathʼ hekaston melōn dia tēn ekeinę̄ tę̄ zōę̄ achrēstian hou synanistamenōn tǭ sōmati? Ei de dia pantōn estai toutōn enargēs hē anastasis, mataia hēmin kai anonēta ’ pros tēn zōēn ekeinēn dēmiourgēsei o energōn,tēn anastasin. Alla mēn kai einai pisteuein chrē tēn anastasin, kai mē mataian einai. Oukoun prosekteon tǭ logǭ, hopōs an hēmin dia pantōn en tǭ dogmati to eikos diasō- M. Emou de tauta diexelthontos, Ouk agennōs, phēsin hē didaskalos, kata tēn legomenēn rhētorikēn tōn tēs anastaseōs dogmatōn katepecheirēsas, pithanōs tois anaskeuastikois tōn logōn en kyklǭ peridramōn tēn alētheian, hōste tous mē lian epeskemmenous ty tēs alētheias mystērion pathein an pōs to kata to eikos pros ton logon, ka). oiēthēnai mē exō tou deon o tos epēchthai tois eirēmenois tēn epaporēsin. Echei de ouch houtō, phēsin,ē alētheia, kan adynatōs echōmen hek tōn omoiōn antirētoreuein tǭ logǭ, allʼ o men alēthēs per) toutōn logos en tois apokryphois sophias thēsaurois tetamieutai, tote eis to ema phanis hēxōn, hotan ergǭ to tēs anastaseōs didachthōmen mystērion, hote ouketi deēsei rhēmatōn hēmin pros tēn elpizomenōn phanerōsin. Allʼ hōsper en nykti pollōn kinoumenōn tois diagrypnousi logois peri tēs tou hēliou lampēdonos, hoia estin, argēn poieitēn tou logou hypographēn prophaneisa monon tēs aktinosē charis, houtō panta logismon stochastikōs tēs mellousēs katastaseōs ephaptomenon, antʼ oudenos hypodeiknysin, hote genētai hēmin en tę̄ peira to prosdokōmenon. Epeidē de chrē mē pantapasin anexetastous eathēnai tas antypen. echtheisas hēmin enstaseis, houtōsi ton pe r). toutōn logon dialēpsometha. Noēsai chrē prōton tiso skopos tou kata tēn anastasin dogmatos, kai hotou charin kai eirētai touto para tēs agias phōnēs kai pepisteutai. Oukoun, hōs an tis horǭ tini ti toiouton perilabōn hypograpseien, houtōs eroumen

“… for what will they be? So that necessarily, if the bodies are superfluous, going to contribute nothing to that life, none of the things that now make up our body will exist (for that life is in other things); and one would no longer call such a thing resurrection, the individual members not rising with the body because of their uselessness for that life. But if the resurrection is to be effective in all of them, the one who works the resurrection will make for us things vain and useless for that life. Yet we must believe both that the resurrection exists and that it is not vain. We must attend to the argument, then, so that what is probable may be preserved for us in the doctrine in every respect.” Macrina: When I had gone through this, my teacher said: “You have attacked the doctrines of the resurrection not ignobly, according to what is called rhetoric, running round the truth plausibly with arguments of refutation, so that those who have not examined the mystery of the truth very carefully might be somewhat affected by the argument as probable, and think that the difficulty has not been raised against what was said without reason. But the truth is not so,” she said, “even if we cannot rhetorically argue back against the argument in like terms. The true account of these things is stored in the hidden treasures of wisdom, to come into the open when we are taught the mystery of the resurrection by the fact, when we shall no longer need words to make plain what we hope for. But as, at night, when many words are moved by those keeping watch about the brightness of the sun, what it is like, the mere appearance of the grace of the ray makes the description by words idle, so the coming of what we expect, when it happens in our experience, will show to be nothing every reasoning that conjecturally touches the future state. But since the objections raised against us must not be left wholly unexamined, we shall treat the account of them in this way. We must first understand what the aim of the doctrine of the resurrection is, and for what reason it has been spoken by the holy voice and believed. So, as one might sketch such a thing by comprising it in a definition, we shall say …”

Chapter 147

147PG 46:148a–148b

· ὅτι ἀνάστασις ἐστιν ἠ εἰς τὸ ἀρχαῖον τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν ἀποκατάστασις. Ἀλλʼ ὲν τῇ πρώτῃ ζωῇ, ἧς αὐτὸς γέγονε δημιουργὸς 6 Θεὸς, οὔτε γῆρας ἦν. ὡς εἰκὸς, οὔτε νηπιότης, οὔτε κατά. τὰς πολυτρόπως ἀρρωστίας πάθη, οὔτε ἀλλο τῆς σωματικῆς ταλαιπωρίας οὐδὲν (οὕτε γάρ εἰκὸς ἦν. τά τοιαῦτα δημιουργεῖν τὸν Θεὸν), ἀλλά θεῖόν τιν Α (ρῆμα ἦνή ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις πρὶν ὲν ὁρμῇ γίνεσθαι τοῦ κακοῦ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον. Ταῦτα δὲ πάντα τῇ εἰσόδῳ τῆς κακίας ἡμῖν συνεισέβαλεν. Οὐκοῦν οὐδεμίαν, ἀνᾲγκην ἕξει 6 ἄνευ κακίας βίος ὲν. τοῖς διὰ mima. συμβεβηκόσιν εἶναι., Ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐπακολουθεῖ τῷ διά κρυμῶν ὁδοιποροῦντι τὸ ψύχεσθαι τὸ σῶμα, ἢ τῷ διά θερμῶν ἀκτίς νων πορευομένῳ τὸ μελαίνεσθαι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαι· εἰδὲ ἐκτὸς ἑκατέρου γένοιτο τούτων aui/artant» γήσεται πάντως καὶ τοῦ μελασμοῦ καὶ τῆς ψύα εεως, καὶ οὐκ ἄν τις εὐλόγως ὲπιζητοίη τὸ ἐκ τις. νος αἰτίας συμβαῖνον, τῆς αἰτίας οὐκ οὔσης · οὔτ τως ἡ φύσις ὴ μῶν ἐμπαθὴς γενομένη, τοῖς ἀναγκαίως ἐπακολουθοῦσι τῇ παθητικῇ ζωῇ συνηνέχθη, Πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἀπαθῆ μακαριότητα πάλιν ἀναδραμοῦσα, οὐκέτι τοῖς ὲπακολωδθοῦσι τῆς κααιν κίας συνενεχθήσεται. Ἐπεὶ οὖν ὃσα ὲκ τῆς ἀλόγου, ζωῆς τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ καπμίχθη φύσει, οὐ πρότερον ἦν ὲν ἡμῖν πρὶν είς πάθος διὰ κακίας mosi»; τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, ἀναγκαίως καταλιπόντες τὸ πάθος, καὶ πάντα ὅσα μετʼ (αὑτοῦ καθορᾶται σιῖγκαταλείιῖκοιμν Ὥστε οὐκ ἄν τις εὐλόγως ὲν τῷ βίῳ ἐκείνῳ τὰ ὲκ τοῦ. πάθους ἡμῖν συμβεβηκότα ζητήσειεν>Ὦσπερ γὰρ. εἰ τις ῥωγαλέον περὶ αὐτὸν ἔχων χιτῶνα. γυμνωθείη τοῦ περιβλήματος, οίδκέαιιιχ ἂν τὴν toil dmpétpévrog ἀσχημοσύνην ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ βλέποι, οὕτω καὶ ἡμῶν ἀποδυσαμένων τὸν νεκρὸν ἐκεῖνον καὶ εἰν δεχθῆ χιτῶνα, τὸν ὲκ τῶν ἀλόγων δερμάτων ἡμῖν. ἐπιβληθέντα (δέρμα δὲ ἀκούων τὸ σχῆμα τῆς ἀλόγου φύσεως νοεῖν μοι δοκῶ, ᾧ πρὸς τὸ πάθος οἱκειωθέντες περιεὸλήθημεν),. πάντα ὅσα τοῦ ἀλόγου δέρματος περὶ ἡμᾶς ἦν ὲν τῇ ἀπεκδύσει τοῦ χιτῶνος συναποδαλλόμοθα, Ἐστι δὲ, ἃ προσέλαδεν άπδ τοῦ ἀλόγου δέρματος, ἡ μίξις, ἠ σύλληψις, 6 τόκος, 6 ῥύπος, ή θηλὴ, ήη τροιρὴ, ἡ ὲκ·

; hoti anastasis estin ē eis to archaion tēs physeōs hēmōn apokatastasis. Allʼ en tę̄ prōtę̄ zōę̄, hēs autos gegone dēmiourgos 6 Theos, oute gēras ēn. hōs eikos, oute nēpiotēs, oute kata. tas polytropōs arrōstias pathē, oute allo tēs sōmatikēs talaipōrias ouden (houte gar eikos ēn. ta toiauta dēmiourgein ton Theon), alla theion tin A (rēma ēnē anthrōpinē physis prin en hormę̄ ginesthai tou kakou to anthrōpinon. Tauta de panta tę̄ eisodǭ tēs kakias hēmin syneisebalen. Oukoun oudemian, anąnkēn hexei 6 aneu kakias bios en. tois dia mima. symbebēkosin einai., Hōsper gar epakolouthei tǭ dia krymōn hodoiporounti to psychesthai to sōma, ē tǭ dia thermōn aktis nōn poreuomenǭ to melainesthai tēn epiphaneiai; eide ektos hekaterou genoito toutōn aui/artant» gēsetai pantōs kai tou melasmou kai tēs psya eeōs, kai ouk an tis eulogōs epizētoiē to ek tis. nos aitias symbainon, tēs aitias ouk ousēs ; out tōs hē physis ē mōn empathēs genomenē, tois anankaiōs epakolouthousi tę̄ pathētikę̄ zōę̄ synēnechthē, Pros de tēn apathē makariotēta palin anadramousa, ouketi tois epakolōdthousi tēs kaain kias synenechthēsetai. Epei oun hosa ek tēs alogou, zōēs tę̄ anthrōpinę̄ kapmichthē physei, ou proteron ēn en hēmin prin eis pathos dia kakias mosi»? to anthrōpinon, anankaiōs katalipontes to pathos, kai panta hosa metʼ (hautou kathoratai siinkataleiiikoimn Hōste ouk an tis eulogōs en tǭ biǭ ekeinǭ ta ek tou. pathous hēmin symbebēkota zētēseien>Ōsper gar. ei tis rhōgaleon peri auton echōn chitōna. gymnōtheiē tou periblēmatos, oidkeaiiich an tēn toil dmpetpevrog aschēmosynēn ephʼ heautou blepoi, houtō kai hēmōn apodysamenōn ton nekron ekeinon kai ein dechthē chitōna, ton ek tōn alogōn dermatōn hēmin. epiblēthenta (derma de akouōn to schēma tēs alogou physeōs noein moi dokō, hǭ pros to pathos hoikeiōthentes perieolēthēmen),. panta hosa tou alogou dermatos peri hēmas ēn en tę̄ apekdysei tou chitōnos synapodallomotha, Esti de, ha proseladen apd tou alogou dermatos, hē mixis, ē syllēpsis, 6 tokos, 6 rhypos, ē thēlē, ēē troirē, hē ek;

“… that the resurrection is the restoration of our nature to its ancient state. But in the first life, of which God himself was the maker, there was, as is likely, neither old age nor infancy nor the sufferings of the many kinds of disease nor any other bodily misery (for it was not fitting for God to make such things); rather, human nature was something divine before humanity came under the impulse of evil. All these things came in upon us with the entrance of vice. The life without vice, then, will have no necessity to be in what happened through vice. For as it follows for one travelling in frost that his body is chilled, or for one walking in hot rays that his skin is darkened, but if he is out of both he will certainly be free of both the darkening and the chilling, and no one would reasonably look for what happens from some cause when the cause does not exist: so our nature, having become passionate, fell in with the things that necessarily follow a life of passion; but when it runs back to the passionless blessedness it will no longer fall in with what follows vice. Since, then, whatever was mingled with human nature from irrational life was not in us before humanity fell into passion through vice, when we leave the passion we shall necessarily leave together all that is seen with it. So no one would reasonably look in that life for what happened to us from the passion. For as, if someone wearing a ragged tunic were stripped of the covering, he would no longer see on himself the unsightliness of what had been thrown off, so too, when we have put off that dead and hideous tunic, made from the skins of irrational creatures and laid upon us (when I hear ‘skin’ I think I understand the form of irrational nature, with which we were clothed when we became akin to passion), we cast off together, in the stripping off of the tunic, all that belonged to the irrational skin around us. And the things it took from the irrational skin are: intercourse, conception, birth, filth, the breast, nourishment, ex…”

Chapter 149

149PG 46:149a–149d

ποίησις, ἠ κατʼ ὀλίγον ἐπὶ τὸ τέλειον αὔξησις, i ἀκμὴν τδ γῆρας, ὴ νόσος, ὁ θάνατος. El οὖς έκεῖνο περὶ ἡμᾶς οὐκ ἔσται. πῶς ἡμῖν τὰ ἐξ ἐκείνοι ὕπολειφθήσεται; Ὥστε μάταιον ἄλλης τινὸς καταστάσεως κατά τὴν μέλλουσαν ζωὴν ἐλπιζομένης, bid-rein! μηδὲν αὐτῇ κοινωνούντων ἐνίστασθαι πρὸς τὸ δόγμα τῆς ἀναστάσεως. τί γάρ κοινὸν ἔχει η ρικνότης καὶ πολυσαρκίσ καὶ τηκεδὼν, καὶ πληθώρα, καὶ ετ τι ἄλλο τῇ ρευστῇ φύσει τῶν σωμάτων έπισυμβαίνει πρὸς την. ζωὴν εκείνην, ἢ τῆς (l) ῥοώδους τε καὶ παροδικῆς τού βίου διαγωγῆς ἠλλοτρίωταις Ἐν ζητεῖ μόνον ὁ τῆς ἀναστάσεως λόγος, rb φυῆναι διὰ γενέσεως ἀνθρωπον · μᾶλλον δὲ, καὶ καθώς φησι τὸ Εὑαγγέλιον, εί έγενήθη (ἄ) ἄνθρωπος είς τὸν κόσμον, τὸ δὲ μαο κρόβιον ἦ ὠκύμορον, ἢ τὸν τού θανάτου τρόπον τοιῶσδεἦ ἑτέρως συμβεβηκέναι, μάταιον τῷ τῆς ἀναν στάσεως λόγῳ συνεξετάξειν. Ὅπως γὰρ ἂν τοῦτο δῶμεν καθʼ ὑπόθεσιν ἔχειν, ὲν τῷ ὁμοίῳ πάντως ἐστὶν, οὔτε δυσκολίας, οὔτε ῥᾳστώνης ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης διαφορᾶς περὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν οὔσης. Τὸν γὰρ τού ζῇν ἀμξάᾼμενον, ζῆσαι χρὴ πάντως, τῆς ὲν τῷ μέσῳ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου συμβάσης αὐτῷ διαλύσεως έν τῇ ἀναστάσει διορθωθείσης. Τὸ δὲ πῶς ἢ πότε ὴ διάλυσις γίνεται, τί τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν ἀνάστασιν; Πρὸς ἕτερον γὰρ σκοπὸν βλέπει ὴ περὶ τούτου σκέψις, οἷον καθʼ ἡδονήν τις ἐβίω, ἢ ἀνιώμενος, κατʼ ἀρετὴνη κακίαν, ἐπαινετὸς ἢ ὑπαίτιος, ἐλεεινῶς ἦ μακαρὶως παρῆλθε τὸν χρόνον. Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα καὶ τά τοιαῦτα ὲκ τοῦ μέτρου τῆς ζωῆς καὶ ὲκ τοῦ εί·δους κατὰ τὸν Βίον εὑρίσκεται, καὶ οὓτω πρὸς τὴν κρίσιν τῶν βεβιωμένων, ἀναγκαῖον ἂν εῐη τῷ κριτῇ πάθος καὶ λώβην, καὶ νόσον, καὶ γῆρας, καὶ ἀκμὴν, καὶ νεότητα, καὶ πλοῦτον, καὶ πενίαν διερευνᾶσθαι · ὅπως τις διʼ ἑκάστου τούτων γενόμενος, ἢ εὖ ἥ κακῶς τὸν συγκληρωθέντα βίον παρέδραμε, καὶ ἢ πολλῶν ἐγένετο δεκτικὸς ἀγαθῶν, ἦ κακῶν ( l l), ὲν μακρῷ τῷ χρόνῳ, ἢ οὐδὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅλως ἐκατέρου τούτων ἐφήψατο, ὲν ἀτελεῖ τῇ διανοίᾳ τοῦ ζῇν παυσάμενος; ’Όταν δὲ πρὸς τὴν πρώτην τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατασκευὴν διʼ ἀναστάσεως ὁ Θεὸς ὲπανάγῃ τὴν φύσιν, ἀργὸν ἂν εἴη τὰ τοιαῦτα λέγειν, καὶτὸ δ.ἀ τῶν τοιούτων ὲνστάσεων (IL) οἴεσθαι τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ δύναμιν πρὸς τὸν σκοπὸν ἐμποδίζεσθαι.

poiēsis, ē katʼ oligon epi to teleion auxēsis, i akmēn td gēras, ē nosos, ho thanatos. El ous ekeino peri hēmas ouk estai. pōs hēmin ta ex ekeinoi hypoleiphthēsetai? Hōste mataion allēs tinos katastaseōs kata tēn mellousan zōēn elpizomenēs, bid-rein! mēden autę̄ koinōnountōn enistasthai pros to dogma tēs anastaseōs. ti gar koinon echei ē riknotēs kai polysarkis kai tēkedōn, kai plēthōra, kai et ti allo tę̄ reustę̄ physei tōn sōmatōn episymbainei pros tēn. zōēn ekeinēn, ē tēs (l) rhoōdous te kai parodikēs tou biou diagōgēs ēllotriōtais En zētei monon ho tēs anastaseōs logos, rb phyēnai dia geneseōs anthrōpon ; mallon de, kai kathōs phēsi to Heuangelion, ei egenēthē (a) anthrōpos eis ton kosmon, to de mao krobion ē ōkymoron, ē ton tou thanatou tropon toiōsdeē heterōs symbebēkenai, mataion tǭ tēs anan staseōs logǭ synexetaxein. Hopōs gar an touto dōmen kathʼ hypothesin echein, en tǭ homoiǭ pantōs estin, oute dyskolias, oute rhąstōnēs ek tēs toiautēs diaphoras peri tēn anastasin ousēs. Ton gar tou zę̄n amxaĄmenon, zēsai chrē pantōs, tēs en tǭ mesǭ dia tou thanatou symbasēs autǭ dialyseōs en tę̄ anastasei diorthōtheisēs. To de pōs ē pote ē dialysis ginetai, ti touto pros tēn anastasin? Pros heteron gar skopon blepei ē peri toutou skepsis, hoion kathʼ hēdonēn tis ebiō, ē aniōmenos, katʼ aretēnē kakian, epainetos ē hypaitios, eleeinōs ē makariōs parēlthe ton chronon. Tauta gar panta kai ta toiauta ek tou metrou tēs zōēs kai ek tou ei;dous kata ton Bion heurisketai, kai houtō pros tēn krisin tōn bebiōmenōn, anankaion an eiē tǭ kritę̄ pathos kai lōbēn, kai noson, kai gēras, kai akmēn, kai neotēta, kai plouton, kai penian diereunasthai ; hopōs tis diʼ hekastou toutōn genomenos, ē eu hē kakōs ton synklērōthenta bion paredrame, kai ē pollōn egeneto dektikos agathōn, ē kakōn ( l l), en makrǭ tǭ chronǭ, ē oude tēn archēn holōs ekaterou toutōn ephēpsato, en atelei tę̄ dianoią tou zę̄n pausamenos? ’Otan de pros tēn prōtēn tou anthrōpou kataskeuēn diʼ anastaseōs ho Theos epanagę̄ tēn physin, argon an eiē ta toiauta legein, kaito d.a tōn toioutōn enstaseōn (IL) oiesthai tēn tou Theou dynamin pros ton skopon empodizesthai.

“… cretion, gradual growth to maturity, the prime, old age, disease, death. If, then, that is not about us, how will what comes from it be left to us? So it is vain, when another state is hoped for in the life to come, to object to the doctrine of the resurrection things that have nothing in common with it. For what do shrivelling and fatness, wasting and plethora, and anything else that befalls the flowing nature of bodies, have in common with that life, which is estranged from the flowing and passing course of this life? The account of the resurrection seeks one thing only: that a man has come into being by birth; or rather, as the Gospel says, that a man has been born into the world; whether his life was long or short, or his manner of death this or another, it is vain to examine along with the account of the resurrection. For however we suppose this to be, it is all the same; there is neither difficulty nor ease for the resurrection from such difference. For one who has begun to live must certainly live, the dissolution that came about in the middle through death being set right in the resurrection. But how or when the dissolution happens, what has that to do with the resurrection? The consideration of this looks to another aim: for example, whether someone lived in pleasure or in pain, in virtue or in vice, praiseworthy or blameworthy, whether he passed his time pitiably or blessedly. For all these and the like are found from the measure of life and the form of one’s life; and so, for the judgment of what has been lived, it would be necessary for the judge to search out passion and mutilation, disease and age, prime and youth, wealth and poverty: how each man, having been in each of these, passed the life allotted to him well or badly, and whether he received many goods or evils in a long time, or did not touch even the beginning of either, ceasing to live with an immature mind. But when God brings back our nature through the resurrection to the first construction of man, it would be idle to say such things and to think that God’s power is hindered from its aim by such objections.”

Chapter 151

151PG 46:152a–152d

Σκοπὸς δὲ αὐτῷ εἷς, τὸ τελειωθέντος ἢ διὰ τῶν καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀνθρώπων, παντὸς τοῦ τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν πληρώματος, τῶν μὲν εὐθὺς 1ἢδη κατὰ τὸν βίον τοῦτον ἀπὸ κακίας κεκαθαρμένων, τῶν δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς τοῖς καθήκουσι χρόνοις ἰατρευθέντων, τῶν δέ ἐπίσης καὶ τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τοῦ κακοῦ τὴν πεῖραν παρὰ τδν τῇδε βίον ἀγνοησάντων, πᾶσι προθεῖναι τὴν μετουσίαν τῶν ἐν. αὐτῷ καλῶν, ειπερ φησὶν ἡ Γραφὴ, μήτε ὀφθαλμὸν ἰδεῖν, μήτε ἀκοὴν δέξασθαι, μήτε λογισμοῖς ἐφικτὸν γενέσθαι. Τοῦτο δὲ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶ, κατά γε τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον, ἢ τὸ ἐν αὑτῷ τῷ Θεῷ γενέσθαι · τὸ γὰρ aruo. θὸν τὸ ὑπὲρ ἀκοὴν καὶ ὀφθαλμὸν καὶ καρδίαν. αὐτὸ ἂν εἰη τὸ τοῦ παντὸς ὑπερκείμενον. Ἦ δὲ τοῦ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἢ κακίαν βίον διαφορὰ ἐν τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα κατὰ τοῦτο δειχθήσεται μάλιστα, ἐν τῷ θᾶττον ἢ σχολαιὸη τερον μετασχεῖν τῆς ἐλπιζομένης μακαριότητος, Τῷ γὰρ μέτρῳ τῆς ἐγγενομένης ἑκάστῳ κακίας ἀναλογὴσεται πάντως καὶὴ τῆς ἰατρείας παράτασις. ’ἰατρεία δὲ ἂν εῖη ψυχῆς τὸ τῆς κακίας καθάρσιον ' τοῦτο δέ ἄνευ ἀλγεινῆς διαθέσεως κατορθωθῆναι οὐχ οἷόν τε, καθὼς ἐν τοῖς προλαβοῦσιν ἐξήτασται. Μᾶλλον δέ ἂν τις ἐπιγνοίη τῶν ἐνστάσεων τὸ περιττὸν καὶ ἀνοίκειον, εἰς τὸ βάθος τῆς ἀποστολικῆς διακύψας σοφίας. Τοῖς γὰρ Κορινθίοις τὸ περὶ τούτων σαφηνίζων μυστήριον, τάχα ταῦτα προτεινόντων αὺτῷ κάκείνων, ἃ παρὰ τῶν νῦν κατ·επιχειρούντων τοῦ δόγματος ἐπὶ ἀνατροπῇ τῶν πεπιστευμένων προφέρεται, τῷ ἰδίῳ ἀξιώματι τὸ τῆς ἀμαθίας αὐτῶν ἐπικόπτων θράσος, οὕτωσ). λέγει. ι Ἐρεῖς οὖν μοι· Πῶς ἐγείρονται οἰ νεκροί; () namss σώματι ἔρχονται; Ἄφρων, ι φησι, ι σὺ δ σπείρεις οὐ ζωοποιεῖται ἐὰν μὴ ἀποθάνῃ, καὶ δ σπείρεις, οὐ τὸ. σῶμα τδ γενησόμενον σπείρεις, ἀλλὰ γυμνὸν κόκκον, εἰτύχοι σίτου, ἦ ἄλλου τινὸς τῶν σπερμάτων ο ὁ δὲ Θεὸς δίδωσιν αὺτῷ σῶμα καθὼς ἠθέλησεν. ι Ἐνταῦθα γὰρ ἐπιστομίζειν μοι δοκεῖ τοὺς ἀγνοοῦντας τὰ οἰκεῖα μέτρα τῆς φύσεως, κα). πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἰσχὺν τὴν θείαν ἀντεξετάζοντας δύναμιν, καὶ οἰομένους τοσοῦτον εἷναι τῷ Θεῷ δυνατὸν, ὅσον (τι) χωρεῖ καὶ ὴ ἀνθρωπίνη κατάληψις · τὸ δέ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς ὃν. καί τοῦ Θεοῦ παριέναι τὴν δύναμιν. '0 γὰρ ἐρωτήσας τὸν Ἀπόστολον τὸ πῶς ἐγείρονται oi. νεκροὶ, ὡς Α ἀμήχανον ὃν τὸ ἐσκεδασμένων τῶν τοῦ σώματος στοιχείων εἰς συνδρομὴν πάλιν ἐλθεῖν ἀποφαίνεται ο καὶ ὡς τούτου μὴ δυναμένου, ἄλλου δὲ σώματος παρὰ τὴν συνδρομὴν τῶν στοιχείων οὐχ ὑπολειπομένου, τοῦτόν φησι κατὰ τοὺς δεινοὺς τῶν διαλεγομένων συμπεράνας διά τινος ἀκολουθίας ἥπερ ὑπέθετο·

Skopos de autǭ heis, to teleiōthentos ē dia tōn kathʼ hekaston anthrōpōn, pantos tou tēs physeōs hēmōn plērōmatos, tōn men euthys 1ēdē kata ton bion touton apo kakias kekatharmenōn, tōn de meta tauta dia tou pyros tois kathēkousi chronois iatreuthentōn, tōn de episēs kai tou kalou kai tou kakou tēn peiran para tdn tę̄de bion agnoēsantōn, pasi protheinai tēn metousian tōn en. autǭ kalōn, eiper phēsin hē Graphē, mēte ophthalmon idein, mēte akoēn dexasthai, mēte logismois ephikton genesthai. Touto de ouden allo esti, kata ge ton emon logon, ē to en hautǭ tǭ Theǭ genesthai ; to gar aruo. thon to hyper akoēn kai ophthalmon kai kardian. auto an eiē to tou pantos hyperkeimenon. Ē de tou katʼ aretēn ē kakian bion diaphora en tǭ meta tauta kata touto deichthēsetai malista, en tǭ thatton ē scholaioē teron metaschein tēs elpizomenēs makariotētos, Tǭ gar metrǭ tēs engenomenēs hekastǭ kakias analogēsetai pantōs kaiē tēs iatreias paratasis. ’iatreia de an eiē psychēs to tēs kakias katharsion ' touto de aneu algeinēs diatheseōs katorthōthēnai ouch hoion te, kathōs en tois prolabousin exētastai. Mallon de an tis epignoiē tōn enstaseōn to peritton kai anoikeion, eis to bathos tēs apostolikēs diakypsas sophias. Tois gar Korinthiois to peri toutōn saphēnizōn mystērion, tacha tauta proteinontōn autǭ kakeinōn, ha para tōn nyn kat;epicheirountōn tou dogmatos epi anatropę̄ tōn pepisteumenōn propheretai, tǭ idiǭ axiōmati to tēs amathias autōn epikoptōn thrasos, houtōs). legei. i Ereis oun moi; Pōs egeirontai oi nekroi? () namss sōmati erchontai? Aphrōn, i phēsi, i sy d speireis ou zōopoieitai ean mē apothanę̄, kai d speireis, ou to. sōma td genēsomenon speireis, alla gymnon kokkon, eitychoi sitou, ē allou tinos tōn spermatōn o ho de Theos didōsin autǭ sōma kathōs ēthelēsen. i Entautha gar epistomizein moi dokei tous agnoountas ta oikeia metra tēs physeōs, ka). pros tēn heautōn ischyn tēn theian antexetazontas dynamin, kai oiomenous tosouton heinai tǭ Theǭ dynaton, hoson (ti) chōrei kai ē anthrōpinē katalēpsis ; to de hyper hēmas hon. kai tou Theou parienai tēn dynamin. '0 gar erōtēsas ton Apostolon to pōs egeirontai oi. nekroi, hōs A amēchanon hon to eskedasmenōn tōn tou sōmatos stoicheiōn eis syndromēn palin elthein apophainetai o kai hōs toutou mē dynamenou, allou de sōmatos para tēn syndromēn tōn stoicheiōn ouch hypoleipomenou, touton phēsi kata tous deinous tōn dialegomenōn symperanas dia tinos akolouthias hēper hypetheto;

“His aim is one: when the whole fullness of our nature has been completed in each human being, some already purified from vice in this life, others healed afterward through fire in the proper times, and others who in this life equally did not know the experience of either good or evil, to set before all the participation in the good things in him, which, Scripture says, eye has not seen, nor ear received, nor have they come within reach of reasonings. And this is nothing else, in my account at least, than to come to be in God himself; for the good beyond ear and eye and heart would be the very thing that is above all. And the difference between the life of virtue and of vice will be shown afterward chiefly in this: in sharing sooner or later in the blessedness we hope for. For the length of the healing will certainly correspond to the measure of the vice in each. And the healing of the soul would be the cleansing of vice; and this cannot be achieved without a painful condition, as was examined earlier. But one would recognize better how superfluous and irrelevant the objections are by looking into the depth of the apostolic wisdom. For, making the mystery of these things clear to the Corinthians, who perhaps also put to him what is now brought forward by those who attack the doctrine to overturn what is believed, cutting short the boldness of their ignorance by his own authority, he speaks thus: ‘You will say to me, How are the dead raised? With what body do they come? Fool! What you sow is not made alive unless it dies; and what you sow is not the body that is to be, but a bare grain, perhaps of wheat or of some other seed; but God gives it a body as he willed.’ Here he seems to me to silence those who do not know the proper measures of nature, who compare the divine power with their own strength and think that as much is possible to God as human comprehension can contain, and that what is beyond us passes beyond God’s power too. For the one who asked the Apostle how the dead are raised declares it impossible for the scattered elements of the body to come together again; and since this is not possible and no other body is left besides the concurrence of the elements, he concludes, in the manner of skilled debaters, by a certain sequence from what he supposed …”

Chapter 153

153PG 46:153a–153b

ιιδ, Et σῶμά ἐστι συνδρομὴ στοιχείων, τούτων δὲ ἀμή· χανος ὲκ δευτέρου ή σύνοδος, ποίῳ χρήσονται σώματι οξ ἀνιστάμενοι; Τοῦτο τοίνυν τὸ δοκοῦν διὰ ervo; τεχνικῆς caspia; αὐτοῖς συμπεπλέχθαι, ἀφροσύνην ὠνόμασε, τῶν μὴ κατιδόντιον ὲν τῇ λοιπῇ κτίσει τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς Θείας δυνάμεως. Καταλιπὼν γὰρ τὰ ὑψηλότερα τοῦ Θεοῦ θαύματα, διʼ ὧν ἦν είς ἀπορίαν ἀγαγεῖν τὸν ἀκούοντα, οἷον, τί τὸ οὐράνιον σῶμα, καὶ πόθεν, τί δὲ τὸ ἡλιακὸν, ἢ τὸ σεληναῖον, ire 91.1035 ἄστροις φαινόμενον, ὁ αἰθὴρ, ὁ ἀὴρ, τὸ ὕδωρ, ἡ γῆ ; ἀλλʼ ὲκ τῶν συντρόφων ἡμῖν καὶ κοινοτέρων ἐλέγχει τῶν ἐνισταμένων τὸ ἀνεπίσκεπτον. Οὐδὲ ἡ γεωργία σε διδάσκει, φησὶν, ὅτι μάταιός ἐστιν ό πρὸς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ μέτρον ’τῆς θείας δυνάμεως τὸ ΰπερέχον στοχαζόμενοςς πόθεν τοῖς σπέρμασι τὰ περιφυόμενα adipata; τί δὲ καθηγεῖται τῆς βλάστης αὑτῶνς οὐχὶ θάνατος, εἴπερ θάνατός ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ συνεστηκότος διάλυσις; Τὸ γὰρ σπέρμα μὴ ἀνέλθοι εἰς ἔκφυσιν μὴ διαλυθὲν ὲν τῇ βώλῳ, καὶ γενόμενον ἀραιὸν καὶ πολύπορον, ὥστε καταμιχθῆναι πρὸς τὴν παρακειμένην ἰκμάδα τῇ οἰκείᾳ ποιότητι, καὶ οὕτως είς ῥίζαν καὶ βλάστην μεταποιηθῆναι, καὶ μηδὲ ὲν τούτῳ μεῖναι, ἀλλὰ μεταβαλεῖν καλάμην, τοῖς διὰ μέσου γόνασιν, οἷόν τισι συνδέσμοις ὑπεζωσμένην, πρὸς τδ δύνασθαι φέρειν ὲν ὀρθίῳ τῷ σχήματι τὸν στάχυν τῷ καρπῷ βαρυνόμενον. Ποῦ τοίνυν ταῦτα περὶ τὸν σῖτον ἦν πρὸ τῆς ἐν τῇ βώλῳ αὑτοῦ διαλύσεωςς Ἀλλά μὴν ἐκεῖθεν τοῦτό ἐστιν. Et γὰρ μὴ ἐκεῖνο πρότερον ἦν, οὐδʼ,ἆν ό στάχυς ἐγένετο. Ὠσπερ τοίνυν τὸ κατὰ τὸν στάχυν σῶμα ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος φαίνεται, τῆς θείας δυνάμεως ἐξ αὑτοῦ ἐκείνου τοῦτο φιλοτεχνούσης, καὶ οὔτε διʼ ὅλου ταύτόν ἐστι τῷ σπέρματαοΰτε παντάπασιν ἕτερον · οὔτω, φησὶ, καὶ τδ μυστήριον τῆς ἀναστάσεως σοι διὰ τῶν ὲν τοῖς σπέρμασι θαυματοποιουμένων προερμηνεύα εται, ὡς τῆς θείας δυνάμεως ὲν τῷ περιόντι τῆς ἐξουσίας, οὐ μόνον έκεῖνο τό διαλυθέν σοι πάλιν ἀποδιδούσης, ἀλλὰ μεγάλα τε καὶ καλὰ προστιθείσης, διʼ ὧν σοι πρὸς τὺ μεγαλοπρεπέστερονή φύσις κατασκευάζεται. ι Σπείρεται, ι φησὶν, ι ὲν φθορᾷ, ἐγείρεται ὲν ἀφθαρσίᾳο σπείρεται ὲν ἀσθενείᾳ, - ἐγείρεται ὲν δυνάμειʼ σπείρεται ὲν ἀτιμίᾳ. ἐγείρεσαι ἐν δόξῃ ο σπείρεται σῶμα ψυχικὸν, ἑγείρεταισῶμα πνευματικόν. Ὠς γὰρ καταλιταῦν μετὰ τὸ διαλυ-

iid, Et sōma esti syndromē stoicheiōn, toutōn de amē; chanos ek deuterou ē synodos, poiǭ chrēsontai sōmati ox anistamenoi? Touto toinyn to dokoun dia ervo? technikēs caspia? autois sympeplechthai, aphrosynēn ōnomase, tōn mē katidontion en tę̄ loipę̄ ktisei to hyperechon tēs Theias dynameōs. Katalipōn gar ta hypsēlotera tou Theou thaumata, diʼ hōn ēn eis aporian agagein ton akouonta, hoion, ti to ouranion sōma, kai pothen, ti de to hēliakon, ē to selēnaion, ire 91.1035 astrois phainomenon, ho aithēr, ho aēr, to hydōr, hē gē ? allʼ ek tōn syntrophōn hēmin kai koinoterōn elenchei tōn enistamenōn to anepiskepton. Oude hē geōrgia se didaskei, phēsin, hoti mataios estin o pros to heautou metron ’tēs theias dynameōs to ÿperechon stochazomenoss pothen tois spermasi ta periphyomena adipata? ti de kathēgeitai tēs blastēs hautōns ouchi thanatos, eiper thanatos estin hē tou synestēkotos dialysis? To gar sperma mē anelthoi eis ekphysin mē dialythen en tę̄ bōlǭ, kai genomenon araion kai polyporon, hōste katamichthēnai pros tēn parakeimenēn ikmada tę̄ oikeią poiotēti, kai houtōs eis rhizan kai blastēn metapoiēthēnai, kai mēde en toutǭ meinai, alla metabalein kalamēn, tois dia mesou gonasin, hoion tisi syndesmois hypezōsmenēn, pros td dynasthai pherein en orthiǭ tǭ schēmati ton stachyn tǭ karpǭ barynomenon. Pou toinyn tauta peri ton siton ēn pro tēs en tę̄ bōlǭ hautou dialyseōss Alla mēn ekeithen touto estin. Et gar mē ekeino proteron ēn, oudʼ,an o stachys egeneto. Ōsper toinyn to kata ton stachyn sōma ek tou spermatos phainetai, tēs theias dynameōs ex hautou ekeinou touto philotechnousēs, kai oute diʼ holou tauton esti tǭ spermataoÿte pantapasin heteron ; outō, phēsi, kai td mystērion tēs anastaseōs soi dia tōn en tois spermasi thaumatopoioumenōn proermēneua etai, hōs tēs theias dynameōs en tǭ perionti tēs exousias, ou monon ekeino to dialythen soi palin apodidousēs, alla megala te kai kala prostitheisēs, diʼ hōn soi pros ty megaloprepesteronē physis kataskeuazetai. i Speiretai, i phēsin, i en phthorą, egeiretai en aphtharsiąo speiretai en astheneią, - egeiretai en dynameiʼ speiretai en atimią. egeiresai en doxę̄ o speiretai sōma psychikon, hegeiretaisōma pneumatikon. Ōs gar katalitaun meta to dialy-

“… thus: if a body is a concurrence of elements, and their coming together a second time is impossible, what body will those who rise use? This, then, which seemed to them woven together by some artful skill, he called folly, coming from people who did not see the surpassing divine power in the rest of creation. For, leaving aside the loftier wonders of God, by which he could have brought the hearer to perplexity, such as what the heavenly body is and where from, what the body of the sun or the moon or that seen in the stars, the ether, the air, the water, the earth, he refutes the thoughtlessness of the objectors from things that grow with us and are more common. ‘Does not even farming teach you,’ he says, ‘that he is a fool who guesses the surpassing divine power by his own measure? Where do the bodies that grow around seeds come from? What goes before their sprouting? Is it not death, if death is the dissolution of what was compounded?’ For the seed would not come up to growth unless it were dissolved in the clod and became loose and porous, so as to mix its own quality with the surrounding moisture and so be changed into root and shoot; and not to stop even at this, but to change into a stalk girded with joints between, as with bands, so as to be able to carry upright the ear weighed down with its fruit. Where, then, were these things in the wheat before its dissolution in the clod? Yet this is from there; for if that had not been first, the ear would not have come to be. As, then, the body of the ear appears from the seed, the divine power skilfully making this from that very thing, and it is neither wholly the same as the seed nor altogether different, so too, he says, the mystery of the resurrection is interpreted to you beforehand through the wonders worked in seeds: that the divine power, in the abundance of its authority, not only gives you back what was dissolved, but adds great and beautiful things, by which your nature is furnished more magnificently. ‘It is sown,’ he says, ‘in corruption, it is raised in incorruption; it is sown in weakness, it is raised in power; it is sown in dishonour, it is raised in glory; it is sown a natural body, it is raised a spiritual body.’ For as, having left behind after its dissolu…”

Chapter 155

155PG 46:156a–156d

νῆναι ιν τῇ βώλῳ σῖτος τὴν ἐν τῷ ποσῷ βρα. [ύτητα, καὶ τὴν ὲν τῷ ποιῷ σχήματος αὐτοῦ διότητα, ἑαυτὸν οὐκ ἀφῆκεν, ἀλλʼ ἐν αύτῷ μένων ιτάχυς γίνεται, πάμπολλα διαφέρων αὐτὸς ιαυτοῦ, μεγέθει, καὶ κάλλει, καὶ ποικιλίᾳ, καὶ σχήματι · κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ ὴ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις ἑναφεϊσα τῷ θανάτῳ πάντα τά περ). αὐτὴν ἰδιώματα, ὅσα διά τῆς ὲμπαθοῦς διαθέσεως ἐπεκτήσ τατο, τὴν ἀτιμίαν λέγω, τὴν φθορὰν, τήν-ἀσθένειαν, τὴν κατά τῆς ἡλικίας διαφορὰν, ἑαυτὴν οὐκ ὶφίησιν, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ εις στάχυν τινά πρὸς τὴν ἀφθαρτίαν μεθίσταται, καὶ τὴν δόξαν, καὶ τὴν τιμὴν. καὶ τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ τὴν ὲν παντὶ τελειότητα, καὶ τὸ μηκέτι τὴν ζωὴν αὐτῆς οἰκονομεῖσθαι τοῖς φυσικοῖς Ιδιώμασιν, ἀλλʼ εις πνευματικήν τινα καὶ ἀπαθῆ μεταδῆναι κατάστασιν. Αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ ψυχικοῦ σώματος ἰδιοτης, ἀεὶ διά τινος ῥοῆς καὶ κινήο σεως ἀπὺ τοῦ ἐν ᾧ ἐστιν ἀλλοιοῦσθαι, κα). μεταβάλλειν εἰς ἕτερον. Ἀ γὰρ οὖν οὐκ ἐπʼ ἀνθρώποις μόνον ὁρῶμεν, ἀλλά καὶ ἑν φυτοῖς καὶ ὲν βοσκήμασι, τούτων οὐδὲν ιν τῷ τῷδι βιῳ ὑπολειφθήσεται. Δοκεῖ δέ μοι καὶ διὰ πάντων συναγορεύειν ὁ ἀποστολικδς λόγος τῇ καθʼ ἡμᾶς ὑπολήψει τῆς ἀναν στάσεως, καὶτοῦτο δεικνύειν ὅπερ ὁ ἡμέτερος ὀρισμὸς περιέχει λέγων, Μηδὲν ἓτερον εἶναι ἀνάστασιν, ἢ τὴν εις τὸ ἀρχαῖον τῆς φύσεως ἡμῶν ἀποκατάο στασιν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὲν τῇ πρώτῃ κοσμογονίᾳ τοῦτο παρά τῆς Γραφῆς μεμαθήκαμεν, ὅτι πρῶτον ἐβλάστησεν ἡ γῆ βοτάνην χόρτου, καθὼς ὁ λόγος φησὶν, εἶτα. ὲκ τῆς βλάστης σπέρμα ἐγένετο, οὗπερ επὶ τὴν γῆν καταρρυέντος, τὸ αὐτὸ πάλιν εἶδος τοῦ , ἐξ ἀρχῆς φυέντος ἀνέδραμε · φησὶ δὲ τοῦτο ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολος κα). ἐπὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως γίνεσθαι. Οὐ μόνον δὲ τοῦτο παρʼ αὑτοῦ διδασκόμεθα, τὸ πρὸς τὸ μεγαλοπρεπέστατον μεθίστασθαι τὸ ἀνθρώπινον, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τὸ ἐλπιζόμενον οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἑστιν, ἢ ὅπερ ὲν πρώτοις ἦν. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τδ κατʼ ἀρχὰς οὐχ ὠς (Gl) στάχυς ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖθεν τὸ σπέρμα· μετά ταῦτα δὲ οὗτος τῷ σπέρματι περιφύεται, ἠ τοῦ ὑποδείγματος ἀκολουθία σαφῶς ἐπιδείκνυσι, τὸ πᾶσαν τὴν διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἀνα· βλαστήσουσαν ἡμῖν μακαριότητα, πρὸς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπανιέναι χάριν. Στάχυς γὰρ ὄντες καταρχὰς τρόπον τινὰ καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἐπειδὴ τῷ καύσωνι τῆς

nēnai in tę̄ bōlǭ sitos tēn en tǭ posǭ bra. [ytēta, kai tēn en tǭ poiǭ schēmatos autou diotēta, heauton ouk aphēken, allʼ en autǭ menōn itachys ginetai, pampolla diapherōn autos iautou, megethei, kai kallei, kai poikilią, kai schēmati ; kata ton auton tropon kai ē anthrōpinē physis henapheïsa tǭ thanatǭ panta ta per). autēn idiōmata, hosa dia tēs empathous diatheseōs epektēs tato, tēn atimian legō, tēn phthoran, tēn-astheneian, tēn kata tēs hēlikias diaphoran, heautēn ouk iphiēsin, allʼ hōsper eis stachyn tina pros tēn aphthartian methistatai, kai tēn doxan, kai tēn timēn. kai tēn dynamin, kai tēn en panti teleiotēta, kai to mēketi tēn zōēn autēs oikonomeisthai tois physikois Idiōmasin, allʼ eis pneumatikēn tina kai apathē metadēnai katastasin. Hautē gar estin hē tou psychikou sōmatos idiotēs, aei dia tinos rhoēs kai kinēo seōs apy tou en hǭ estin alloiousthai, ka). metaballein eis heteron. A gar oun ouk epʼ anthrōpois monon horōmen, alla kai hen phytois kai en boskēmasi, toutōn ouden in tǭ tǭdi biǭ hypoleiphthēsetai. Dokei de moi kai dia pantōn synagoreuein ho apostolikds logos tę̄ kathʼ hēmas hypolēpsei tēs anan staseōs, kaitouto deiknyein hoper ho hēmeteros orismos periechei legōn, Mēden heteron einai anastasin, ē tēn eis to archaion tēs physeōs hēmōn apokatao stasin. Epeidē gar en tę̄ prōtę̄ kosmogonią touto para tēs Graphēs memathēkamen, hoti prōton eblastēsen hē gē botanēn chortou, kathōs ho logos phēsin, eita. ek tēs blastēs sperma egeneto, houper epi tēn gēn katarryentos, to auto palin eidos tou , ex archēs phyentos anedrame ; phēsi de touto ho theios Apostolos ka). epi tēs anastaseōs ginesthai. Ou monon de touto parʼ hautou didaskometha, to pros to megaloprepestaton methistasthai to anthrōpinon, allʼ hoti to elpizomenon ouden heteron hestin, ē hoper en prōtois ēn. Epeidē gar td katʼ archas ouch ōs (Gl) stachys apo tou spermatos, allʼ ekeithen to sperma; meta tauta de houtos tǭ spermati periphyetai, ē tou hypodeigmatos akolouthia saphōs epideiknysi, to pasan tēn dia tēs anastaseōs ana; blastēsousan hēmin makariotēta, pros tēn ex archēs epanienai charin. Stachys gar ontes katarchas tropon tina kai hēmeis, epeidē tǭ kausōni tēs

“… tion in the clod its smallness in quantity and the particular property of its shape, the wheat did not abandon itself, but, remaining itself, becomes an ear, differing very greatly from itself in size and beauty and variety and shape: in the same way human nature too, leaving to death all the properties it acquired through its passionate disposition (I mean dishonour, corruption, weakness, the difference of age), does not abandon itself, but changes as into an ear into incorruption and glory and honour and power and perfection in everything, and into its life being no longer governed by natural properties, but passing into a spiritual and passionless state. For this is the property of the natural body: always, through some flow and motion, to be altered from the state it is in and to change into another. None of these things, which we see not only in human beings but also in plants and cattle, will be left in the life then. And it seems to me that the apostolic saying agrees in every way with our understanding of the resurrection, and shows what our definition contains, which says that the resurrection is nothing else than the restoration of our nature to its ancient state. For since we have learned from Scripture in the first creation of the world that first the earth sprouted green grass, as the word says, and then seed came from the plant, which, when it fell to the earth, sprang up again in the same form as what grew at the beginning, the divine Apostle says that this happens in the resurrection too. And we are taught by him not only that humanity changes to what is most magnificent, but that what we hope for is nothing else than what was at the beginning. For since at the beginning it was not an ear from the seed, but the seed from there, and afterward the ear grows around the seed, the sequence of the illustration clearly shows that all the blessedness that will spring up for us through the resurrection returns to the original grace. For we too were in a way an ear at the beginning; but since we were withered by the heat of …”

Chapter 157

157PG 46:157a–157d

κακίας κατεξηράνθημεν, ὑπολαβοῦσα ἡμᾶς· t) γῆ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου λυθέντας, πάλιν κατὰ τὸ ξαρ τῆς ἀναστάσεως στάχυν ἀναδείξει τὸν γυμνὸν τοῦτον κόκκον τοῦ σώματος, εὐμεγέθη τε καὶ ἀμφιλαφῆ καὶ όρθιον, καὶ είς τὺ οὐράνιον ὕψος ἀνατεινόμενον, ἀντ). καλάμης ἢ ἀνθέρικος τῇ ἀφθαρσίᾳ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς τῶν θεοπρεπῶν γνωρισμάτων ὡραϊξόμενον. ι Δεῖ γὰρ τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσασθαι ἀφθαρσίαν. ι Ἦ δὲ ἀφθαρσία, καὶ ἡ δόξα, καὶ ἡ - τιμὴ, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, ίδια τῆς θείας φύσεως εἶναι ὁμολογεῖται, άπερ πρότερόν τε περ). τὸν κατʼ εἰκόνα γενόμενον ἦν, ινα) εἰσαῦθις ὲλπίζεται. '0 γὰρ πρῶτος στάχυς ό πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ἦν ’Δδάμ ί 70). Ἀλλʼ hcet“) τῇ τῆς κακίας εἰσόδῳ είς πλῆθος ἡφύσις κατεμερίσθη, καθὼς γίνεται ό καρπὸς ὲν τῷ στάχυῐο ούτως ὀἱ ἑκαστον γυμνιιιίκύιιιες τοῦ κατὰ..τὸν στάχυν ἐκεῖνον εωους, καὶ τῇ γῇ καταμιχθέντες, πάλιν ἑν τῇ ἀναστάσει κατά τὸ ἀρχέγονον κάλλος ἀναφυόμεθα, ἀντ). ἑνὸς τοῦ πρώτου στάχυος ἀνάπειο ροι μυριάδες τῶν ληῖων γενόμενοι- '0 δὲ κατʼ ἀρετὴν βίος ὲν τούτῳ πρὸς τὴν κακίαν τὸ διάφορον ἔχει, δτι οῖ μὲν ἐνταῦθα παρὰ τὸν βίον διʼ ἀρετῆς ἑαυτοὺς γεωργήσαντες, εὐθὺς ὲν τελείῳ τῷ στάχυϊ φαίνωνται ο οἷς δὲ διὰ κακίας ἐξίτηλός τε κα). ἀνεμόφθορος ό κόκκος γέγονε παρά τὸν βίον τοῦτον ἠ ἐν τῷ ψυχικῷ σπέρματι δύναμις, καθάπερ τὰ λεγόμενα κεράσὸολα οί τῶν τοιούτων ἐπιστήμονες λέγουσι γίνεσθαι· οὕτω κα). οὗτοι, κᾶν φύωσι διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως, πολλὴν ἀποτομίαν παρὰ τῷ κριτῇ ἕξουσιν, ἃτε δὴ οὐκ ἰσχύοντες ἀναδραμεῖν ἐπ). τὸ εἶδος τοῦ στάχυος, κα). γενέσθαι ἐκεῖνο ὅπερ ἦμεν πρὸ τῆς, ξπ). τὴν γῆν καταπτώσεως. Ἦ δὲ θεραπεία τοῦ ὲπι πατοῦντος τῶν γεννημάτων, ἡ τῶν ζιζανίων τε κα) τῶν ἀκανθῶν ἔστι συλλογὴ, τῶν συναναιρυέντων τῷ σπέρματι, πάσης τῆς ύποτρεφούσης τὴν ῥίζαν δυνάμεως πρὸς τὸν νόθον μεταρρυείσης, διʼ ὧν ἀτροφόν τε καὶ ἀτελεσφόρητον τὸ γνήσιον ἔμεινε σπέρμα τῇ παρὰ φύσιν βλαστῇ συμπεπλεγμένον. Ἐπειδὰν οὗν πᾶν ὅσον νόθον τε κα). ἀλλότριον ἐκτιλῇ τοῦ τροφίμου, καὶ είς ἀφανισμὸν ἔλθῃ, τοῦ πυρὸς τὸ παρά φύσιν ἐκδαπανήσαντος τῷ αἰωνίῳ πυρὶ παραδοθὲν, τότε κα). τούτοις εὑτροφήσει ἡ φύσις, καὶ εἰς καρπὸν ἀδρυνθήσεται διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης ἐπιμελείας, μακραῖς ποτε περιόδοις τὸ κοινὸν εἶδος τὸ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἡμῖν θεόθεν ὲπιὸληθὲν dmoλαόούσα. Μακάριοι δέ εἰσιν οἷς εὐθὺς τὸ τέλειον

kakias katexēranthēmen, hypolabousa hēmas; t) gē dia tou thanatou lythentas, palin kata to xar tēs anastaseōs stachyn anadeixei ton gymnon touton kokkon tou sōmatos, eumegethē te kai amphilaphē kai orthion, kai eis ty ouranion hypsos anateinomenon, ant). kalamēs ē antherikos tę̄ aphtharsią kai tois loipois tōn theoprepōn gnōrismatōn hōraïxomenon. i Dei gar to phtharton touto endysasthai aphtharsian. i Ē de aphtharsia, kai hē doxa, kai hē - timē, kai hē dynamis, idia tēs theias physeōs einai homologeitai, aper proteron te per). ton katʼ eikona genomenon ēn, ina) eisauthis elpizetai. '0 gar prōtos stachys o prōtos anthrōpos ēn ’Ddam i 70). Allʼ hcet“) tę̄ tēs kakias eisodǭ eis plēthos hēphysis katemeristhē, kathōs ginetai o karpos en tǭ stachuio outōs hoi hekaston gymniiiikuiiies tou kata..ton stachyn ekeinon eōous, kai tę̄ gę̄ katamichthentes, palin hen tę̄ anastasei kata to archegonon kallos anaphyometha, ant). henos tou prōtou stachyos anapeio roi myriades tōn lēiōn genomenoi- '0 de katʼ aretēn bios en toutǭ pros tēn kakian to diaphoron echei, dti oi men entautha para ton bion diʼ aretēs heautous geōrgēsantes, euthys en teleiǭ tǭ stachyï phainōntai o hois de dia kakias exitēlos te ka). anemophthoros o kokkos gegone para ton bion touton ē en tǭ psychikǭ spermati dynamis, kathaper ta legomena kerasoola oi tōn toioutōn epistēmones legousi ginesthai; houtō ka). houtoi, kan phyōsi dia tēs anastaseōs, pollēn apotomian para tǭ kritę̄ hexousin, hate dē ouk ischyontes anadramein ep). to eidos tou stachyos, ka). genesthai ekeino hoper ēmen pro tēs, xp). tēn gēn kataptōseōs. Ē de therapeia tou epi patountos tōn gennēmatōn, hē tōn zizaniōn te ka) tōn akanthōn esti syllogē, tōn synanairyentōn tǭ spermati, pasēs tēs ypotrephousēs tēn rhizan dynameōs pros ton nothon metarryeisēs, diʼ hōn atrophon te kai atelesphorēton to gnēsion emeine sperma tę̄ para physin blastę̄ sympeplegmenon. Epeidan houn pan hoson nothon te ka). allotrion ektilę̄ tou trophimou, kai eis aphanismon elthę̄, tou pyros to para physin ekdapanēsantos tǭ aiōniǭ pyri paradothen, tote ka). toutois heutrophēsei hē physis, kai eis karpon adrynthēsetai dia tēs toiautēs epimeleias, makrais pote periodois to koinon eidos to ex archēs hēmin theothen epiolēthen dmolaoousa. Makarioi de eisin hois euthys to teleion

“… vice, the earth received us when we were dissolved through death, and again in the spring of the resurrection it will show this bare grain of the body as an ear, tall and full and upright, stretched up to the heavenly height, adorned instead of stalk and beard with incorruption and the other marks befitting God. ‘For this corruptible must put on incorruption.’ And incorruption and glory and honour and power are admitted to be proper to the divine nature; they belonged formerly to the one made according to the image, and are hoped for again. For the first ear was the first man, Adam. But since with the entrance of vice the nature was divided into a multitude, as happens with the fruit in the ear, so we, each stripped of the form of that ear and mingled with the earth, grow up again in the resurrection in the original beauty, becoming countless myriads of crops instead of the one first ear. And the life of virtue differs from vice in this: those who have cultivated themselves by virtue during life here appear at once in the perfect ear; while those in whom, through vice during this life, the power in the soul’s seed has become faded and blasted by the wind, as experts in such things say happens with the so-called hard-horned seeds, these too, even if they grow up through the resurrection, will find much severity with the judge, since they are not able to run up to the form of the ear and become what we were before the fall to earth. And the care given by the overseer of the crops is the gathering of the tares and the thorns that grew up with the seed, all the power that nourishes the root having flowed into the bastard growth, by which the genuine seed has remained unfed and unfruitful, entangled with the unnatural growth. When, then, all that is bastard and foreign has been plucked out from what nourishes and has come to disappearance, the fire having consumed what is against nature, handed over to the eternal fire, then nature will thrive in these too and ripen into fruit through such care, receiving back one day, in long periods, the common form laid upon us from God at the beginning. Blessed are those in whom the perfect …”

Chapter 159

159PG 46:160a–160d

κάλλος τῶν ἀσταχύων συνανατελεῖ τοῖς φυομένοις διά τῆς ἀναστάσεως. Τᾶῦτα δέ φαμεν οὐχ ὡς σωματικῆς τινος διαφορᾶς ὲν τοῖς κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἢ κακίαν βεβιωκύσιν ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει φανησομένης, ὡς τὸν μὲν ἀτεέῆ κατάκτὸησῶμα νομίζειν, τὸν δὲ τὸ τέλειον ἔχειν οῐεσθαι · ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ παρά τὸν βίον ὁ δεσμώτης. τε ’καὶ ἄνετος, ἕξουσι ἀμφότεροι παραπλησίως τῷ σώματι, πολλὴ δὲ μεταξὺ ἀμφοτέρων ἡ καθʼ ἡδονήν τε καὶ λύπην διαφορά · οὕτως οἴμαι χρῆναι τῶν ἀγαθῶν τε καὶ κακῶν ὲν τῷ μεταξὺ ταῦτα χρόνῳ λογίζεσθαι τὸ διάφορον. Ἠ γὰρ τελείωσις τῶν ὲκ τῆς φθορᾶς ἀναφυομένων σωμάτων ὲν ἀφθαρσίᾳ τε καὶ δόξῃ. καὶ τιμῇ. καὶ δυνάμει παρὰ τοῦ Ἀποστὸλου γενέσθαι λέγεται ο ἡ δὲ τῶν τοιούτων ἐλάττωσις οὐ σωματικήν τινα τοῦ φυέντος διασημαίνει κολόὅωσιν, ἀλλʼ ἑκάστου τῶν κατά τὸ ἀγαθὸν νοουμένων στέρησίν τε καὶ ἀλλοτρίωσιν. Ἐπεὶ οὗν ἓν τι χρὴ πάντως περὶ ἡμᾶς εἶναι τῶν κατʼ ἀντίθεσιν νοουμένων, ἢ ἀγαθὸν, ἢ κακὸν, δηλονότι τὸ ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ τινα λέγειν μὴ εἶναι, ἀπόδειξις γίνεται τοῦ ιν τῷ κακῷ πάντως. Ἀλλά μὴν περὶ τὴν κακίαν, ού τιμὴ, ού δόξα, οὐκ ἀφθαρσία,,οὐ δύναμις. Ἀνάγκη πᾶσα, περὶ ὃν μὴ ἦν ταῦτα, τά τούτοις ἐξ ἀντιθέτου νοούμενα παρεῖ- ,‘vvh‘ilwé'ptptadvlifiwl, ἀσθένειαν, ἀτιμίιῖν, φθοράν, καὶ ὅσα τοιούτου γένους ἐστὶν, ἀ ὲν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν εῐρηται λόγοις, ὅσα δυσαπάλλακτα γίνεται τῇ ψυχῇ τά ἐκ κακίας πάθη, διʼ ὅλης αὐτῆς ἀνακραθέντα καὶ συμφυέντα, καὶ ἓν πρὸς ἐκείνην γενόμενα. Τῶν τοιούτων οὖν ταῖς διὰ πυρὸς ίατρείαις ὲκκαθαρθέντων τε καὶ ἀφανισθέντων, ἔκαστον τῶν πρὸς τὸ κρεῖττον νοουμένων άντεπελεύσεται (δ). ήάφθαρσία. ὴ ζωὴ. ἡ τιμὴ. ὴ χάρις, ι δόξα. ή δύναμις, καὶ εἴτι ἄλλο τοιοῦτον ἐν τε τῷ Θεῷ ὲπιθεωρεῖσοαι εἰκάζομεν, καὶ τῇ εἰκόνι αὐτοῦ, ἥ τίς ἐστιν ἠ ἀνθρωπίνη φύσις.

kallos tōn astachyōn synanatelei tois phyomenois dia tēs anastaseōs. Tauta de phamen ouch hōs sōmatikēs tinos diaphoras en tois katʼ aretēn ē kakian bebiōkysin en tę̄ anastasei phanēsomenēs, hōs ton men ateeē kataktoēsōma nomizein, ton de to teleion echein oiesthai ; allʼ hōsper para ton bion ho desmōtēs. te ’kai anetos, hexousi amphoteroi paraplēsiōs tǭ sōmati, pollē de metaxy amphoterōn hē kathʼ hēdonēn te kai lypēn diaphora ; houtōs oimai chrēnai tōn agathōn te kai kakōn en tǭ metaxy tauta chronǭ logizesthai to diaphoron. Ē gar teleiōsis tōn ek tēs phthoras anaphyomenōn sōmatōn en aphtharsią te kai doxę̄. kai timę̄. kai dynamei para tou Apostolou genesthai legetai o hē de tōn toioutōn elattōsis ou sōmatikēn tina tou phyentos diasēmainei kolooōsin, allʼ hekastou tōn kata to agathon nooumenōn sterēsin te kai allotriōsin. Epei houn hen ti chrē pantōs peri hēmas einai tōn katʼ antithesin nooumenōn, ē agathon, ē kakon, dēlonoti to en tǭ agathǭ tina legein mē einai, apodeixis ginetai tou in tǭ kakǭ pantōs. Alla mēn peri tēn kakian, ou timē, ou doxa, ouk aphtharsia,,ou dynamis. Anankē pasa, peri hon mē ēn tauta, ta toutois ex antithetou nooumena parei- ,‘vvh‘ilwe'ptptadvlifiwl, astheneian, atimiiin, phthoran, kai hosa toioutou genous estin, a en tois emprosthen eirētai logois, hosa dysapallakta ginetai tę̄ psychę̄ ta ek kakias pathē, diʼ holēs autēs anakrathenta kai symphyenta, kai hen pros ekeinēn genomena. Tōn toioutōn oun tais dia pyros iatreiais ekkatharthentōn te kai aphanisthentōn, ekaston tōn pros to kreitton nooumenōn antepeleusetai (d). ēaphtharsia. ē zōē. hē timē. ē charis, i doxa. ē dynamis, kai eiti allo toiouton en te tǭ Theǭ epitheōreisoai eikazomen, kai tę̄ eikoni autou, hē tis estin ē anthrōpinē physis.

“… beauty of the ears rises together with those who grow up through the resurrection. We say this not as though a bodily difference will appear in the resurrection among those who have lived in virtue or vice, so that one would think one has an imperfect body and the other the perfect one; but as in life the prisoner and the free man have bodies much alike, while there is a great difference between them in pleasure and pain, so I think we must reckon the difference between the good and the bad in the time between. For the perfecting of bodies that grow up from corruption is said by the Apostle to be in incorruption and glory and honour and power; and the lessening of these does not signify some bodily mutilation of what has grown, but the deprivation of and estrangement from each of the things conceived as good. Since, then, one of the two opposites, good or evil, must certainly be about us, it is clear that to say someone is not in the good is a proof that he is certainly in evil. But about vice there is no honour, no glory, no incorruption, no power. It is entirely necessary that where these are not, their opposites are present: weakness, dishonour, corruption, and all such things, which were spoken of in the earlier discussion, the passions from vice that are hard for the soul to be rid of, blended with and grown into the whole of it and become one with it. When, then, these have been cleansed and made to disappear by the healings through fire, each of the things conceived as better will come in their place: incorruption, life, honour, grace, glory, power, and whatever else of this kind we conjecture to be seen both in God and in his image, which is human nature.”